diff options
Diffstat (limited to '75436-h')
| -rw-r--r-- | 75436-h/75436-h.htm | 12615 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 75436-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 849534 bytes |
2 files changed, 12615 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/75436-h/75436-h.htm b/75436-h/75436-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e1a110 --- /dev/null +++ b/75436-h/75436-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,12615 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html> +<html lang="en"> +<head> +<meta charset="utf-8"> +<title>The Desert Moon Mystery | Project Gutenberg</title> +<link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover"> +<style> +body { + margin: 1em auto; + max-width: 40em; +} +p { + margin: 0; + text-indent: 1.5em; + text-align: justify; +} +hr { + width: 40%; + margin: 1em 30%; +} +h1 { + margin: 2em auto; + text-align: center; + text-transform: uppercase; +} +h2 { + margin: 2em auto; + text-align: center; +} +h2 + p { text-indent: 0 } +blockquote { margin: 1em; } +figure { text-align: center; } +img { max-width: 95%; } +#titlepage { padding: 10% 0; } +.authorprefix { + font-style: italic; + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; + margin: 1em 0; +} +.author { + font-size: x-large; + font-weight: bold; + margin-bottom: 4em; + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; + text-transform: uppercase; +} +.publisher1 { + font-size: large; + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; + text-transform: uppercase; +} +.publisher2 { + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; + text-transform: uppercase; +} +.copyright { + font-size: small; + font-style: italic; + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; +} +.toc { margin: 0 auto; } +.toc .n { + padding-right: 0.5em; + text-align: right; + vertical-align: top; +} +.toc .t { font-variant: small-caps; } +.sc { font-variant: small-caps; } +.subsect p { text-indent: 3em; } +.listhead { + margin: 1em auto 0 auto; + text-align: center; + text-indent: 0; +} +ol { margin: 0; } +ol li { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol li ol li { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +.finis { + font-size: small; + margin-top: 4em; + text-align: center; + text-transform: uppercase; +} +div.chapter { page-break-before: always; } +div.section { page-break-before: always; } +</style> +</head> +<body> +<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75436 ***</div> + +<figure> + <img id="coverpage" src="images/cover.jpg" alt="Book cover"> +</figure> + +<div class="section" id="titlepage"> + +<h1>The Desert Moon Mystery</h1> +<p class="authorprefix">by</p> +<p class="author">Kay Cleaver Strahan</p> + +<p class="publisher2">New York</p> +<p class="publisher1">Grosset & Dunlap</p> +<p class="copyright">Copyright, 1927, by The Ridgway Company.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="section" id="contents"> + +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<table class="toc"> +<tr> + <td class="n">I</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch01">The Cannezianos</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">II</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch02">John and Martha</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">III</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch03">Hubert Hand</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">IV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch04">Chadwick Caufield</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">V</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch05">The Arrival</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">VI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch06">The Secret</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">VII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch07">Three Rings</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">VIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch08">Atmosphere</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">IX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch09">The Cabin</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">X</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch10">A Conversation</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch11">The Letter</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch12">An Insight</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch13">The Quarrel</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XIV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch14">Two Departures</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch15">One Return</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XVI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch16">The Murder</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XVII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch17">Suicide</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XVIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch18">Clarence Pette</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XIX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch19">The Note</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch20">A Confession</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch21">A Summons</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch22">The Pact</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch23">An Omen</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXIV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch24">Clues</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch25">More Clues</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXVI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch26">The Session</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXVII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch27">Hubert Hand Talks</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXVIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch28">John Talks</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXIX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch29">Danny</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch30">An Accusation</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch31">The Session Ends</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch32">A Part of the Past</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch33">Another Confession</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXIV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch34">Defense</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch35">A Visitor</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXVI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch36">Canneziano</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXVII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch37">Strangler Bauermont</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXVIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch38">Lynn MacDonald</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XXXIX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch39">A Trap</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XL</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch40">The Missing Box</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch41">Questions</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch42">A Revelation</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch43">A Shadow</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLIV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch44">The Notes</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch45">Another Key</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLVI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch46">A Dicker</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLVII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch47">An Aid</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLVIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch48">New Clues</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">XLIX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch49">New Suspicions</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">L</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch50">Shovels</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch51">Danielle’s Secret</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch52">An Explanation</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch53">Another Murder</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LIV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch54">Delay</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LV</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch55">The Third Murder</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LVI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch56">A Whisper</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LVII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch57">Grief</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LVIII</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch58">The Puzzle</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LIX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch59">The Fatal Mistake</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LX</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch60">The End</a></td> +</tr> +<tr> + <td class="n">LXI</td> + <td class="t"><a href="#ch61">Epilogue</a></td> +</tr> +</table> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch01"> + +<h2>CHAPTER I. <br> The Cannezianos</h2> + +<p>I knew, that evening in April, when Sam got home +from Rattail and came stamping snow into my +kitchen, his good old red, white, and blue face stretched +long instead of wide in its usual grin, that he had brought +some bad news with him: a slump in the cattle market; +moonshine liquor discovered again, down in the outfit’s +quarters; a delayed shipment of groceries from Salt Lake. +I, who in the months that were coming, was to live +through more shock, and fright, and distress and disaster +than should fall to the lot of a thousand women in all of +their combined lifetimes, was worrying, then, for fear we +should have to be doing without olive oil and canned +mushrooms for a few weeks in the ranch-house!</p> + +<p>“I had a letter to-day,” he said, “from the Canneziano +twins.”</p> + +<p>I am like a lot of folks who say that they are not +superstitious, who just happen to think that it is bad luck to +walk under a ladder. More than likely the shivery, +creepy sensation I felt, when Sam said that, was due to +the cold he had brought in with him, and was not due to +the fact that those words of his were the forerunners +for all of the grim mysteries and the tragedies that made +the Desert Moon Ranch, before the end of July, a place +of horror.</p> + +<p>“How much do they want?” I questioned.</p> + +<p>“No, Mary; they want to come here to live.”</p> + +<p>“Lands alive! For how long?”</p> + +<p>“Danielle wrote the letter. She says they want to +come here and rest, indefinitely. There was quite a bit in +it about the peace of the deserts and the high mountains +here in Nevada. She says she longs for it with all her soul, +or something like that.”</p> + +<p>“Danielle,” I said, “always was the best of the two. +You going to let them come, Sam?”</p> + +<p>“Anything else for me to do?”</p> + +<p>“Not a thing—for you. There’d be plenty for others. +Those girls are no kin of yours. Let me see—they must +be able-bodied young women by now. Eight years old +when they were here in 1909, makes them twenty-four +years old now, according to my figures. Why a couple +of women twins, aggregating forty-eight years, should +decide to come here and rest their souls, at your expense, +is beyond me.”</p> + +<p>“I have plenty.”</p> + +<p>“So has Henry Ford. Why don’t they go rest their +souls with him? They’ve got as much claim on him as +they have on you. None.”</p> + +<p>“I reckon.”</p> + +<p>“Where are they now, anyway?”</p> + +<p>“Switzerland.”</p> + +<p>“Lands alive! I don’t pretend to know much about +foreign geography, but I’ve understood that there were a +few mountains in Switzerland. Leave those girls rest their +souls right there where they are, Sam.”</p> + +<p>“No—I don’t know, Mary. I guess I’ll write them a +letter and tell them to come along. Lots of room.”</p> + +<p>I didn’t argue any more about it. For twenty-five years +I had been housekeeper of the Desert Moon ranch-house, +and I had learned, during that time, that there was only +one subject, concerning Sam, or the place, on which I +could never hope to have any say-so. Trying to argue with +Sam about anything that had to do, in any way, with +Margarita Ditsie, when she was Margarita Ditsie +Stanley, or when she was Margarita Ditsie Canneziano, +was about as sensible as hoisting a chiffon parasol for +protection in the midst of one of our Nevada mountain +cloudbursts.</p> + +<p>Margarita Ditsie was of French-Canadian parentage; +a dark-haired, big-eyed beauty. Her father kept a +gambling hole in Esmeralda County in the early days. +Her mother had run away from a convent, after she had +become a nun, to marry him. The girl had some of the +nun, some of the runaway, and some of the gambling +house proprietor in her. It made a queer combination.</p> + +<p>When she was eighteen years old she came from Carson +to visit Lily Trooper, over on the Three Bars Ranch, +in northeastern Nevada, about sixty miles from here. +Sam met her there, at one of Ben Trooper’s big barbecues. +She and Sam were married two weeks later. She was a lot +younger than Sam; but, even then, he was the richest man +in the valley, with every unwedded woman for a hundred +miles around setting her cap for him.</p> + +<p>Whether Margarita married him for his wealth, or +whether it was to spite the other girls who would have +liked to marry him, I don’t know. All I know is that +Margarita never had a mite of love for him. She stayed +with him, though, and acted decently enough for two +years, until Dan Canneziano came to the ranch and got +a job on it as cowpuncher.</p> + +<p>It was during those two years that Sam built this +ranch-house for her. He had an architect in New York +draw the plans for it; and though now on the outside, with +its towers and trimmings, it looks kind of old fashioned, +I think it is still the finest house in Nevada. Sam’s lead +and silver mine had just come in, and there was not +anything, from Italian marble fireplaces to teakwood floors, +that was too grand for what Margarita called the Stanley +Mansion. She left it, all the elegance and the luxury, and +she broke her marriage vows, for love of this wop cowpuncher. +That, I guess, is fair and full enough description +of Margarita Canneziano.</p> + +<p>I don’t blame her. I quit blaming folks for things a good +many years ago when, after firing three Chinese cooks +in six weeks, I decided that, if we were to live healthy and +wholesome, I’d have to take over the job of cooking as +well as housekeeping for the Desert Moon Ranch, and +set about it, and learned to cook. In other words, when I +became a creator myself, I got to know creations and +so quit blaming all of them. If I forget to put the soda +in the sour milk pancakes, it isn’t their fault if they don’t +rise. They are as I made them. Margarita was as the Lord +made her. He, I suppose, either had His own good +reasons for turning out such a mess, or else He was tired, +or flustered, or, maybe, was just experimenting on the +road to something better when He did it.</p> + +<p>I should explain, I suppose, wishing to be as honest as +possible in spite of the fact that I am writing a mystery +story, that Canneziano was different from the ordinary +breed of cowpunchers. His father, he claimed, had some +hifaluting title in Italy, before he got into a peck of +honorable, patriotic trouble and had to skip to the United +States to save his neck. That may be true, and it may not. +Canneziano had a good education; he talked poetry, +and played the violin. Margarita heard him playing, +down in the outfit’s quarters one day, and had Sam invite +him up to the house to play. She accompanied him on +the grand piano that Sam had bought for her.</p> + +<p>Before long, Dan Canneziano was spending a good part +of his time at the ranch-house. Sam, being nobody’s fool, +soon saw how the land lay; but he, according to his +custom then and now, kept his mouth shut and his eyes +open. Sure enough, one evening they tried to elope +together. Sam went after them and brought them back. I +remember, yet, how the three of them looked, coming into +the house that night.</p> + +<p>Margarita, her head high, defiant, but pretty as a fire’s +flame. Canneziano, slinking in at her heels, like a whipped +cur, expecting worse; and Sam, following behind them, +calm as cold turkey. The three of them had about half +an hour’s talk together. Then Sam herded Canneziano +down to the outfit’s quarters and, I suppose, told the +men to keep him there, for there he stayed until Sam was +ready for him again.</p> + +<p>The next morning Sam started to the county seat. He +reached there that evening. The following morning he got +his divorce. He came back to the Desert Moon on the +third morning, with his divorce and with a preacher. He +sent for Canneziano, and stood by, while the preacher +married Margarita Stanley to Daniel Canneziano, decent +and regular, according to the laws of Nevada.</p> + +<p>There it should have ended. It didn’t, because Sam +never got over loving Margarita. I don’t hold that to +his credit. I see no more virtue in keeping on loving +a person who has proved unworthy of being loved, than +I see in hating a person who has turned out to be blameless, +or in continuing to do any other unreasonable thing.</p> + +<p>At any rate, Sam did it. So when, nine years later, +she came back to the Desert Moon, with twin girls, +Danielle and Gabrielle, and said that Canneziano had +deserted her and the children Sam took them all right in. +I don’t know, yet, whether or not they took him in.</p> + +<p>Certainly he did not show much surprise when, in +about ten days, Canneziano put in an appearance. Sam +allowed him to get a good start with his threats, and then +he took him across his knees and gave him a sound +spanking, and passed him over to Margarita to dry his +tears, and washed his own hands and went fishing.</p> + +<p>That evening he had one of the men hitch up and take +the whole kit and caboodle of Cannezianos to Rattail +in time to catch the east-bound train. I am ashamed to +say that Sam gave them money. I don’t know how much. +I shouldn’t be surprised if it was more than they had +expected to get from their blackmailing scheme. A tidy +sum, I’ll be bound, for shortly after we heard that +Canneziano had opened the finest gambling house south +of the Mason and Dixon line, in New Orleans.</p> + +<p>Sam wanted to keep the children. He offered to adopt +them. Margarita would not consider it. But, several times +after that, pale yellow, perfumed letters came to the +Desert Moon, and Sam answered those letters with a +check. Me he answered, each time, with, “It is for the +little girls, Mary. I can’t let little girls go needing.”</p> + +<p>When Margarita died, in France, seven years after she +had paid us her blackmailing visit, Sam, the ninny, wrote +to Canneziano and again offered to adopt the girls and +give them a good home on the Desert Moon. He got a few +insulting, insinuating lines for an answer. Canneziano +had his own plans for his daughters, who had developed +into rare beauties. He would thank Sam to keep his hands +off, mind his own business, and so forth.</p> + +<p>It would have made a milder man than Sam Stanley +fighting mad. Sam went around all that day, swearing +to me that he was through; that he had made his last +offer of help to the Canneziano family, had sent his last +contribution. I know for certain, though, that he sent +five hundred dollars to Gabrielle, after that, in answer +to a letter she wrote to him. But, if Sam was soft with +the women, he was not soft with Canneziano. He had +showed up here, beaming and broke, about three years +ago. He had left, suddenly, after having seen Sam and no +one else, less beaming but quite as broke as he had been +when he had come. I thought, maybe, Sam was forgetting +that side of the family, and that this might be a good +time to remind him.</p> + +<p>“Is Canneziano planning to come on later, too, and +rest?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“Just at present he is in San Quentin, serving a three +years’ term. Danielle didn’t say for what deviltry. His +term’s up this summer. That is another reason the girls +want to come here. Somewhere safe from his persecutions, +I think the letter said. Poor little girls,” Sam went on, +“I reckon we haven’t any idea of what they’ve been +through, all these years.”</p> + +<p>“I reckon not,” I agreed. “But they aren’t little girls +any more. Seems queer to me, with all the beauty their +father was bragging about, that neither of them has +married. Twenty-four is getting along.”</p> + +<p>“I’ll bet,” Sam answered, “it is because they have +never had any decent opportunities. You know how +pretty they were as little girls, and how good——”</p> + +<p>“Danielle was good enough,” I said. “Gabrielle was a +holy terror.”</p> + +<p>Sam let that pass. “Considering,” he continued, “the +life that they’ve had to lead, and all, I think it speaks +pretty well for them that they have come through +straight and clean.”</p> + +<p>Instead of asking him how he knew that, I said, +“You’d be willing, then, to have John marry one of +them?”</p> + +<p>John, Sam’s adopted son, was the apple of Sam’s eye. +He would have the ranch, and Sam’s fortune, other +dependents provided for, when Sam died. Whether +or not the girl he married would be contented to live on +the ranch, and help John carry it on and keep up its +traditions, making it one of the proudest spots in Nevada, +was a mighty important thing to Sam.</p> + +<p>He waited so long before answering my question that +I was sure I had hit the nail on the head.</p> + +<p>“John,” he finally said, “is old enough to take care of +himself.”</p> + +<p>With that he turned and went out of my kitchen, not +giving me a chance to say that, though I had lived +through fifty-six years, I had never yet seen a man at +the age he had just mentioned. I did not care. I felt too +vimless for even a spat with Sam. I knew that if these +Canneziano girls came to the Desert Moon, they would +bring trouble with them. I was right. A merciful Providence +be thanked that, for a time at least, the knowledge +of how terribly right I was, was spared me.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch02"> + +<h2>CHAPTER II. <br> John and Martha</h2> + +<p>I am not an admirer of men. Looking at most any man, +I find myself thinking what a pity it was he had to +grow up, since as a little, helpless child he would have +made a complete success.</p> + +<p>Sam Stanley is different. There is some of the child +left in Sam, just as there is, I think, in any good man or +woman—a little seasoning of simplicity, really, is all it +amounts to—but there is a quality about Sam that +makes a person feel that he set out, early in life, to follow +the recipe for being a man, and that he has made a +thorough job of it. Physically, alone, Sam would make about +three of most men, with plenty left over for gravy. But +it is not that. It is the something that makes him stroll +up, unarmed, to a cowpuncher who is bragging wild with +moonshine and clinking with firearms, and say, in that +drawling, gentle voice of his, “What’s the trouble here, +son?” And the something that makes that cowpuncher +get polite first, and evaporate immediately after. And +Sam whiteheaded, now, at that.</p> + +<p>Why he, as a young man, with a pretty fair education +and a tidy sum of money left him by his father, who had +been a well thought of lawyer in Massachusetts, should +come out here to Nevada, take up his homestead land, +and settle content for the rest of his life, has always +been more or less of a mystery to me. I will warn you, +though, that it is a mystery that doesn’t get solved in +this story, unless you care to take Sam’s explanation of it.</p> + +<p>He says that, when his father died, it left him without +a relative, whom he knew of, in the world. He was twenty +years old, and he owned a set of roving toes and an +imagination. So he went to California, seeking romance +and gold. Finding neither, he took a small boat named +The Indiana, and went up to Oregon, where he joined +a friend of his, named Tom Cone, who had a place on the +Columbia River near Rooster Rock.</p> + +<p>One day Sam was out in the woods—he said there was +nothing to be out in except woods or rain in Oregon in +those days—and he heard a noise behind a thicket. He +thought Tom, who lived for practical jokes, was getting +ready to pull one. So Sam crept up to the thicket, stooping +low and making no noise, and shouted “Boo!” at the +biggest bear he had ever seen in his life. Sam says he has +forgotten what the bear said. He decided, then and there, +that the Oregon forests were no place for a man with no +more sense than he had; he left them, and came down +here to Nevada.</p> + +<p>“No forests, no fences, no folks, and a free view for +ten thousand miles,” is the way Sam puts it, “so, I +stayed. It was the first place I’d ever found where I didn’t +feel hampered for room.”</p> + +<p>He staked out his hundred and sixty acres with Boulder +Creek tumbling and roaring through them. He built his +cabin, out of railroad ties, in a grove of quaking aspen +trees. He hired help, and built fences, and dug ditches, +and planted crops, and bought stock. He bought more +land. He hired more help, dug more ditches, planted +bigger crops, bought more stock. He has been doing that, +regularly, ever since. And, of course, he located the lead +and silver mine, on his property, that made him millions, +if it made him a cent, before it played out. But, in spite +of the money that “Old Lady Luck,” as he called his +mine, made for him, Sam never gave his heart to it. +It was the Desert Moon Ranch that he loved, and the +money he made from it that he was proud of. That was +why, when the honor of the ranch went under, during +those terrible weeks last summer, Sam all but went under +with it.</p> + +<p>After Margarita left the place from her visit of 1909, +taking the twins with her, Sam went around for a week +or two, with his head cocked to one side as if he was +listening for something. I knew what he was missing, and +I was not surprised when, one day, he told me he had +decided to send to San Francisco and get a couple of +children and adopt them.</p> + +<p>He wrote to a big hospital in San Francisco and got in +touch with a trained nurse who would be willing to come +up and live on the ranch and take care of the two children. +He had her go to an orphan’s home and select the children +and bring them with her when she came. Sam’s +specifications concerning them were that they were to be a +boy and a girl, under ten and over five years old, healthy, +American, and brown-eyed. (Sam’s own eyes are the color +of ball-bluing, giving his face, with his red cheeks, and +his white beard, the patriotic effect I have mentioned.)</p> + +<p>The nurse came early in September with the two +brown-eyed children, named Vera and Alvin. Sam at +once re-named them. John, he said, was the only name +for a boy, and Mary the only name for a girl. But, since +my name was Mary, he would let the little girl have +Martha, which meant, according to Sam, “Boss of the +Ranch.”</p> + +<p>The nurse’s name was Mrs. Ollie Ricker. If you can +imagine a blue-eyed, pink-cheeked, yellow-haired bisque +doll, turned old, you will have a good idea of her +appearance at that time. I don’t know how old she was then. I +don’t know how old she is now. Younger by many years +than I am, I am sure; and yet she has always seemed old +to me; old with the sudden but inevitable oldness of a +wrecked ship, or a burned-down house, or a felled tree, +that makes a body forget that a year ago, or perhaps +only yesterday, it was a fresh, new thing. She never +talked. I do not mean that she never chatted, or gossiped. +I mean that she never said one word, not, “Good-morning,” +nor, “Good-night,” nor, “If you please,” nor, +“Thank you,” if she could possibly avoid it. At the end +of sixteen years of daily association with Mrs. Ricker, +that is, up to the time of the second murder on the Desert +Moon, I knew exactly as much about her past life as +you know at this minute.</p> + +<p>John, at that time, was nine years old. He was as +bright, and as upstanding, and as handsome, as any little +fellow to be found anywhere; bashful at first, but ready +and glad to be friendly, with an uplifting smile that +wrinkled his short nose and that would wheedle a cooky +out of a pickle jar. I may as well say, now, that this +description of John, at nine years old, is as good a +description as I can give of John at twenty-five, if you +will draw his height up to six feet, and put on weight +accordingly.</p> + +<p>Martha, when she came to us, was a frail, white-faced +mite, with enormous brown eyes that looked as if they +had been removed from a Jersey heifer and set in her +white face. The papers from the orphanage gave her age +as five years; but even I, who knew less about children +than it was decent for any woman to know, soon saw +that something was wrong. She walked well enough, but +she could scarcely talk at all. Her ways and her habits +were those of a two-year-old infant, yet she was far too +large for that age. Before she had been with us a week I +knew that Martha was not quite right in her mind.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker knew it, too. Her excuse was, that she had +chosen Martha because she was so pretty; that she had +had no opportunity to judge her other characteristics. +She insisted that she thought, with proper care, Martha +would develop normally.</p> + +<p>I knew better. Sam knew it, too. But, when I begged +and besought him not to adopt her, he brought out an +argument good and conclusive for him.</p> + +<p>“If I don’t adopt her, and take care of her,” said Sam, +“who the heck would?”</p> + +<p>So adopt her he did. And he spent a small fortune on +doctors, specialists, for her. None of them could do +anything. It was, they said, a hopeless case of retarded +development. So, at twenty-one years of age, Martha, +though the care and doctoring had given her a fine +healthy body, had the mind of a child of five or six +years—not too bright a child, either. That was at best. At +worst—— Well, no matter. Entirely harmless, the +doctors said; but I always had my doubts.</p> + +<p>Sam tried all sorts of teachers for her, too; bringing +them from back east and paying them sums to stagger. +But, in the end, we found that Mrs. Ricker was better +with her than anyone else. She never pretended any +particular love for Martha, but she took care of her, +and kept her sweet and clean, and put up with her +tempers, when many a better woman than Ollie Ricker would +have gone away in disgust. I am not saying that, if there +is a Judgment Day, as many say and some believe, I’d +care to be standing in Ollie Ricker’s shoes, if she is +wearing them at that time; but I do say that her gentleness, +and her patience, through all those years with Martha, +should be counted to her credit, whether or no.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch03"> + +<h2>CHAPTER III. <br> Hubert Hand</h2> + +<p>It was three years after Mrs. Ricker came to the +ranch, bringing John and Martha, that Hubert +Hand put in his appearance. He had got Mr. Indian Chat +Chin, as everybody called him, to bring him up from +Rattail in his old surrey. Hubert Hand was something +of a dude in those days, though he has well outgrown +it since, and I remember yet how comical he looked, +sitting up there so stiff and fine in his light gray overcoat +and gray Fedora hat, with that big Roman nose of his +protruding out and up, disdainfully, above his little +moustache, and apparently above all consciousness of +dirty old Mr. Indian Chat Chin and the rattle-trap rig.</p> + +<p>Mr. Indian Chat Chin stopped his old nag at the +entrance to the driveway, and Hubert Hand climbed +carefully down and came up the road, swinging a walking +cane like he was leading a parade.</p> + +<p>Sam and I, as was our custom, went walking down to +meet him.</p> + +<p>He took off his hat to me, and said to Sam, “I wish to +see the owner of this ranch.”</p> + +<p>“Nobody ever mistook me for a fairy before,” Sam +said. “But go ahead. Your first wish is granted. What are +the other two?”</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand got out his card then. Besides his name +it had “Clover-blossom Creamery,” and the San +Francisco address printed on it.</p> + +<p>“Now, Mr. Stanley,” Hubert Hand went on, after the +embarrassing minute of general introductions, “I am +going to be honest with you——”</p> + +<p>“Hold on, stranger,” Sam interrupted, “you’re not. +You are going to be as dishonest as heck. Otherwise, you +wouldn’t bother to tell me you were going to be honest. +Go ahead.”</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand laughed, but he didn’t like it. He went +ahead, though, and explained that he had an up-and-coming +creamery business in San Francisco, but that his +physician had told him that he had to live in a high, +dry climate with plenty of sunshine and no fog. He had, +after inquiries and investigations, decided that the Desert +Moon Ranch, altitude seven thousand feet, sunshine +three hundred and sixty-five days in the year, to say +nothing of the marvelous view of the Garnet Mountains, +the hunting, the fishing, and the pure snow water, would +fill all his requirements.</p> + +<p>“Thanks,” Sam said. “When I get ready to start a +Gold Cure Sanatorium, I’ll drop you a line.”</p> + +<p>“You won’t do business, then?” Hubert Hand +questioned.</p> + +<p>“I hadn’t heard anything about doing business,” Sam +said.</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand’s proposition was that he start a creamery, +on the Desert Moon Ranch, and supply the valley +with ice-cream, butter, and other dairy products. Sam +had the ranch, the cows, and the big ice plant. Mr. +Hubert Hand had the knowledge and the equipment. +They could divide the profits.</p> + +<p>Next to sheep men, I guess there is nothing that cow +men hold in lower contempt than they hold dairy farms. +Sam was too much disgusted to swear very long.</p> + +<p>“But, do you realize, Mr. Stanley,” Hubert Hand +insisted, “that this entire valley has to depend on Salt +Lake City, or on Reno, for its dairy products?”</p> + +<p>“Listen, stranger,” Sam said. “I wouldn’t turn the +Desert Moon into a place to slop milk around in if the +entire valley had to depend on Hong Kong, China, for its +ice-cream cones. Forget it, and come in now and have +some supper.”</p> + +<p>To my knowledge, Hubert Hand, from that day to this, +has never again mentioned, on the Desert Moon, anything +that had to do with creameries. Neither, from that +day to this, has he been off the ranch for more than a +couple of weeks at a time.</p> + +<p>“By the way,” he began, trying to make it sound +unimportant, when we had finished supper, “I heard, in +Telko, that you were something of a chess player.”</p> + +<p>“I am, when I can get a game,” Sam said. “But chess +players, in these parts, are as scarce as hen’s teeth. My +neighbor, thirty miles east of here, and I used to play +regular, two nights a week. But the son of a gun struck +it rich, and like most loyal Native Sons of this state, he +moved to California to spend his money. I’m teaching +my boy, John—but he is just a kid. Here, lately, about all +I’ve done is work out the puzzles by myself.”</p> + +<p>“I play a little,” Hubert Hand produced, right +modestly.</p> + +<p>Sam jumped up and got out his chess table, inlaid +ebony and ivory, made special, and his ebony and ivory +chess-men.</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand beat him the first game in about half an +hour. They set up their men again. It took Hubert Hand +over an hour that time to beat Sam, but he did it.</p> + +<p>“Heck!” Sam said, at the end of that game. “You’re +hired.”</p> + +<p>“Hired for what?”</p> + +<p>“For whatever you want to call it, except the slopping +of milk around. Send for your trunk and name your pay. +Why didn’t you say, in the first place, that you were a +blankety-blank crack chess player?”</p> + +<p>I realize, right here, that I am not going to be able to +get through with this entire story, with Sam in it, and +continue to modify his vocabulary into hecks and +blankety blanks. Wrong, I think it is; but it is true, that +men out here do not talk like that. Sam cusses, swears +and damns, just as naturally and as innocently as he +breathes. The only real trouble about Sam’s profanity is +that he uses up all his strong words day by day in ordinary +conversation; so, when occasions arise that call for +something really emphatic, Sam hasn’t any words to do +them justice. If the demands are not too serious, he +reverts and finds a little “Pshaw!” or, “Shoot!” unusual +enough to meet the need. If it goes beyond that, he opens +his mouth in silence and keeps it open, hoping for a word, +until his pipe drops out and scatters ashes and burned +and burning tobacco all over everything. I pay no +attention to his profanity and small attention to his +“Pshaws,” and “Shoots.” But when his pipe drops, +I get right down interested.</p> + +<p>To return to Hubert Hand: he accepted Sam’s offer, +then and there. The next day he titled himself assistant +ranch manager, and named his salary at two hundred +and fifty dollars a month. Sam paid it without blinking; +and kept right on managing the ranch, and everything +on it, except, perhaps, myself, without any assistance, +the same as he had always done.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch04"> + +<h2>CHAPTER IV. <br> Chadwick Caufield</h2> + +<p>Chadwick Caufield, the other member of our +household, who was present on the Desert Moon +Ranch at the time of the first murder, came only two +years ago last October.</p> + +<p>It was away past bedtime, after ten o’clock, but the +radio was brand-new then, and we were all sitting up, +listening to a fine program given by the Hoot Owls in +Portland, Oregon, when the doorbell rang. Sam answered +it. Chad stepped in.</p> + +<p>He was wearing white corduroy trousers, a long, yellow +rubber raincoat, and a straw hat tethered to its buttonhole +with a string. He was carrying a ukulele under his +arm and a camera in his hand. He took off his hat, +displaying a head full of pretty yellow curls. He smiled, +displaying a sweet, gentle disposition. (If there is any +better index to character than the way a person smiles, +I have never found it.)</p> + +<p>“How do you do?” he said. “I have come to visit you.”</p> + +<p>By the time Sam got his pipe picked up, John had got +down the forty-feet length of living-room and had Chad +by both hands, and was introducing him as the friend +he had told us about, the friend he had made at Mather’s +Field, during the war.</p> + +<p>The way of that was, John had saved his life for him +down there, and had never since been able to get out +from under the responsibility of it. John had found a job +for him, after the armistice, and when Chad lost it, John +had loaned him money to start out in a vaudeville act. +He did fine with that for three years, and was making +good money on the Orpheum circuit, when he got into +an automobile accident in Kansas City and was laid up +for months in the hospital there. He went back to work +sooner than he should have, and spent three months +in an Oakland hospital with influenza. John had wired +money to him there, and had asked him, again, to come +for a visit to the Desert Moon. But, since he had had a +standing invitation for years, and since he had sent no +word that he was coming, John was as much surprised +as any of us that evening.</p> + +<p>He had walked over, he explained, from Winnemucca, a +distance of a couple of hundred miles. He had had money +to buy a ticket no further than Winnemucca. He had had +a job there, for a while, dish-washing—a fine job he made +of it, I’ll warrant—and had used his earnings to get into +a solo game, hoping to win enough money to pay for his +ticket. He had lost his money, his watch, his coat, vest, +and shirt. The landlady at Winnemucca, he said, wanted +his trunk worse than he did; and, anyway, he never +argued with ladies. She had allowed him to take the +raincoat—a raincoat in this part of Nevada being about +as much use to anybody as a life preserver to a trout—and +the funny straw hat—he had worn both in his vaudeville +act—and the ukulele. Who wouldn’t be glad to let +anyone who wanted to take a ukulele anywhere, take it? +The camera he had found on the road between Shoshone +and Palisade. He had named it, “Unconscious Sweetness,” +and called it “Connie” for short, and he was +always plum daffy about it, taking expected and unexpected +pictures of all of us at all hours and in all places, +and pasting them in big albums with jokes and such +written underneath.</p> + +<p>It is hard to give a fair description of Chad. He was a +little, pindling fellow. Around Sam and John and Hubert +Hand he looked about as dainty and trifling as the +garnish around the platter of the Thanksgiving turkey. He +seemed kind of like that, too; like the extra bit of +garnishing that makes life’s platter prettier and +nicer—absolutely useless, maybe, but never cluttery.</p> + +<p>Until after he came, I had not realized how little real +laughing any of us had done. We had been happy enough, +and content; but we had never been much amused. He +amused us. He made us laugh. He took the mechanical +player off the old grand piano, and played it as we had +never before heard it played. He spoke pieces and sang +funny songs until we held our sides with laughing. He +was a ventriloquist, and a mimic besides. He could +imitate all of our voices to a T.</p> + +<p>He had been with us about a week before any of us +knew that. I was in the kitchen, one day, when I heard +someone come into the butler’s pantry.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” Sam’s voice called from there, “you are +fired. Bounced. You haven’t made a cake in two days, +nor doughnuts in three. You are getting too lazy and +worthless for the Desert Moon——”</p> + +<p>I tottered; but, just before I fainted clear away, here +came that grinning little ape, dancing and kicking his +heels in an airy-fairy dance, but still speaking in that +gentle, drawling voice of Sam’s.</p> + +<p>I laughed until I had to sit down and lean on the table. +I begged him, then, not to give it away for a few days; +and the fun he and I had, for the next week, would make +a book in itself.</p> + +<p>Martha adored him. He played with her by the hour. +He made two dolls, Mike and Pat, for her, and he would +let them sit on her knees while he made them talk for her. +He had to treat her as he would treat a child, of course; +but he managed, what the rest of us did not always manage, +to treat her as if she were a good, sensible child, not +too young to be polite to. Chad had the nicest manners +of any man I have ever known.</p> + +<p>At the end of November, when he began to talk about +leaving, Sam offered him a hundred and fifty a month to +stay on. He said, like Hubert Hand had said, “What +for?”</p> + +<p>“For living,” Sam said.</p> + +<p>Chad laughed and shook his head.</p> + +<p>“Double it, then,” Sam urged. “I wouldn’t have you +leave the place, and Martha, for three hundred a month; +so why shouldn’t I pay it to have you stay?”</p> + +<p>Chad never would take any regular money from Sam. +But he stayed on and got what he needed, such as +clothes, and razor blades and films for Connie, and had +them charged to Sam’s accounts. He called himself the +“Perpetual Guest—P. G.” for short, but some of the +others said it stood for “Pollyanna Gush” and called him +“Polly” to twit him. Pollyanna may not be literature, I +don’t know; but a person of that nature is most +uncommonly pleasant to have around the house.</p> + +<p>The only time I ever felt any differently about Chad +was right after Sam broke the news to the assembled +household that we were to be visited by a couple of lady +twins from Switzerland. Chad began, then, to practise +a new song about “sleep, little baby,” and to permit the +most ear-splitting sounds to issue from the back of his +throat. He called it yodeling; and said that yodeling was +Switzerland’s chief export, and that he was practising +up to make the ladies feel at home. I declare, it nearly +drove me out of my wits. A disturbing element, they +were, you see, from the very first.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch05"> + +<h2>CHAPTER V. <br> The Arrival</h2> + +<p>The girls got here on Friday, the eighth of May. Sam +and I rode down to Rattail in the sedan to meet +them, and John took the small truck down to bring up +their baggage.</p> + +<p>Number Twenty came roaring up, on time, and stopped +with a snort of angry protest, as it always does when it +has to stop at Rattail, which is not often; not more than +a dozen times a year at best, I guess.</p> + +<p>Sam and I hurried down the tracks to where the +porter’s white, rapidly swinging arms were piling up the +shining black baggage.</p> + +<p>I don’t know what there is about riding in a train that +turns folks haughty and supercilious; but there is +something that does. A person who would be right hearty and +human on his own two feet, sits in a car window and looks +out at the platform people as if they were something +he wanted to be careful not to step in. By the time I +had passed fifty or more windows, and had reached where +the girls were standing, I was so heated up I couldn’t +find a word to say but, “Pleased to meet you,” which +was not the truth.</p> + +<p>One of them smiled real sweet, and said, “Mary! Upon +my soul you haven’t changed at all in sixteen years,” +and made as if to kiss me; which I did at once.</p> + +<p>The other one gave me a jerky nod, and stood there, +watching the train pull out, until Sam, who had been +poking along behind me, managed to catch up.</p> + +<p>“Uncle Sam,” she exclaimed, laughing and standing on +tiptoe, and putting her hands on his shoulders, and +tipping her pointed chin up to him, “you dear, to have us! +I had always remembered that you were the biggest man +in the world, and now I see that I was right about it.”</p> + +<p>Sam didn’t kiss her, as she had expected him to. He +patted her hands, took them down off his shoulders and +held them a minute before he dropped them and reached +to shake hands with the twin who had kissed me.</p> + +<p>“Well, now,” he said, “this is sure great. Little girls all +grown up to ladies, and coming to see their old uncle.” +(He had bitten on that uncle bait, though he was no more +their uncle than I was.) “Which of you is which, now? +Let’s get you sorted out, so I can call you by name. I +used to get you all mixed up, when you were little +tykes—couldn’t tell one from the other.”</p> + +<p>“You won’t have that trouble any more,” said the one +who had nodded at me. “I am Gabrielle, and that prim +little puss is Danielle. People never get confused about +us any longer.”</p> + +<p>Indeed, I should think not. Danielle was dressed pretty +and neat in a suit of gray about the shade of a Maltese +cat, with a nice little round hat to match, and not more +than ten inches of gray silk stocking showing between the +edge of her skirt and the tops of her neat gray pumps. +Gabrielle had on a floppy coat thing, that looked more +like a bathrobe, cut off at the knees, the way it lopped +and draped, with nothing but a big buckle on one hip +to hold it together at all. It was about two shades darker +than good cream tomato soup. Her hat was as near as she +could match it, I guess; and, though it was small, it was +soft and loppy. Her stockings, sixteen inches of them in +sight, if an inch, were a kind of sickly cross between +yellow and pink. Her black satin shoes had stilt heels +and silver buckles. She wore, also, a pair of earrings, +dangling almost to her shoulders, that looked like the +spinners the boys use here, in the fall, when they go after +the big trout.</p> + +<p>The population of Rattail had come running to the +depot, of course, when the train stopped; and, at last, +swaggering his way among males, females, Indians, +cowpunchers, and dogs, here came John.</p> + +<p>He doesn’t usually trim his walk with that swagger; +but, bashful as an overfed coyote, he is hard put to it, at +times, to cover up this deficiency of his. So he swings his +shoulders, and talks loudly, and boasts around, when a +person with a keen ear could hear his knees clicking +together.</p> + +<p>“La-la!” exclaimed Gabrielle, when she caught sight +of him. “Who is this picturesque man thing coming +toward us?”</p> + +<p>John did look pretty fine, wearing his new corduroy +suit, and his shining new leather puttees, and his new +sixteen-dollar sombrero. He had even gone so far as to +button up the collar of his brown flannel shirt. I was +sorry he had not been around, when the train came in, to +add tone to Sam and to me.</p> + +<p>“He,” Sam answered, beaming with pride, “is my boy, +John.”</p> + +<p>“How thrilling!” chirped Gabrielle. “It is like living +in a cinema, isn’t it, Danny?” And off she went, sort of +skipping along the tracks, to meet him.</p> + +<p>When they met, John gave her about the same attention +that a passenger gives the ticket chopper at the +gate, in a city depot, when he sees the train he is trying +to catch moving slowly out through the yards. He pulled +off his hat with a bow, but he passed her, walking very +fast. I thought that he was so flustered that he did not +know what he was doing. He knew. He was headed +straight for Danny. He had been in the freight house +since long before the train came in, sizing up from a safe +distance the girls’ arrival. Then he had sneaked out the +back way, up past the station house, and around it and +back again, to give the appearance of having just that +minute got into Rattail.</p> + +<p>“John,” I said, when he reached Danny and me, and +stopped short, like he had just been lassoed from the +rear, “this is Danielle Canneziano.”</p> + +<p>John dropped his hat in the alkali dust, his new hat, +and reached out and took both of Danny’s hands in his. +Falling on his knees in front of her would not have been +much showier.</p> + +<p>“I—” he produced, “I—I heard you laugh.”</p> + +<p>To me, it barely made sense; but she seemed to find it +interesting and important.</p> + +<p>“Really?” she said, and sort of trilled it full of +meaning.</p> + +<p>Standing there, with my new shoes hurting my corns, +and Sam and Gabrielle completely out of sight around the +corner of the depot, I felt as necessary, useful, and +welcome as a hair in the soup, and a sight more conspicuous. +Rattail’s population was beginning to close in around us. +I pulled at John’s sleeve; but I declare, if a freight hadn’t +come along, forcing those two to get off the tracks, they +might have been standing there yet, gazing into each +other’s eyes.</p> + +<p>I was halfway home, riding beside Danny in the sedan, +when Gabrielle’s laughing out again, at some remark of +Sam’s, made me remember that she had been the only +one who had done any laughing when we had met. Danny +had only smiled. So, if that laugh was what had put John +clear off his head, he had picked the wrong twin.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch06"> + +<h2>CHAPTER VI. <br> The Secret</h2> + +<p>The first minute I heard that the Canneziano girls +were coming to the Desert Moon, I was certain that +they were not coming for the peace of the mountains +and the deserts. Going on from there, I questioned +myself as to what reason any Canneziano had ever had for +coming to the ranch, or for writing to the ranch. The +answer was, to get money. I tried to think that they +would stay a few months, long enough to put themselves +in Sam’s good graces, ask him for a tidy sum, and leave. +But they had not been on the place two days before I +knew that, though that might be a minor part of their +plan, it was not the major part; that there was something +far less simple, something, probably, treacherous +and sinister at the root of this visit of theirs to the Desert +Moon.</p> + +<p>On the evening of their arrival the girls had unpacked +their trunks in their bedrooms. The next morning the +boys carried their trunks to the attic. Going through the +upper hall, later that same morning, I saw one of the +empty drawers that had fitted into their new-fangled +trunks, lying beside the door to the attic stairway.</p> + +<p>I hate clutter. I picked it up and carried it upstairs. +I went in all good faith: but I wear rubber-soled shoes +around the house, and the stairs are thickly carpeted; so +the girls, who were up there, did not hear me coming. +Just before I got to the turn in the stairs, I heard one of +them say:</p> + +<p>“I am sure that there is no use in searching the house. +In the first place, he never could have gotten it into the +house without being seen.”</p> + +<p>“You are too sure of everything, when you are unsure +of anything,” the other girl answered, and I thought, +since the voice was louder and, somehow, richer, that it +was Gaby’s. “Stop being sure, and try being sensible. +We must find it. We have very little time. How do you +know whether he could have brought it into the house or +not? There is a back stairway.”</p> + +<p>Fool that I was, I kept right on going up the stairs. +It took me a while to develop the poll-prying, +eavesdropping, sneaking, and generally despicable character +that I did develop later.</p> + +<p>“Did you girls lose something?” I asked, when my +head had poked up to where I could see them.</p> + +<p>Danny jumped, from being startled, but Gaby never +turned a hair.</p> + +<p>“Only a trinket of Dan’s,” she said. “Possibly she +never packed it at all.”</p> + +<p>I gave them the trunk drawer and came back +downstairs, wracking my brain with questions.</p> + +<p>Who was the “he” who had, or who had not, gotten +something into the house? The something that they must +find, and had very little time in which to find it. And, +land’s alive, what was the something?</p> + +<p>I resolved to say nothing, but to watch those two +girls, like a hawk, from then on. I did so. But it was three +weeks before I heard anything more at all, though I saw +a great deal.</p> + +<p>I saw those girls searching, searching everlastingly, the +entire place. I saw them go to the cabin, and stay inside +of it for hours. I saw them in the barnyards, and in the +barns, searching. I saw them down in the outfit’s quarters +when the men were all away. I heard them get up late at +night, and sneak out of the house, and come back in the +early hours of the morning. And, once or twice, I thought +that I saw them seeing me, as I watched them, and then +I was afraid.</p> + +<p>It was during these three weeks that Danny and John +announced their engagement. My own opinion is that +they got themselves engaged the first five minutes they +were alone together; but that they had gumption enough +to wait for ten days before telling it.</p> + +<p>Sam gave them his blessing. That is to say, he said +that any agreement they wanted to make was all right +with him, if Danny was sure she would be satisfied to live +on the Desert Moon, and if they would wait a year to +be married. They agreed to this, the year of waiting, +reluctantly. Sam, whose one bad habit, not counting +his pipe, is using suitable and unsuitable quotations +on all suitable and unsuitable occasions, assured +them that a year was as a day on the Desert Moon; but +that didn’t seem to make them any happier. The only +people who were downright pleased with Sam’s decision +were Gaby and myself. I, for certain reasons of my own. +Gaby, because she was choosing to consider herself also +in love with John.</p> + +<p>I realize that this is crowding pretty fast what the +books call “love interest.” I realize, too, that I have +not given any description of John that would account +for two traveled ladies coming to the Desert Moon and, +at once, falling in love with him.</p> + +<p>He had, as I guess I’ve signified, a heap more than his +share of masculine good looks. Outside of hat and collar +advertisements, I don’t know that I’ve ever seen even +pictures of men that were any better looking than John +was. The way he lived, and dressed, and rode, made him +sort of romantic, too, I suppose. A Santa Fe man, who +met him once when he was taking cattle back east for +Sam, offered him a surprising salary to come to the +Grand Canyon and live around there, in order to impress +and delight the eastern young lady tourists. John was +simple-hearted, and slow spoken; but I guess most women +don’t mind that in men. Too, he was a good boy, all the +way through. And, of course, he had plenty of money, +now, and would have a million or more, not counting the +ranch, when Sam died.</p> + +<p>Gaby made no bones about her feelings for John. I did +not do as John did, and set all of her open advances +toward him down to sister-in-lawly affection. Still, I +didn’t believe that she really thought she was in love +with John, until I hid in the clothes-closet that evening +and heard Danny and her talking together.</p> + +<p>The closet arrangement was a fortunate one for my +purposes. It was between the girls’ rooms, with heavily +curtained doorways leading into each room, and a door +at the end with a transom for ventilation, leading into +the hall. This closet had originally been a part of the hall, +going down between the two rooms. But, in 1912, when +Sam had had the ranch-house remodeled, inside, they had +turned the closet spaces for these rooms into two +bathrooms, necessitating the present arrangement of a double +closet.</p> + +<p>The dozens of gowns and frocks—nothing so ordinary +as mere dresses—that the girls had brought with them, +hanging on padded hangers from the long rods, made as +good a hiding place as anyone could ask for; especially, +since I always took care to unscrew the light globe in +the closet when I went in, so that it seemed to be all +right, but would not light when the wall switches were +pressed.</p> + +<p>I had gone in there so many evenings, during the past +three weeks, and had heard nothing for my pains that +it was a wonder I had decided to try it again that +evening. It was not luck, though. Gaby’s actions, that +evening, toward John had been so downright disgusting, +sitting on the arm of his chair, and trying to coax him +out of the house to see the mountains by moonlight, and +hanging herself around his neck when they danced +together, and so on, that I had a notion Danny might have +a little conversation ready for her when she could get +her alone.</p> + +<p>I had waited about ten minutes when I heard the door +of Gaby’s room open. I was so tickled I all but squealed, +when I heard that Danny had come in with her, instead +of going on down the hall to her own room. Evidently +they had begun their conversation in the hall, for Gaby’s +first words were, “Jealous, my dear Dan?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know. But it is silly for you to act as you do. +John is in love with me.”</p> + +<p>“Since you are so certain of that, why do you object +to my poor little efforts?”</p> + +<p>“I’ve told you. Because they are silly. And—not +kind. Why should you try to take him away from me, +when you don’t want him yourself?”</p> + +<p>“Are you sure of that, too?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I am. His good looks fascinate you, and so does +his unsophistication. You’d like the fortune he is to +inherit. But you would never be satisfied to marry him +and live right here for the remainder of your life.”</p> + +<p>“No, I would not. I’d marry him, if he didn’t have a +penny—it is you who are always thinking about his +fortune—but I wouldn’t allow him to bury himself, and +his beauty, and charm in this God-forsaken country. +I’d get him out into the world, and have him take his +place there. With his ability and energy, and with me to +help him, what a place it might be! For you to have him +is—waste. Waste. You don’t know anything about +love. You’ll never learn. I—I tell you I can’t bear it. It +isn’t fair——” She began to cry, hollow sounding sobs, that +seemed to catch in her throat and wrench free from it.</p> + +<p>“Gaby. Gaby, dear. Please don’t. I am sorry——”</p> + +<p>“Waste. Waste. Waste. You are not sorry. Don’t touch +me!”</p> + +<p>“I am sorry, Gaby. But what can I do? I couldn’t give +John to you, if I wished to.”</p> + +<p>“You could give me a chance.”</p> + +<p>“No, I couldn’t.”</p> + +<p>“You are a coward.”</p> + +<p>“Perhaps. I love him. He means to me, too, peace, and +security, and decent living—the things I want most for +my life. Why should I risk it all?”</p> + +<p>“Coward! Coward! Peace and security! He means life +to me. All of it; full and complete. Love, and passion, +and adventure and attainment, for him and for me, too. +Do you think I’ll stand by, and allow you to have him, +to bury his wonder in your peace, and smother his +possibilities with your security and decent living?”</p> + +<p>“I think,” Danny answered, “that you will have to. +John and I love each other; and we are going to keep each +other. You, nor anyone, can change that.”</p> + +<p>“Suppose I should tell John why we came here?”</p> + +<p>“You won’t do that. You can’t harm me without harming +yourself. But, if you threaten that, just once more, I +will go straight to John and tell him the truth——”</p> + +<p>“You promised——”</p> + +<p>“I haven’t broken my promise. I shan’t, if you don’t. +But you must know that I haven’t any interest left in +the thing.”</p> + +<p>“What about your desire for revenge?”</p> + +<p>“That desire was yours, not mine. I never considered +that side of it at all.”</p> + +<p>“Coward! Quitter! Stool-pigeon——”</p> + +<p>“That isn’t fair, Gaby. I’ll help if I can. I have been +helping, haven’t I? I won’t hinder in any way. But the +time is short now. Remember that.”</p> + +<p>“Danny——” There was a new tone in Gaby’s voice, +sweet like, and appealing. I did not trust it for a minute; +but I think Danny did, for she answered, gently, “Yes, +dear?”</p> + +<p>“Forgive me. Let’s be twinny again. Friends?” I +could hear the treachery in that as plainly as I could hear +the words. I think Danny did not hear it, for she +answered, “I do want to be friends, Gaby. I do, truly. +Only—please, dear, won’t you leave my man alone?”</p> + +<p>“And you’ll help me. And you won’t tell +him—anything?”</p> + +<p>“Of course I won’t tell, Gaby. It is really your secret, +now; not mine. And I’ll help you all I can.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch07"> + +<h2>CHAPTER VII. <br> Three Rings</h2> + +<p>Revenge. Out of all that crazy conversation the +one word kept pestering me like a leaking faucet. +No matter what I was doing, or thinking, that word, +revenge, kept drip, drip, dripping, until my mind was +fairly drenched with it. I got all mixed up about it. Did +people revenge other people, or have revenge on them, +or—what? I looked it up in the dictionary. “Malicious +injuring in return for an injury or offense received.”</p> + +<p>I got a piece of paper and wrote it down. “The +Canneziano girls want to injure, maliciously, some one +on the Desert Moon Ranch, in return for an injury or an +offense received.” I crossed out “The Canneziano girls,” +and wrote, “Gabrielle Canneziano,” since Danny had +said that she had never considered that side of it at all. +It did not help any. It did not make sense.</p> + +<p>Since Sam and I were the only people on the ranch +they had known before they came here this time, it +seemed as if they had come to injure, maliciously, one of +us. I had never done either of them a mite of harm in my +life. Sam had never done anything but good for them. +Of course, Sam had not been very gentle with their +father. But, as I took pains to discover, neither of them +had any kind feelings for their father. Gaby said, straight +out, that she hated him. Danny, who was too gentle +speaking to use such a word as hate, said that she had +never liked him, never loved him. Both of them laid their +mother’s death at Canneziano’s door. They thought that +his cruelty and his neglect had killed her. It was senseless +to suppose that they were harboring a grudge against +Sam for anything that he had ever done to Canneziano.</p> + +<p>Of course, I see now that all that part of it was as plain +as the Roman nose on Hubert Hand’s face. How I missed +seeing it, even then, I don’t know. I was, I guess, like +a little boy so busy trying to watch all three rings at the +circus at one time that he missed the elephant parade.</p> + +<p>The Desert Moon was like that sure enough; like a +three ring circus, during the months of May and June. +There were the girls, everlastingly searching for +something: leaving the house shortly after the men left it, +each morning; returning, tired out, just in time for +dinner; off again for the afternoon, and coming home just +in time to pretty up for supper. After a while, I began +to lose interest in that; and, being a woman, I allowed +my attention to become distracted by the center ring +where all the love interest was going on.</p> + +<p>Not that Danny and John were interesting. If there is +anything that will make two people duller to all other +people than being engaged to each other, I am sure I don’t +know what it is. Gaby’s unceasing efforts to win John +away from Danny were interesting enough, I suppose, to +folks who can stand to look at that sort of thing. Personally, +I shut my eyes to it as much as possible. Most of my +attention I gave to the clown in the ring—to Chad.</p> + +<p>I can not explain it, now or ever; but Chad, from the +very first, was head over heels in love with Gaby. He had +no more chance of winning her, penniless, funny, kind +little fellow that he was, than an amateur has of riding +an outlaw pony. I told him that, once, in those very +words.</p> + +<p>“I know it, Mary,” he said. “But you are wrong about +one thing. I’m not riding for a fall. I’m not even mounted. +I know I haven’t a chance with her. I know I can’t pull +one of those stars out of the sky up there with a fishhook. +I’m not trying. But I can sit here in the dark and look +at the stars, can’t I? Stars make all the difference—in the +dark. And, maybe, sometime I can serve her in someway. +That’s all I ask. . . .” So on. If it hadn’t been +Chad, and therefore heartbreaking, it would have been +downright funny.</p> + +<p>She never gave him two looks. He couldn’t even make +her laugh with his jokes and his songs, as he could the +rest of us. Once she did deign to allow him to try to teach +her the trick of his ventriloquism. She could not learn it, +and she was furious with him, and said that he did not +want her to learn it. But he followed her about, and +waited on her. He brought her pony up to the house, +instead of allowing one of the outfit to do it. He brought +her desert flowers, which she tossed away to wither. If +Connie hadn’t had a strong constitution he would have +worn her out, taking pictures of Gaby. Page after page in +his album filled with, “Gaby by the window;” “Gaby +on the porch;” “Gaby and Danny starting on a walk;” +“Gaby in riding costume;” Gaby here, there, and +everywhere. And Martha half mad with jealousy.</p> + +<p>Right at first, I think that some of the others thought +that Martha’s jealousy was something of a joke. I never +did think so. Before long we all began to feel that it was +more than a little serious. Sam talked to Chad, and to +Gaby about it. Chad did the best he could, after that, to +be as attentive to Martha as he had been before; but, if +he so much as opened a door for Gaby, Martha would +go into temper fits, and sulking spells.</p> + +<p>As for Gaby, Sam’s talk with her made things worse. +She had never noticed Chad at all, so she had not noticed +that Martha was jealous of him. She welcomed the news +as another tool she could use to tease and torment the +poor girl. All along she had delighted in teasing and +tormenting Martha, though she had dared not do it when +Sam was present.</p> + +<p>The very evening after Sam had talked to her in the +morning, Gaby went and sat beside Chad and curled his +pretty, yellow curls around her finger.</p> + +<p>It was a cloudy evening, not chilly; but Sam had +lighted the fire as he always does when he has half an +excuse, and Martha was sitting in front of it, pretending +to read a magazine. She had been pretending to read that +same magazine, on the same page, for the last five years. +She seemed to get pleasure out of sitting and holding it +in her hands. No other magazine would do.</p> + +<p>Of a sudden, this evening, she thrust the magazine +in the flames for an instant, jerked it out, and rushed at +Gaby with the burning torch. No harm was done. John +snatched it and tossed it back into the fireplace. But all +of us, except Gaby, had the good sense to be thoroughly +frightened.</p> + +<p>Things weren’t ever quite the same for Martha after +that. No other magazine, or picture book, would take +the place of the one she had burned. She would wander +about the house, evenings, quietly, but restless, like a +cat who had lost her kittens.</p> + +<p>One of Gaby’s pleasant little ways was to refer to +Martha as an idiot, right before her face.</p> + +<p>“La-la!” Gaby exclaimed one evening, when Martha +was wandering about. “The idiot gets on my nerves. +Can’t you make her keep still, Mrs. Ricker?”</p> + +<p>“She isn’t harming anyone,” I said, since Mrs. Ricker, +as usual, said nothing. “You leave her alone, and stop +talking like that, Miss.”</p> + +<p>“I’m not harming anyone, now,” Martha piped up. +“But someday I might. I’d like to. I won’t, though,” +she walked over close to Gaby, “if you’ll give me the gold +monkey. I’ll be good then, for always.”</p> + +<p>It was a bracelet charm of Gaby’s, a gold monkey, +about the size of a large almond, with jade eyes. The +minute Martha had seen it she had begun to beg for it. +There weren’t any monkeys in the jewelry catalogs, but +Sam sent off and got her a bear and a turtle. She wouldn’t +have any truck with them. She wanted that one, particular +monkey. Gaby would not give it to her; would not so +much as allow her to wear it for a few hours at a time. +As usual, this evening, she refused to let Martha touch +it.</p> + +<p>“Yes, and you’ll be sorry,” Martha threatened.</p> + +<p>She went upstairs and emptied a can of pepper in +Gaby’s handkerchief box.</p> + +<p>She was always playing tricks of the sort on Gaby, if +we did not watch her. For my own part, I wouldn’t have +bothered with watching her but for the fact that, more +than often, she got the two girls mixed up and it was +Danny whose pretty dress would be tied to the chair to +tear, instead of Gaby’s; or Danny’s hair would receive the +contents of Chad’s paste-pot; and then Martha, discovering +her mistake, would make herself ill with crying and +remorse. Just as she had hated Gaby from the start, she +had loved Danny; but she could not tell them apart.</p> + +<p>It seemed incredible that even Martha could be confused +about the two girls; because, if ever girls were +opposites, those girls were. Of course, they were the same +size, about five feet and two inches tall, I should judge, +and the same weight—both of them too skinny to my +way of thinking, flat as bread-boards. Their faces, just +their faces, did look alike. They both had long brown +eyes, straight noses, small mouths—Gaby painted her +lips until they looked much fuller and more curved than +Danny’s—pointed chins, and complexions the color of +real light caramel frosting. Danny’s cheeks showed a +faint pink, coming and going. Gaby painted her cheekbones, +clear back to her ears, with a deep orange-pink +color. They both had wavy, dark brown hair, cut just +the same in the back, real close fitting and down to a +point. But Gaby brushed her hair straight back from her +forehead, and put varnish stuff on it till it was as sleek +and shining as patent leather. She left all of her ears +showing, and she always wore big earrings, dangling +from them. Danny parted her hair on the side, and +allowed it to wave, loose and soft and pretty. She never +wore earrings. Gaby’s clothes were all loud colored, or +seemed to be—black turned gaudy when she put it on—and +they were all insecure appearing, too defiant of paper +patterns to be quite moral. Danny’s clothes were as neat +and quiet as a pigeon’s.</p> + +<p>No wonder that these frequent mistakes of Martha’s +made me decide that she was losing her eyesight. I spoke +to Sam about it, suggesting that Mrs. Ricker would +better take her to San Francisco to visit an oculist.</p> + +<p>According to his usual custom, Sam laughed at me. +He said that he had about concluded that Martha was +the only one on the place who could use her eyes to see +deeper than gee-gaws and fol-de-rols.</p> + +<p>“If you are insinuating,” I said, “that those two girls +are alike in any respect, inside or outside, you’ve lost +your senses.”</p> + +<p>“Why shouldn’t they be alike?” Sam questioned. +“They are twin sisters. They were brought up together, +they have had the same friends, the same teaching, the +same environments. Of course they are alike. One +of them is play-acting. I don’t know which one. I suspect +Danielle, on account of John.”</p> + +<p>I may as well state, right here, that all of this remark +of Sam’s, with the exception of the girls being twin sisters, +was a mistake from beginning to end. I didn’t, at that +time, know much of anything about their past lives. I did +know their present characters. I told him so.</p> + +<p>He laughed again, and wanted to know what had become +of all my theories concerning our modern young +girls. Ever since the war, I had been standing up for +them, through thick and thin.</p> + +<p>“It takes a pretty stout theory,” I admitted, “to hear +a young lady called a ‘damn good sport,’ and see her +receive it as a choice compliment.”</p> + +<p>“Who said that to who?” Sam wanted to know.</p> + +<p>“Who do you suppose? Hubert Hand to Gaby, of +course.”</p> + +<p>“Hubert Hand,” Sam said, “had better behave +himself.”</p> + +<p>Since Hubert Hand was too selfish ever to love anything +that his Roman nose wasn’t attached to, his carryings +on with Gaby should be classed, I think, not in the +center ring, but as the main attraction of the third ring. +And he almost old enough to be her father, with white +coming into his hair at his temples!</p> + +<p>To this day I have never understood those two, during +those months. Gaby was in love with John. Hubert Hand +was in love with Hubert Hand. Yet they hugged and +kissed, and seemed to think that calling it “necking” +made it respectable. It wasn’t a flirtation, with them. +It was more like a fight, where each of them was fighting +for something they did not want. A perfectly footless, +none too wholesome performance.</p> + +<p>“You make him behave himself, Sam,” I urged.</p> + +<p>“He is free, white and twenty-one. And she sure can +take care of herself, if ever a girl could. It’s none of my +put-in.”</p> + +<p>“What about the rest of us,” I said, “forced to watch +such goings on?”</p> + +<p>“Don’t watch. If you watch Belle, and Sadie and +Goldie, that is watching enough for one woman.”</p> + +<p>Belle, Sadie and Goldie were the Indian women I had, +at that time, to help me around the place. I suppose they +were pretty good girls. They did all the actual work there +was to do around the house, except the cooking, with me +directing them every step they took. But when I +remember how they all deserted me, in the time of our +terrible trouble, it makes me so fighting mad that I don’t +like to give them credit for anything, nor think about +them at all, even yet.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch08"> + +<h2>CHAPTER VIII. <br> Atmosphere</h2> + +<p>The girls had been on the Desert Moon a little better +than six weeks when, one evening, Sam came out into +my kitchen were I was setting bread. Belle, Sadie and +Goldie had gone home, and I had tidied up after them, +as usual, and everything in the kitchen was sweet, and +clean, and shining. I had the doors tight shut, so I +couldn’t hear the radio screeching away in the +living-room, and the windows open, and the evening breeze +fresh from the deserts came in, blowing back my ruffled +white curtains and purifying the air.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” Sam began, real solemn for him, “the +ancients used to have cities that they called cities of +refuge. No matter what a fellow had done, if he could +get inside into one of those cities, he was safe. Your +kitchen always kinda seems like that to me—a city +of refuge.”</p> + +<p>“Lands, Sam,” I said, “what have you been up to that +you are heading this safety first movement?”</p> + +<p>To tell the truth, I was a little put out with him for +moseying in there when I was setting bread. Like most +men I’ve known, Sam never had any particular hankering +for my company unless he thought I could be of some +use to him. Generally, I am glad and proud to help Sam, +anyway I can; but not when I am setting bread. There is +something about setting bread that gives any moral +woman a contented, uplifted feeling that she likes to +indulge in, undisturbed.</p> + +<p>“I haven’t been up to anything,” Sam answered, “and +I don’t aim to be. But, Mary, some time ago you came to +me with some suspicions. I laughed them off. I am not +laughing now. I’m worried. Queer things are going on +around here. What I want to know, now, is what do you +know?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing. What do you know?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing.”</p> + +<p>“What do you suspect, then, Sam?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing. What do you?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing.”</p> + +<p>That, I see now, wouldn’t have been a bad place for us +both to laugh. Neither of us did.</p> + +<p>“Have you any idea,” Sam questioned, “why the girls +go prowling all over the place, afoot and horseback, +day-times, and night-times, too, when they should be in their +beds?”</p> + +<p>I unfolded a dishtowel and spread it over my pan of +bread. It was ready for rising and I had not got a bit of +uplift out of it.</p> + +<p>“If I told you,” I said, “you’d only speak your little +memory-gem, about so much good in the worst of us.”</p> + +<p>“No, I won’t, Mary. I’m all set for listening.”</p> + +<p>“Well, all I know is just what I’ve known all along. +They are hunting for something.”</p> + +<p>“Sure they are hunting for something. But what?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know. But, whatever it is, they are going to +use it to get revenge, to injure maliciously somebody.”</p> + +<p>“Revenge, hell!” Sam said.</p> + +<p>“Have it your own way. Only I happened one night to +hear Gaby say to Danny that they had come to this +ranch for the purpose of revenge.”</p> + +<p>“Revenge, hell!” Sam repeated himself. “Unless they +are sore at me about Canneziano.”</p> + +<p>“It doesn’t make sense. They hate Canneziano. I’ve +about decided that they have come here to get revenge +on, maliciously injure, someone who isn’t on the place.”</p> + +<p>“ ‘Brighten the corner where you are,’ ” Sam scoffed. +“But never mind. What else did they say, when you +happened to overhear this revenge remark?”</p> + +<p>If he was ready, at last, to listen, I was more than +ready to tell what little I knew. I told; even to confessing +about hiding in the clothes closet.</p> + +<p>“Well, well,” he drawled, when I had finished my +story, “we are probably making a mountain out of a +molehill. I wouldn’t go pussy-footing around after them, +any more, if I were you, Mary. There’s a screw loose +somewhere, that’s sure; but it is not in the Desert +Moon’s machinery. We’ve got nothing on our +consciences. We don’t need to worry.”</p> + +<p>Don’t need to worry! Sam and I, sitting in that peaceful +kitchen, talking so smart and frivolous, and deciding +that we did not need to worry is a memory I could well be +shed of. We didn’t need to worry a bit more than if I’d +used arsenic in my covered pan of bread; not a bit more +than if there had been a den of rattlesnakes in the +cupboard under the sink, or gasoline instead of water in the +tank on the back of the stove. That is how safe and +peaceful we really were, at that minute, if we had had sense +enough to know it. When I realize that four weeks from +that very evening, three people——</p> + +<p>But I guess it would be better to tell things straight +along, as they happened. It seems to me a good book can +not be hurried, any more than a good cake can. “Mix and +sift the dry ingredients,” is the way all recipes for cakes +begin.</p> + +<p>However, since I suspected that I knew a sight more +about making a good cake than I did about making a +good book, and since the young man from back +east—Indiana—in Nevada for his matrimonial health as are +about half of the population here, happened in just after +I had finished writing the above paragraph, I asked him +whether he would, for a consideration, read and +correct my manuscript.</p> + +<p>He had said, when he had come in from his fishing on +Boulder Creek, that afternoon, and asked to buy a meal, +that he was an author by profession. The looks of him +almost made me decide not to put myself in his class. I +don’t know why it is that easterners, coming out here +and buying the same sort of clothes that our men wear, +look so ridiculous in them; but they do. Anyway, I +invited him to stay to supper, and then, as I have said, +made the proposition about the manuscript.</p> + +<p>He said that he would be only too happy to edit the +yarn, but that it would probably take him several days to +do it efficiently. In other words, though he grandly +refused the consideration, he got three full days of board +and rooms and fishing on the Desert Moon in return for +around two hours of work. And I got my clean pages all +marked up with “whoms” and “whichs” and funny dodad +marks. It took me more than two hours to get them +all erased.</p> + +<p>“Now,” he said, when he finally had read it, “I am +going to be frank with you. You mention dry ingredients. +In my opinion, you have far too many dry ingredients, +and it is taking you much too long to accomplish the +mixing process.</p> + +<p>“A book, to be successful, has to move swiftly. This is +particularly true of stories of crime and their detection. +A properly constructed story of this sort, begins with +the murder. The wisest thing for you to do, is to burn all +of this that you have done, and make a fresh beginning, +at the time of the first murder.</p> + +<p>“In the new copy, do attempt to get in some atmosphere. +You must make your readers feel the setting, as +it were. Bring them across the wide and multicolored +deserts that lie between here and Telko, to this +marvelous farm. Show them the massive mountain ranges +surrounding it; let them breathe the rarefied air, drink +deeply of the beauty. Give them the changing colors of +the mountains, from their jade greens to their rich ruby +hues, with the purpling cloud shadows swaying across +them. Let them hear the scurrying of the desert rats, the +calls of the owls, the howls of the coyotes. Paint for them +the slender white trunks of your aspen trees, and the +green quivering of their leaves. The harsh, rugged +beauty, the color, the wonder of this northeastern Nevada +of yours is marvelous beyond description. But for all of it +that your manuscript shows, the action might have taken +place on a chicken farm in Vermont.”</p> + +<p>“If the folks who read this story,” I said, “are +downright pining for Nevada atmosphere, let them come out +here and get it. There is plenty for all. A mile and a half +of it, statistics show, for each person now in the state. +Nobody ever reads the descriptions in a story, anyway. +I’ve decided that authors put them in for the same +reason that a cook, when unexpected company comes, +makes a double amount of dressing for the chicken, or +serves her creamed canned oysters on toast—to fill up, +to make enough to go around.”</p> + +<p>“Well, Mrs. Magin,” he said, “I can only remark that +as an author you are a most excellent cook.”</p> + +<p>“When I heard the first variation of that,” I said, +“years, and years, and years ago, I thought it was a little +comical.”</p> + +<p>“I am sorry,” he answered. “I thought that you were +the sort of person who would appreciate sincere criticism, +even though it might not be wholly complimentary.”</p> + +<p>“Job wasn’t,” I told him, “and I don’t set up to be +any better than he was. What is more, if you can point to +any man or woman in history or out of it, who ever did +appreciate sincere, uncomplimentary criticism, I’ll pepper +this story so full of atmosphere that folks will think they +are reading booster club’s literature about Florida.”</p> + +<p>He could not do it. Consequently, I continue this story +in my own way, stating that if any more atmosphere is +in it, it got there by mistake. My plan is to turn it out so +that, from now on, not more than a page of it can be +skipped at one time and the rest of it make sense.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch09"> + +<h2>CHAPTER IX. <br> The Cabin</h2> + +<p>For three days, beginning with the fourth of July, +there was to be a big celebration and rodeo at Telko. +Trying to keep cowpunchers on the ranch, when there +was a celebration of any sort going on within a distance +of a couple of hundred miles, would be about as sensible +as trying to keep gunpowder in a hot oven. So all the +outfit that was on the ranch—never very many in July—were +tinkering with their flivvers, and currying their +mounts, and building up their boot-heels, and washing +and ironing, and making elaborate preparations to +attend.</p> + +<p>Sam suggested at noon on the second of July, while +we were at dinner, that maybe all of us would like to go; +all, that is, except Martha and himself. Celebrations +were never good for Martha.</p> + +<p>I spoke right up and said to count me out. I know the +deserts in July. But the boys were enthusiastic about +it, and Danny was interested. Gaby, coming in late, +greeted the idea with the same enthusiasm with which +a woman greets moths in the clothes closet.</p> + +<p>“Whence the crave for a fourth of July celebration?” +she asked.</p> + +<p>“We have never seen a rodeo,” Danny answered.</p> + +<p>“Go, by all means,” Gaby said. “Buy pink lemonade. +March in the parade. Ride in the Liberty car. Mrs. +Magin would be stunning as the goddess of Liberty, +with——”</p> + +<p>“Don’t let my stunningness stop anything,” I said. +“I am not going.”</p> + +<p>“We’ll think it over,” Danny said. “It would be a long, +hot ride. Probably we should all have a pleasanter +time, right here at home.”</p> + +<p>But there was something in the way she had said it, +too quickly in answer to a look from Gaby, that made +me think there was more to her backing out of the plan +than had appeared on the surface.</p> + +<p>Gaby had just begun her dinner. The rest of us had +finished; so, according to our custom, we excused +ourselves and went our ways. Chad tried to stay with Gaby, +but Martha fussed and insisted that he come with her.</p> + +<p>I had a sure feeling that Danny would return, and that +she and Gaby would have something to say to each other. +I went into the kitchen and told Belle to clean the stove. +Nothing made Belle so angry as to have to clean the +stove. The angrier she got, the more she clattered. When +I stepped back into the pass-pantry, and opened the +pass-window a crack, the kitchen sounded as if half a dozen +women were busy in it.</p> + +<p>Just as I opened the window I heard John say, “I +thought Danny was in here.”</p> + +<p>“No,” Gaby said. “But won’t you come in and talk +to me?”</p> + +<p>“What about?”</p> + +<p>“About—this.”</p> + +<p>I dared not peek, so I did not know what she meant +until she said, “Why won’t you kiss me?”</p> + +<p>“Shall I say, I don’t want to pick flowers in Hubert +Hand’s yard?”</p> + +<p>“I hate you!”</p> + +<p>“Don’t be sore at me, Gaby,” John said. “But I’m +telling you, that’s a lot nearer the truth than—than what +you usually say.”</p> + +<p>John was one of the poorest talkers ever heard. One of +those strong, silent men supposed to abound in the west, +and who are likewise supposed to make every word that +they say count. If John’s did, they counted backwards.</p> + +<p>“My dear, haven’t I proven over and over again that I +love you?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know how.”</p> + +<p>“In every way. I have made myself ridiculous, here, because +I haven’t been able to conceal my feelings for you.”</p> + +<p>“I think,” John said, “that most of that stuff you pull +is just to spite Danny. It doesn’t spite her, though. She +knows she’s the only girl in the world for me. I wish you’d +cut it out—all of that, Gaby. Won’t you, and just be good +friends?”</p> + +<p>“You’d not want me for an enemy, would you?”</p> + +<p>“Getting at anything, going any place, Gaby?”</p> + +<p>“Perhaps. If Danny should hear that you have made +love to me——”</p> + +<p>“I have never made love to you. It would be your word +against mine. I think Danny would take mine, if it came +to a show-down.”</p> + +<p>“You’d lie about it?”</p> + +<p>“Gosh, no, Gaby. A lot worse than that. I’d tell the +truth about it. Listen here, child; don’t you try to make +trouble between Danny and me.”</p> + +<p>“Meaning?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing. Except that it wouldn’t be healthy for +anyone who tried it.”</p> + +<p>“Boo‑oo! Dangerous Dan McGrew stuff? Out where +men are men? Killer loose to-night—all that, eh, +Johnnie?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing like that,” he said, and his voice was so +gentle that if Gaby had been a puncher she would have +reached for her six-gun. “But killing would be too good +for the imaginary person we are talking about.”</p> + +<p>A door opened. “John,” came in Danny’s voice, +“uncle is looking everywhere for you.”</p> + +<p>“What,” Danny questioned, when the door had closed +behind John, “made you both look so angry, just now?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing important. John had just threatened to kill +me, but——”</p> + +<p>“Don’t be silly.”</p> + +<p>“Never mind. Are you going to that fools’ celebration, +with only a day or two left, now?”</p> + +<p>“I suppose not, if you don’t want me to. I’d love going. +I know there is no use in staying here.”</p> + +<p>“In other words, you would sacrifice my future for a +rodeo?”</p> + +<p>“That is silly.”</p> + +<p>“Everything is always silly, with you. I more than half +believe that you know——”</p> + +<p>“That’s sil—— I mean, what possible object could +I have?”</p> + +<p>“Many, my dear. Very many. Though I think that +getting rid of me would outweigh the others.”</p> + +<p>“Gaby, I don’t want to get rid of you. I wish you would +not be so silly, with John. But you know how eager I +was to get you away from the continent. I wish I knew +that you were going to stay right here for always.”</p> + +<p>“Is that your game? Listen to me, Danielle Canneziano, +if I thought that you were keeping this from me, +in order to bury me alive in this God-forsaken hole, and +force me to watch you and John——”</p> + +<p>“Gaby!”</p> + +<p>“I’ve been a fool! Why can’t I learn to take into +consideration your damn moralities? Understand this, Dan. +Don’t fancy for one instant that failure is going to keep +me here. Did you think, with a weapon like that in my +hands, that I’d stand for anything less than a fifty-fifty +proposition? Our original plan would have been +better—easier, simpler. But I’ll have my share out of this, +anyway. So, if you do know——”</p> + +<p>“Gaby, I don’t know. I’ll swear that I don’t. +How could I? But surely you wouldn’t—wouldn’t +attempt——”</p> + +<p>“That is for you to say, darling.”</p> + +<p>Darling, as she said it then, was as wicked a word as I +had ever listened to.</p> + +<p>“For me to say?”</p> + +<p>“Give John to me. I’ve changed my mind. If you’ll +do that, I’ll stay right here, and settle down, and do an +imitation of a moral, model wife that would satisfy even +you.”</p> + +<p>“Gaby, you speak as if John were a child’s toy, to be +passed about. I couldn’t give him to you, if I were willing +to.”</p> + +<p>“You could, and you know it. You won’t. So, that’s +that. But keep your righteous fingers out of my life; +stop your damn preaching, and meddling. I am going +to the cabin now. You would better come with me.”</p> + +<p>“We’ve searched that cabin a thousand times.”</p> + +<p>“All the same, it is the one logical place; far removed, +and under cover. Too, I must see whether that Indian +nailed those floor boards down again, before I pay him.”</p> + +<p>The cabin is the one Sam built to live in when he first +came to the valley. It is up Boulder Creek, about half +a mile from the ranch-house, and, built in a big grove +of aspen trees, it is one of the prettiest spots on the place. +Sam has kept it in repair, inside and out; owing, I think, +to sentimental memories, though he declares it is because +he dislikes wreckage on the place. The best fishing on the +creek begins just above there; so the men, as a rule, leave +their fishing paraphernalia in the cabin’s kitchen. That +is the only use the place has been put to, since John and +Martha were little things, and Sam used to hide their +Christmas presents up there, under the shelf in the +kitchen.</p> + +<p>The shelf, about three feet wide, is built across one end +of the kitchen. It served Sam for a table, pantry, and sink. +Being a man, he built it right handily, like a chest, so +that the entire top of it had to be raised to get to the +storage place underneath. There was no secret about it. +All anyone had to do, was to move everything off the top +of it, and lift the lid. But I had read how the hardest +problems for detectives always turned out to be something +that had been too simple to notice; so my plan was +to go up there and raise the lid.</p> + +<p>On my way, I met the girls coming home. I imagined +that they looked at me with suspicion. I passed a remark +about the sweet-smelling clover hay, and hurried right +along.</p> + +<p>Half an hour later, when I was expecting instant death +at any minute, I thought about that sweet clover smell, +and how unappreciative I have been of it, and of the blue +sky and fresh air, and of the green things, lighted yellow +with sunshine, and I took a vow that, if I ever did get a +chance to enjoy them again, I would spend the remainder +of my life in so doing, and in being grateful to the Creator +of them. The same as the last time I had a jumping toothache, +I thought that, if that tooth ever did stop aching, +nothing could ever make me unhappy again; I was going +to be peacefully happy, always, for the reason that I did +not have a toothache. Human nature, I have since +decided, is never happy because of negatives. At least, +I have never known anyone who was happy, for long, +because he did not have a toothache, or was not in a +hospital, or not hungry, or not—which brings me back to +my story—shut up in a chest with packages of explosives.</p> + +<p>In the cabin, I went at once to the kitchen; and, removing +fish-baskets, fly-books, and reels from the shelf, lifted +it back.</p> + +<p>I am sure that I had expected to find it empty. Perhaps +I had hoped to find a small iron box containing a +treasure, or a jewel-casket, or maybe an aged leather +case, containing the missing will, or the plans of some +secret fortification—any of the simple, ordinary things +generally hunted for and discovered. What I had not +expected to find, and what I certainly had never hoped to +find, was what was there: any number of neatly wrapped +packages, addressed to Mr. Sam Stanley, sent by express, +and labeled, variously, “Danger.” “Explosives.” +“Handle with Care.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch10"> + +<h2>CHAPTER X. <br> A Conversation</h2> + +<p>I am not claiming that I possessed one particle of +common sense at that minute, nor for a good many +minutes after that. My actions would give the lie, direct, +to any such assertion on my part. It did not take any +common sense to know, straight off, that, sent to him or +not, Sam was not mixed up in any business that had to +do with explosives, bombs, and Bolshevism. It was easy +enough to remember, then, that Sam had not been to +Rattail for the past ten days; that Hubert Hand had been +making the trips down for the mail, expressage, and +supplies.</p> + +<p>Just as he came into my mind, I heard his voice. It +was a startling coincidence; but I need a better excuse +than that, for surely no mortal ever did a more foolish +thing than I did then. I climbed into that chest, along +with those packages, and lowered the lid down over me. +If I had any idea, I suppose it must have been a desire +not to let him know that I had discovered his +secret—his and Gaby’s together, undoubtedly—but I can’t +remember having any thought at all until, just as the lid +closed, I remembered the sad poem about the bride and +the mistletoe chest.</p> + +<p>I thought, then, that her situation was comfortable +compared to mine. If you have never been packed in a +box with a lot of explosives, as I hope you have not, +you can have no notion of what I went through. I could +have climbed out. But, if you are an elderly woman, of +my size and build, as I hope you are not, and if you have +a certain reputation for dignity to live up to, and a +certain reputation for snooping to live down, you can have +an idea why I didn’t come springing out of there, like a +jack-in-the-box, or like the immoral ladies who emerge +from pies—so the papers say—at bachelor’s parties. +I weighed the matter carefully, as I heard, through the +thin boards, Hubert Hand, talking to someone, come into +the kitchen. I chose death by suffocation or combustion.</p> + +<p>“My dear woman,” were the first words I heard from +him, “you may set your mind at rest. I am not going to +marry the girl. I am not a marrying man, as you know; +and, if I were, she wouldn’t have me.”</p> + +<p>“You leave her alone, then. Understand me. Leave her +alone.”</p> + +<p>If I believed my ears, that was Mrs. Ricker’s voice; +that was Mrs. Ricker, not only talking, but talking like +that to Hubert Hand.</p> + +<p>“You flatter me,” he said. “Jealous, still, after all these +years?”</p> + +<p>“I despise you. But you leave that girl alone. If you +think I’ll stand, silent, and allow you to marry her——”</p> + +<p>“Hire a hall. I told you that I wouldn’t marry her, and +that she wouldn’t have me, if I were willing to.”</p> + +<p>“Wouldn’t she, though? Wouldn’t she? She is mad +about you. She can’t look at you without love in her +eyes, nor speak to you without love in her voice. She tries +to hide it; but she can’t hide it from me. I know. She +loves you.”</p> + +<p>I am not sure whether I read it, or whether I figured +it out for myself; but I do know it is a fact that no +woman ever accuses another woman of being in love with +a man unless she could imagine being in love with him +herself.</p> + +<p>“As to that,” Hubert Hand said, in that preeny, +offhand manner that men, who will discuss their love +affairs at all, use when discussing them, “what possible +difference could it make to you, Ollie?”</p> + +<p>“Only that I would kill her, and you, too, before I +would let her have you.”</p> + +<p>“Easy on there, my girl. Your last attempt at murder—at +least I hope that was your last attempt—was not, +you may recall, very successful.”</p> + +<p>“I would be successful another time.”</p> + +<p>I clamped my teeth to keep them from chattering. I +wished that I had some way as easy for muffling the +sound made by the pounding of my heart, which was +thudding away as loudly as a butter churn in rapid +action. Except for that I kept quiet; very quiet. +Surrounded, in there by explosives, and out there by people +who talked of murder as calmly and as comfortably as if +they were discussing moss-roses, very quiet did not seem +half quiet enough.</p> + +<p>They went into the other room of the cabin and stayed +there for a few minutes. I could not hear what they were +saying, but I did not budge an inch. After I heard them +passing the window, and was sure that they had left the +cabin, I remained, very quiet, in the chest for about five +minutes longer before climbing out of it.</p> + +<p>I was progressing toward home, shivering in every +bone, limping, since both my legs had gone to sleep, when +Sam, riding his bad tempered bronco named Wishbone, +came up behind me and dismounted.</p> + +<p>“Corns bad, Mary?” he questioned. “Must be going +to have rain.”</p> + +<p>“Keep water in the ditches. Both my feet are asleep, +from the ankles up.”</p> + +<p>“Upon my soul! First time in history you ever sat still +in one place long enough to have that happen. Well, well. +‘Do the thing that’s nearest.’ Want to climb up on +Wishbone and have me lead him?”</p> + +<p>“When I go to meet death,” I told him, “I shan’t +go on the back of a nasty tempered bronco.”</p> + +<p>“Speaking of tempers,” Sam grinned, “a person would +think I had sung your feet to sleep, Mary.”</p> + +<p>“Considering,” I replied, “that everyone on the +Desert Moon is, at this minute, in mortal danger of their +lives, all your lighthearted jesting seems pretty much out +of place.”</p> + +<p>I told him, then, about the packages of explosives +hidden under the shelf. I had not told him about my +climbing in with them; so I was in no way prepared for +his actions.</p> + +<p>He stopped. He dropped Wishbone’s bridle. He put +both his hands on his stomach and leaned over and burst +into uproarious laughter. “Ho-ho-ho,” it rolled out, +seeming to fill the entire valley. He leaned to one side; he +leaned to the other side, and kept on laughing to deafen +the far distant deserts.</p> + +<p>“Fireworks,” he gasped. “I got them for Martha. +Going to surprise her on the fourth. Sent for them months +ago. Hid them up there. Ho-ho-ho! I told you to stop +pussy-footing around, Mary. Ho-ho-ho! ‘Do not look +for wrong and evil, you will find them if you do——’ ”</p> + +<p>With as much dignity as a heavy woman, with both +of her legs asleep, could muster, I turned and left him. +His words and his actions had certainly given me one +decision. From this time on, I would tell Sam Stanley +nothing.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch11"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XI. <br> The Letter</h2> + +<p>When I got back to the house, John was driving +up the road in the sedan. He had been to Rattail +for supplies and for the mail. He tossed the mailbag out +to me, and drove around to the kitchen door to unload.</p> + +<p>As a rule the Desert Moon mail is mighty uninteresting, +being made up, almost entirely, of bills and advertising +matter. Since the girls had come, a few sleazy, +foreign looking letters had livened it up a bit. To a person +who has never been farther east than Salt Lake City, a +letter from England, or from France, does carry quite a +thrill with it. There was a letter for Gaby to-day, +postmarked France.</p> + +<p>About a month before this, Gaby had received another +letter that was a duplicate of this one; the same gray +paper, the same sprawling handwriting. Instead of taking +it indifferently, as she did other letters, and reading it +wherever she happened to be, she had snatched it out +of my hand and had run off to her room. All that +evening she had seemed to be preoccupied, and worried. +The writing looked like a man’s writing; but, like a lot of +other things, including cigarette smoke, hip pockets and +hair cuts, it is not as easy as it used to be to distinguish +between male and female in handwriting, at a distance. +Sending only two letters in close to two months, it +seemed to me that whoever had written them did not +write unless he or she had something of importance to +say. I was still puzzling over it, when Gaby came into +the room.</p> + +<p>Sure enough, she snatched it out of my hands, just as +she had done with the other letter, and ran straight +upstairs with it.</p> + +<p>When John and Danny came in, a few minutes later, +I went upstairs. Habit stopped me at Gaby’s door for a +minute, with my ear to the keyhole. Faintly, sounds +don’t come plainly through our thick doors, I heard the +portable typewriter that she had brought with her when +she came to the ranch, click, clicking away.</p> + +<p>My first judgment was that she was not losing any time +in answering that letter; but, as I went down the hall, +I had a hazy notion that there had been something queer, +different, about the way she had been using the machine. +Instead of snapping away on it, lickety-split, as she +usually did, she had been touching the keys slowly and +carefully, picking them out one at a time, the way I have +to do when I try to use Sam’s plaguey machine to copy +recipes for my card catalog.</p> + +<p>I was tuckered and tired. So, after telephoning some +instructions to Belle and Sadie in the kitchen, I took +plenty of time to tidy myself up. I dawdled in my bath, +and I cut my corns, and rubbed hair tonic into my scalp. +But, when on my way downstairs again, I stopped for a +second at Gaby’s door, the typewriter was still going, +with its slow click, click. There was nothing to be made +out of it, so I went along. It was fortunate that I did, +because, before I had reached the top of the stairway, +Gaby’s door flung open and she called to me, with +something in her voice that made me shake in my shoes.</p> + +<p>I turned and looked at her. Her face wore an expression +that was not human; an expression that would have made +any decent woman do as I did, and turn her eyes quickly +away.</p> + +<p>“Tell Danny to come up here,” she said.</p> + +<p>I hurried off downstairs, and delivered the message +to Danny who was with John in the living-room.</p> + +<p>“What’s the matter, Mary?” John questioned, when +Danny had gone upstairs. “You look as if you had seen a +ghost.”</p> + +<p>“I think,” I answered, “that I have—the ghost of +Sin.”</p> + +<p>“Doggone that girl,” he said. “I wish she were in +Jericho.”</p> + +<p>“Gaby, you mean?”</p> + +<p>“You’re darn right. She’s causing all the trouble +around here.”</p> + +<p>“What trouble?” I asked, just for a feeler.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know—exactly. She keeps Danny miserable. +But that isn’t it, or not all of it. Don’t you seem to feel +trouble around here, all the time? I thought everyone +did. I do, Gosh knows.”</p> + +<p>“I know,” I said. “I feel it, too. I think Sam does, +though he won’t altogether admit it. Just the same, John, +there isn’t a thing we can put our fingers on, is there?”</p> + +<p>He walked to the window and looked out at the long +range of Garnet Mountains, turning blood-red, now, +under the sunset.</p> + +<p>“I suppose not,” he said, at last. “Sometimes, though, +when I see Danny looking as she looked when she went +upstairs just now, I feel as if it would be a good thing +if somebody would put their fingers around that vixen’s +throat.”</p> + +<p>“John,” I spoke sharply to him, “don’t say things like +that. You don’t mean it. It is wrong to say it.”</p> + +<p>I was sure that he did not mean it. I was sure that +only the voice of one of his rare ugly moods had spoken, +and that the wicked thought had died with the wicked +words. But, from that day to this, I have never repeated +those words to a living soul. Because that was the way +that Gaby was murdered: choked to death, with great +brutal bruises left on her throat.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch12"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XII. <br> An Insight</h2> + +<p>In spite of all my efforts not to do so, I have, again, +run on ahead of the story. But, I declare to Goodness, +the horror of it, after all these months, is still so strong +upon me, that I know the only way to get that written +is to write it, with no more dilly-dally, and then to go +back and lead up to it properly with the events that +immediately preceded it.</p> + +<p>That evening, then, the second of July, the two girls +came down, late, together. Danny was paler than usual, +and her face had a drawn, hurt look, which she explained +by saying that she had a severe headache. Gaby was +gayer than gay.</p> + +<p>I kept watching her, trying to catch her face in repose, +to see if any trace remained of that dreadful expression +I had seen in the afternoon. Her face, nor one bit of her, +was in repose for a minute from the time she came downstairs +until she went upstairs again, after twelve o’clock +that night.</p> + +<p>She put “La Paloma” on the phonograph, and did a +Spanish dance, clicking her heels and snapping her fingers +until they sounded like firecrackers. She did an Egyptian +dance, slinking about, and contortioning. It wasn’t +decent. She got the whole crowd, including the girls +from the kitchen (who had stayed to gape through the +door at her dancing, instead of going home as they +should have gone), and excluding only Danny, with her +headache, Mrs. Ricker and me, to join in a game of follow +the leader, and she led them a wild chase all over the +house from cellar to attic. Laughing, and jumping, and +screaming, and shouting they went, with the radio shrieking +out the jazz orchestra in Los Angeles; and me with +depression so heavy upon me that it felt real, like +indigestion.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker was doing some tatting. As I watched her, +I decided that, ears or no ears, she was not the woman I +had heard talking, that afternoon, up in the cabin. +Hubert Hand had said to that woman that she had +attempted murder. She could not have been Mrs. Ricker, +not our Mrs. Ricker, the thin, silent woman who had +lived so decently with us for so long. Those white, bony +fingers, darting the shuttle back and forth, making +edgings for handkerchiefs, had never held any murderous +weapon. Those tight, wrinkled lips had never said, “I +would kill her, and you too.” John had never said—I +shivered. It was fanciful thinking, but it seemed to me +that for years the Desert Moon had ridden in our sky, +clean and clear, a lucky, fair weather moon, and that now +the shadow of the wicked world was slowly creeping over +it, inch by inch, with the darkness that was to end in its +eclipse. Wicked thoughts and wicked words breed wicked +actions, and I knew it then as now.</p> + +<p>Martha came crying to Mrs. Ricker. “Gaby hurt +Chad,” she said. “I wish she would die. We could make +her a nice funeral.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker’s fingers darted faster, back and forth.</p> + +<p>Danny spoke, from the davenport. “You shouldn’t +talk like that, Martha, dear. It is wrong.”</p> + +<p>Her voice sounded as if it ached. She looked, lying in a +huddle over there, as miserable as I felt. I was drawn to +her. I went and sat beside her.</p> + +<p>“Could I do anything for your headache?” I asked. +“Get you some asperin, maybe.”</p> + +<p>“No, thank you, Mary.” There was so much gratitude +in her big dark eyes for nothing but common decency +on my part, that I felt downright ashamed of myself.</p> + +<p>“Danny,” I said, straight out, never caring much +about mincing words, “I know that something is troubling +you. Why don’t you tell John, or Sam, or even me +about it? Just tell us the truth. We’d all go far to help +you, if we could.”</p> + +<p>Her eyes filled with tears. “Bless your heart, Mary,” +she said. “Bless all of your hearts. You are all so good, +here——”</p> + +<p>I was enough annoyed with John for coming up right +then, to have slapped him. I answered his question for +Danny.</p> + +<p>“There is plenty you could do for her,” I said. “You +could shut off that screeching radio, for one thing. And +you could quiet down, and get the others quieted down. +Nobody ever told me that noise like this was a remedy +for a splitting headache; did they you?”</p> + +<p>“The dickens! By Gollies! It is a wonder you wouldn’t +have told me before, Mary.” Man fashion, putting the +blame on me.</p> + +<p>Danny wouldn’t hear to John’s stopping the racket. +Everyone was having such a good time. Bed was the +place for her. She couldn’t hear any noise in her room, +with the door shut. And off she went.</p> + +<p>I know now that she would not have told me anything +that could have helped matters. But I did not know it +then, and I was sorely disappointed. For those sudden +tears in her eyes, and her voice when she had said, “bless +your heart,” had convinced me that there was sincerity +behind them, and honesty, and good.</p> + +<p>In the black days that followed, when all of us were +living in the dark shadows of doubts, and confusions, +and fears and suspicions, I was thankful, time and again, +for those certainties, for that one fleeting but sure insight +into Danny’s soul.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch13"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XIII. <br> The Quarrel</h2> + +<p>The morning of the third was biting hot, with that +stinging, piercing heat that we have, when we have +heat at all, in this high altitude. The sixty mile trip +across the deserts to Telko, on a day like this, would be +exactly the same as a sixty mile trip through an oven +at the right heat for a roast of beef.</p> + +<p>Nevertheless, before seven o’clock that morning, every +man-jack of a puncher on the place, with all of his +trimmings and trappings, including wives, squaws, papooses, +children and firearms, had set off in flivvers or on +horseback, bound for the celebration, leaving the place +hole-empty, as Sam said, when he came into my kitchen with +a gallon of cream from the dairy.</p> + +<p>He pulled the stool out from under the table, perched +on it, and remarked, as cheerfully as if he were reading it +off a tombstone, “ ‘Sufficient unto the day is the evil +thereof.’ ”</p> + +<p>I didn’t want him bothering me in the kitchen, when I +had everything to do, with Belle, Sadie and Goldie gone +gadding; but being a woman, normal I hope, I asked him +what he meant by that.</p> + +<p>“I’m not going to be surprised,” he answered, “if we +have another visitor, one of these days.”</p> + +<p>“Nor me either,” I said, though much astonished, +because it was as if he had read my mind. At that minute +I had been worrying about Sadie. She was expecting her +baby, before long, and Land only knew what such a trip +as she was off taking now, and the celebration to boot, +might precipitate. “That fool girl,” I went on. “It +wouldn’t surprise me a bit if this was the death of +her—not a bit.”</p> + +<p>“Pshaw!” Sam said. “What have you found out, +Mary?”</p> + +<p>“She told me herself, the last of July.”</p> + +<p>“Yes? I thought all along that she knew.”</p> + +<p>Since he seemed as sober as an owl, and as serious, I +decided that there was no answer to make, and I made +none.</p> + +<p>“She’s off a few weeks, though. I sent a telegram, and +got an answer yesterday. It is the fourth of July.”</p> + +<p>“Sam,” I found breath to retort, “one of us is plumb +crazy. I think it is you. Do you think it is me?”</p> + +<p>“Not to make any bones about it,” Sam said, “I have +thought, here lately, that every dang soul on the place +was only saved from being in the asylum because of the +ignorance of the authorities. But, in this case, I think +I am sane and certain. I wired the warden of the +penitentiary. He said that Daniel Canneziano was to be +released on the morning of the fourth of July. Gaby told +you the last of July? Probably some time off, for good +behavior.”</p> + +<p>“I wasn’t talking about Canneziano,” I snapped. +“And how did I know you were? I was talking about +Sadie’s baby.”</p> + +<p>I dropped into a chair, feeling sort of weakened from +the news about Canneziano, and waited with what +patience I could for Sam to stop laughing.</p> + +<p>“You mark my words,” I said, when the laugh had +gone down to a silly giggle, over which I could make +myself heard, “all these queer actions around here have +something to do with that man’s release.”</p> + +<p>“I’ll bet you,” Sam said. “But blame my soul if I know +what to do, about anything.”</p> + +<p>“I know what I’d do about Canneziano, if he shows up +here,” I told him.</p> + +<p>“Yes, I know. But he is Danny’s father, and Danny is +going to marry John. After all, money is not much good +unless you take it to market. If I could come to a decent +agreement with the fellow—— And if he’d take that +Gaby with him. I’m dead certain that her hanging around +here isn’t going to contribute any to John’s and Danny’s +married life——”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean by that, Sam?” Gaby asked the +question, walking right into the kitchen. I was all taken +aback; but Sam didn’t seem to be.</p> + +<p>“Eavesdroppers, my girl,” he said, “hear no good of +themselves. I mean that I don’t think any girl who +wanted to act right would treat her sister’s betrothed as +you treat John.”</p> + +<p>“You,” she said, very slowly, to make insult baste +each word, “are a damned old fool, Sam Stanley.”</p> + +<p>I shook in my shoes. I had not dreamed that there was +a living human being who would dare say that, in that +tone of voice, to Sam.</p> + +<p>He stood up. He put his hands on her shoulders, gently +though, and turned her around.</p> + +<p>“You are a bad, wayward girl,” he said. “March out +of here, now, and get your manners mended before I see +you again.”</p> + +<p>He sobered even her, for a minute. She walked to the +door, without another word. There, she whirled around +like a crazy thing, and, I declare to Goodness, I don’t +know what she said. It was the sort of talking I had never +heard in my life; my ears were not enough accustomed +to the words to take in their meanings. But one thing +that she kept screaming, screaming so loudly that she +could be heard all over the place, was that Sam had +threatened her once too often. Sam stood there, paralyzed, +I think, as I was, for perhaps a couple of minutes, +before he turned and walked off, into the backyard.</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand came rushing in. Gaby threw her arms +around his neck, and kept on with the screaming and +sobbing. Chad came in through the pantry. Mrs. Ricker +opened the door that was at the foot of the back +stairway.</p> + +<p>She stood there, in the doorway, watching Hubert +Hand, with both his arms around Gaby, petting and +soothing her. She dampened her tight lips with her +tongue; but, without saying a word, she went back up the +stairs, closing the door behind her. Hubert Hand led +Gaby into the dining-room, and through it into the +living-room.</p> + +<p>“What in God’s name happened?” Chad said to me.</p> + +<p>I went and washed my face and took a drink of water. +“Chad,” I said, “Gabrielle Canneziano has lost her +mind. She is insane.”</p> + +<p>His face went white as lard. “I don’t believe it.”</p> + +<p>“Either that,” I said, “or else she is the wickedest, +the——”</p> + +<p>“Stop it,” he shouted at me. “You, nor anyone, can +talk to me like that about the girl I love.”</p> + +<p>“Love! Love your foot!” I snapped at him. The idea +of mooning about love to me, at a time like that.</p> + +<p>“None of you understands her,” he said, “nor tries +to. She is in some sort of trouble—terrible trouble. +Anyone can see that. I’d give my soul to help her—— To +serve her——”</p> + +<p>“If you are so crazy about serving her,” I said, “you +might go into the dining-room and set the table, and help +me serve her, and the rest of you, some breakfast.”</p> + +<p>He went into the yard. Like a lot of men, I thought, +who want to give their souls and so on to women, he +didn’t care to be bothered with smaller details, such as +feeding them.</p> + +<p>I wronged him. Whether or not a man has the giving +of his soul, in his own hands, I do not know. A man can +give his life. That is what Chad gave.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch14"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XIV. <br> Two Departures</h2> + +<p>After dinner, which we didn’t have until nearly one +o’clock on the fourth of July, owing to Chad’s not +getting the ice-cream frozen on time, John surprised us all +by saying that he was going to take the sedan and drive +down to Rattail for the mail.</p> + +<p>I suspicioned, right then, that he was up to something. +He could not fool me into thinking that he would take a +fifty mile trip—twenty-five miles each way—through the +desert heat for no other reason than to get the mail. He +couldn’t do any trading, since all of Rattail would be off +to the Telko celebration. When Danny seemed hurt and +troubled about him going, and when he went riding right +off, anyway, I decided that Sam must have sent him, +expecting some word concerning Canneziano. I was +wrong.</p> + +<p>We had had a stiff breeze, with a promising sprinkle of +rain in the morning; but it had died down about noon +and, at two o’clock, it was too tarnation hot to do +anything but try to keep cool. I stacked the dinner dishes, +to wash in the evening, and joined the others, sitting +around in the living-room with the electric fans going full +blast.</p> + +<p>Sam, chess board in hand, stopped long enough by +my chair to say in an undertone, “What did I tell you, +Mary? ‘It is always darkest, just before the dawn.’ ”</p> + +<p>That piece of optimism from him was due, in part, to +the extra good holiday dinner he had just eaten; and in +part to a sense of quiet, edging close to peace, that had +pervaded the place since morning. I had noticed it, too, +with thankfulness, and had accounted for it with the +supposition that Gaby had spent all of her energy in +meanness the day before, and was obliged to rest up for a +spell.</p> + +<p>“That’s a nice little piece,” I answered Sam. “There +is another one, though, isn’t there, about a lull before +the storm?”</p> + +<p>That was not pure contrariness on my part. I was +expecting, every minute, to see Gaby break out again. +She didn’t. She yawned around, and fussed about, and +then went and sat beside Danny, who was looking at the +pictures in <i>The Ladies Home Journal</i>, and put her arm +around her, and petted her up a little—a most unusual +performance for her.</p> + +<p>When Chad, who had been monkeying with the radio, +got a rip-roaring patriotic program from Salt Lake, the +two girls went upstairs together.</p> + +<p>A few minutes later I had an errand upstairs—a real +one, I wouldn’t have taken myself up in that heat to +satisfy any curiosity—so, out of habit, I stopped at +Gaby’s door to listen. I heard the girls giggling in there; +and, knowing no great harm is afoot when girls giggle, I +went on, got my scrap of pongee silk to mend Sam’s +shirt, and came downstairs again.</p> + +<p>Sam and Hubert Hand were deep in their chess game. +Mrs. Ricker was tatting. Chad and Martha were playing +dots and crosses. In spite of the noise from the radio, +there was a comfortable feeling about the room that made +me lonesome for the days we had all had together before +the Canneziano girls had come.</p> + +<p>The radio program, which was to last from two until +four o’clock, had just that minute stopped. Martha, who +when she didn’t forget it, usually fed her rabbits about +that time of day, had gone out to do it. Gaby came +downstairs, humming a tune.</p> + +<p>She had on the tomato soup colored wrap that she had +worn on the train, and the hat to match the wrap. She +was carrying a beaded bag. She never dressed up like +that, to go walking around the place; a wrap, even such +a light one, in the heat of that day, was downright +ridiculous.</p> + +<p>Chad said, “All dressed up and no place to go?”</p> + +<p>She tossed her head at him, and hurried straight down +the room and out through the glass doors. Chad followed +her. They stopped together on the porch. She stood with +her back to me. Chad faced me. In a minute, I saw his +mouth bend up into a grin of bliss. Nothing would have +surprised me more. For this reason.</p> + +<p>As that girl had walked through the room, I had seen +that she walked in mortal fear. In spite of her humming, +in spite of her attempted swagger, fear was in her widened +eyes, in her drawn in chin, in the contraction of her +shoulders. Wherever it was that she was going, she was +afraid to go. But where could she go? John had the +sedan. Except for the trucks, which she couldn’t drive, +and her pony—she surely would not be dressed like that +to ride horseback—there was no way for her to get off +the place. It must be, then, that someone was coming to +the place, and that she was going out alone to meet them. +Who? Canneziano? Not unless Sam had been mistaken +about the time when he was to be released from prison. +Usually, when people think at all, they think quickly. +All this had gone through my mind while she had walked +the forty feet to the door. Before Chad smiled, I had +spoken to Mrs. Ricker.</p> + +<p>“That girl,” I said, “is afraid of something.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker darted her tatting shuttle back and forth. +She moistened her lips, with her tongue; but changed her +mind and said nothing.</p> + +<p>Gaby and Chad stood on the porch talking for two or +three minutes—a very short time, at any rate. Then she +went down the steps, and Chad, still smiling, came back +into the room.</p> + +<p>As he came in, Danny called down from the top of the +stairway. “Gaby—oh, Gaby?”</p> + +<p>She knows where Gaby is going, and whom she is going +to meet, and she, too, is afraid, I decided, because of the +queer, strained quality of her voice.</p> + +<p>“Gaby has gone out,” I called, in answer. And then, +since I could still see Gaby, walking down the path, “Do +you want her, Danny? We could fetch her back.”</p> + +<p>“No,” Danny answered. “Don’t bother. I’ll come +down.”</p> + +<p>I had to reverse my first decision about Danny’s being +frightened. At least, her voice was natural enough, now; +I fancied, perhaps, a note of relief in it.</p> + +<p>It couldn’t have been more than ten minutes after +that, when Martha came running into the house, laughing +and dancing, and wearing the gold bracelet with the +monkey clasp. Gaby, she said, had given it to her, just +now, out by the rabbit hutch.</p> + +<p>While we were all still exclaiming over the monkey, +and praising it up, to please Martha, Danny came +downstairs. She was freshly dressed, and sweet smelling with +the nice, quiet flower scent she used, but she looked +really ill. She said her headache was worse again, and +she drew the curtains at the windows beside the big +davenport, to ease the glare of the light, before she curled +up on it.</p> + +<p>I thought it was a good time to continue the +conversation we had begun the other evening.</p> + +<p>“Danny,” I said, as I sat down beside her, “if you +just could tell John, or Sam, or me what is troubling you, +I am pretty sure that we could find some way out.”</p> + +<p>“Bless your hearts,” she repeated. “You are all too +good. I am afraid I can’t tell you what has been troubling +me. But I can tell you, honestly, that I think now the +worst of the troubles are over. They never were really +mine, you see; they were Gaby’s. And now Gaby has +decided to—well, stop being troubled.</p> + +<p>“We had a good long talk this afternoon. She has +made me some promises. She is going to try to act +differently, to be good—as she used to say when we were +little. She had a dreadful disappointment day before +yesterday. It made her act very badly—at first. She has +decided now to make the best of it, for there is a best of it +to make. You’ve noticed how much better she acted last +evening and all of to-day? She is making a fresh start. +You see, she has even given Martha her precious monkey. +I am sure we shall all be much happier, from now on.”</p> + +<p>“Do you know where she was going this afternoon?” +I asked.</p> + +<p>“For a little walk.”</p> + +<p>“Why did she wear her wrap, and carry her beaded +bag, just to go out for a little walk?”</p> + +<p>Danny sat up straight, pressing her hands to her aching +head. “Her wrap—to-day? Her beaded bag? Surely not.”</p> + +<p>“That’s just what she did. Didn’t you see her before +she left?”</p> + +<p>“I was lying down. She came to my door and said that +she was going for a walk, and asked me if I cared to go +with her. I said that my headache was too severe. She +went into her room, and from there downstairs. I felt +guilty about refusing to go with her, after our talk. I +thought that I should; so I called after her. But, when +you said she had gone, I was afraid she would be annoyed +at being called back. I had gotten up; so, since John will +surely be home before long, now, I came down. I can’t +understand her wearing a wrap. It is so silly, on a day like +this.”</p> + +<p>It sounded all right, but I was not quite satisfied.</p> + +<p>“I thought,” I said, “that, when you called after her, +you were frightened, or worried, or—something.”</p> + +<p>“Frightened? No, Mary, I had nothing to be +frightened about.”</p> + +<p>“Gaby was frightened,” I said.</p> + +<p>“Gaby! She couldn’t have been. She was all right this +afternoon. Nothing could have happened since then.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know. Something was the matter with her +when she walked through this room. I’ll go bond that, +wherever it was she was going, she was afraid to go.”</p> + +<p>“Mary, it must be that you are imagining this. Unless—Oh, +it couldn’t be that Gaby has not told me the truth +about—about anything. I am sure she was honest with +me this afternoon. I am sure—— And yet—— Dear me, +I wonder where she went for her walk?”</p> + +<p>“She talked to Chad, just before she left. Maybe she +told him where she was going.”</p> + +<p>Danny called the question across the room to Chad, +who was improvising cheerful, happy music on the +piano.</p> + +<p>“Not a word,” Chad spoke above his music, “except +that she was going for a walk and didn’t want my +company.”</p> + +<p>“Gaby told me,” Martha piped up, from where she +was sitting on the arm of Sam’s chair, “that she was +going to the cabin. She was in a big hurry. She ran.”</p> + +<p>“Up toward the cabin?” Danny questioned, though we +all knew we could not put a mite of trust in anything +Martha said.</p> + +<p>“Yes. Chad loves me better’n he loves her. Don’t you, +Chad?”</p> + +<p>“You are positive,” Danny insisted, and I couldn’t see +why, for a minute, “that she went to the cabin, or +toward it? You aren’t fibbing, are you, Martha dear? +Are you sure that she didn’t go around the house toward +the road?”</p> + +<p>When she asked about the road, her meaning was clear +to me. Danny was afraid that Gaby had gone to meet +John, who should have been back from Rattail before +this. But, if she had hoped to get anything out of Martha, +she had made a mistake in her questioning. For anyone +to accuse Martha of a fib, was to make her stick to it +like a waffle to an ungreased pan.</p> + +<p>“She told me she was going to the cabin,” Martha +answered. “She ran. She was in a hurry.”</p> + +<p>Danny stood up. “I think I shall walk up to the cabin +and see whether I can find her. You’ll come with me, +Mary?”</p> + +<p>I said not in the heat. Besides, it would soon be five +o’clock, and time to be starting supper. She asked Mrs. +Ricker to go with her. Mrs. Ricker refused. I wondered +why, when neither of us would go, Danny did not go by +herself. She did not. Had she, perhaps, guessed at the +cause of Gaby’s fear? Did she share it? Was she afraid to +go to the cabin alone?</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch15"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XV. <br> One Return</h2> + +<p>At five o’clock the men put up the chess board. +Chad stopped playing the piano, and the three of +them went to the barns together.</p> + +<p>I went into the kitchen to get supper. Danny, in spite of +her headache, insisted upon helping me. She did the best +she could. She managed to get the table set, in between +times when she was not running to the window to see +whether John was coming.</p> + +<p>At six o’clock, though neither John nor Gaby had +returned, we sat down to supper. Danny was too nervous +to touch a bit of food. She kept looking out of the +windows, and at her watch, and out of the windows again.</p> + +<p>“Don’t worry, Danny,” Sam said. “John has had tire +trouble, on account of the heat. They’ll come riding up +the road any minute now.”</p> + +<p>“They?” she questioned.</p> + +<p>“Gaby togged up and went down the road to meet +John, didn’t she?”</p> + +<p>“No,” Danny’s voice curled into a wail. “No, Uncle +Sam, she didn’t. Martha saw her going to the cabin. +Didn’t you, Martha?”</p> + +<p>“Martha,” Mrs. Ricker astonished us all by saying, +“doesn’t know where Gaby went. She knows only where +Gaby told her she was going.”</p> + +<p>“But why should Gaby tell her a fib about it?” Danny +asked.</p> + +<p>“And why,” I questioned, “should Gaby go around the +house to get to the road, instead of going right out the +front way?”</p> + +<p>Again Mrs. Ricker shocked us by speaking. “She +would not go out the front way, if she wanted to keep her +trip to the road a secret.”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ricker,” Danny’s voice trembled, “What are +you hinting? What is it that you know?”</p> + +<p>“I know,” said Mrs. Ricker, “that there is not a man +living who is not as false as sin.”</p> + +<p>Sam growled, “Come down to facts, Mrs. Ricker, if +you have any.”</p> + +<p>I think it was the first time Sam had ever spoken +unpleasantly to her. He betrayed his own anxiety by so +doing. It was easy to see that she was cut to the quick.</p> + +<p>“I have no facts,” she said, “except, that right after +dinner to-day John and Gaby had a private conversation, +and he decided, very suddenly, to go for the mail.”</p> + +<p>At that minute we heard a sound for sore ears—the +car coming up the driveway. Danny jumped up and ran +to look out of the living-room window. “He has gone +all the way around to the kitchen,” she said, when she +came back. If it had not been sort of pathetic, showing +how worried she had been, her impatience at having to +wait another minute or so to see him, would have been +funny.</p> + +<p>She ran into the kitchen. She and John came to the +door of the butler’s pantry. John was gray with dust. His +brows were knitted, as they are whenever he is troubled +about anything.</p> + +<p>“He hasn’t seen Gaby,” Danny announced, with an +exultation that showed plainly what she had been most +anxious about. “He brought up the rock-salt. That’s why +he drove to the kitchen. Come and see, Mary?”</p> + +<p>“I’d rather see you two come and eat your suppers,” +I said.</p> + +<p>“Goodnight!” John answered. “I’ve got to go and get +rid of a few tons of dirt before I can come to the table.”</p> + +<p>“No,” Danny insisted. “Never mind the dirt, dear. +Supper is all cold now. Please come and eat——”</p> + +<p>John patted her on the shoulder, and smiled at her, +and, manlike, did as he pleased. He went through the +kitchen and upstairs the back way. Danny called after +him, asking him to hurry. He didn’t.</p> + +<p>When he finally did come, all slicked up, and bathed +and shaved, he said it was too hot to eat, and would have +nothing but some ice-cream.</p> + +<p>Sam asked him what had kept him so long, on the trip. +John said tire trouble; and that he had met Leo Saule, +two miles this side of Rattail, with his flivver broken +down. John had stopped to help him, and, at last, had +been forced to tow him the six miles north to his place.</p> + +<p>John has a way, when he is worried, of shutting and +opening his eyes, and of tossing his head back and to the +side with a quick little jerk, as if he were trying to get +shed of something that was in it. All the while he was +eating and talking, he kept doing this. I asked him +whether his head ached.</p> + +<p>“No,” he said. “But I think I’m sort of loco from +being out in the sun.”</p> + +<p>“Gaby kept you waiting quite a while?” Hubert Hand +stated and asked.</p> + +<p>“What do you mean?” John questioned.</p> + +<p>“Waited for her down the road, didn’t you, and took +her to Rattail in time to catch the train for Reno, or +’Frisco?”</p> + +<p>I thought John would fly into a temper. He has a handy +temper. But he only looked around at all of us, with a +bewildered expression, and, “Say, are you fellows trying +to put something over on me, or what?” he asked.</p> + +<p>“Then you don’t deny——” Hubert Hand began. +Sam, who has enough dander for John and himself both, +when necessary, broke in.</p> + +<p>“John doesn’t have to deny anything. Marcus will be +in the office now, waiting for Twenty-one. ’Phone down. +’Phone’s handy. Ask him whether he flagged Twenty, +to-day, for a passenger, or whether he is going to flag +Twenty-one.”</p> + +<p>Hubert went straight to the telephone. From his end +of the conversation, we could tell that Twenty had not +stopped, and that no one was waiting for Twenty-one. +He looked foolish, when he turned from the telephone, +and said, “Take it all back, John. My mistake.”</p> + +<p>Sam looked mighty serious. “Well,” he drawled, “I +don’t know but what as good a plan as any would be for +us all to go out and have a look around for her——”</p> + +<p>“Oh!” Danny exclaimed, sharply. “Uncle Sam, you do +think that she has met with some mishap?”</p> + +<p>“I think,” Sam said, “that she has met with another +machine and ridden off in it. But, better safe than +sorry; then we’ll be fine and fit for the fireworks. Eh, +Martha?”</p> + +<p>Martha, who had been drowsy all during supper, was +half asleep on the davenport, and did not answer.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch16"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XVI. <br> The Murder</h2> + +<p>Sam’s first plan, after he and Hubert had made a +quick ride to the cabin and back with no sight of +Gaby, was for the two of us to go down the road in the +sedan. Fortunately, he decided at the last minute to +have John come with us to drive. Danny came along +with John. Chad and Hubert Hand were to scout around +the place on their ponies. Mrs. Ricker stayed at home +with Martha.</p> + +<p>As soon as we had started, Sam said, in a cocksure, +overbearing way he never has except when he is not as +certain of himself as he’d like to be, “We’ll not have to go +far. Not more than a mile, I reckon, to find the fresh tire +tracks of the machine that came up here to meet her. +After the breeze and the shower this morning, the fresh +tracks will show up like mud on a new fence. Whoa! What +did I tell you? See there.”</p> + +<p>Tire tracks, sure enough; but they were the tracks +made by the sedan, patterned like a snake’s back, and +showing, plain as print, on top of the dim tracks made by +the outfit’s departure for Telko the morning before. We +rode along, watching the four long trails; two for John’s +trip to town, and two for his trip back to the ranch. The +only breaks were the spots where, as it was plain to be +seen, John had twice had tire trouble.</p> + +<p>Our road—and it is that, since Sam had it graded himself, +and pays for having it kept up—runs north, straight +as a string, with Sam’s fields and fences on one side of it, +and sagebrush covered deserts on the other side of it, for +ten miles to where it joins the Victory Highway. Sam has +a sign at the junction with the highway; so no one has +any reason for using this road unless he has business with +the Desert Moon Ranch.</p> + +<p>We drove to the highway before we turned around. +We had come back about a mile, when the wind, that +always ushers in a storm in these parts, came howling up, +blowing the sand and dust in thick clouds, jerking and +snapping the sage and the greasewood, chasing and +bouncing the tumbleweed balls. The sky turned black. +The thunder growled, mean as a threat, in the distance.</p> + +<p>John drove fast; but we barely made the ranch before +the storm broke. When we came out of the garage doors, +the first drops of rain, big as butter cookies, had begun +to fall; and, just as we reached the front porch, the rain +came pouring down as if all the sky were the nozzle of a +big faucet and someone had turned it on, full force.</p> + +<p>“This will bring her in,” Sam said, as we ran up the +steps. “She’ll be there, high and dry, when we get in.”</p> + +<p>She was not. Chad and Hubert Hand had come in, and +they acted as if, since we had set out to get news of Gaby, +it was a wonder we had not done it. Martha was awake, +and sobbing because she could not have the fireworks. +Mrs. Ricker was showing a little last minute sense by +hurrying around and getting the house closed against +the storm. She should have done it when the wind first +came up.</p> + +<p>Sam went and touched a match to the fire, ready to be +started, in the fireplace. I ran upstairs and closed the +bedroom windows, and turned the fans off. I don’t care for +buzzing fans during one of our electrical storms. I had +come downstairs, ready to take my rest, when I +remembered the attic, with all its windows wide to the +drenching rain.</p> + +<p>My corns had been hurting me all day; so, Chad being +handy, I asked him to go and close the attic. He went up +the stairs, and almost at once came back to the head of +them to call down that the attic door was locked.</p> + +<p>One of my principles is, that if you ask a man to do +anything about the house for you, you do it twice yourself. +I thought, again, how true that was, as I went on my +aching feet up the stairs to prove to him that the door +was not locked, never had been locked, and, likely, never +would be.</p> + +<p>It was locked. Chad stood by, pleased as Punch, when +it would not give to my shaking and pulling. He walked +off, saying that he would see whether someone downstairs +had locked it and had the key, or, if not, whether +he could find another key to fit it.</p> + +<p>I stood there waiting. I put my hand in my pocket for +my handkerchief. There was a key. It fitted the lock. I +opened the door.</p> + +<p>About half way up the steps, Gaby was lying in a huddle +of pink wrap. Her hat had fallen off. I thought that +she was asleep. I spoke to her. She did not answer. I ran +up the steps and put an arm around her, trying to lift +her. Her head rolled to one side. I saw her throat. It was +saffron color, with great blue black bruises at its base. +I touched her swollen face. It was cold.</p> + +<p>For an instant, my only sensation was one of violent +nausea. I tried to scream. My throat had closed. I must +have shut my eyes, for I remember thinking that, if I +did not open them, the dizziness would sweep me off into +unconsciousness. I opened them. I saw, there on the red +carpet of the steps, something that shocked my reeling +senses into sanity. Dropped all over the bright beaded +bag, lying there, were the burned tobacco and the ashes +from Sam’s pipe.</p> + +<p>All of my horror concentrated into a frantic desire to +get those ashes cleared away so that no one else could see +them. I shook them from the bag to the carpet. I brushed +them from the carpet into my handkerchief. Just as I got +to my feet from my knees, Chad came up.</p> + +<p>“Call the others,” I said. “Gaby is here—murdered.”</p> + +<p>I stuffed the handkerchief filled with ashes into my +pocket, and, for the first and last time in my life, I fainted +dead away.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch17"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XVII. <br> Suicide</h2> + +<p>The next thing that I knew I was lying on my back +listening to someone screaming, above the voices +of Sam and Mrs. Ricker. I realized that those awful +sounds were coming from my own throat. I tried to stop +them; but I could not. I put my hands to my throat to +make it stop the noise. Sam’s voice came, clear and strong +then—real, like a light in the dark.</p> + +<p>I sat straight up. The screams ceased. “What,” I +managed, “is the matter?”</p> + +<p>“Everything on God’s earth, that could be,” Sam +answered. “But here, Mary. Drink this. Get some sleep. +Nothing to be done, now. We’ll need you, to-morrow. +Some water, Mrs. Ricker——”</p> + +<p>He shook a powder into my mouth. Mrs. Ricker held +a glass of water to my lips.</p> + +<p>When I opened my eyes again, it was gray dawn. I saw +that I was in Mrs. Ricker’s room. She was sitting by the +window tatting. Yes, tatting; darting the shuttle back +and forth, back and forth, with her long, white fingers. +I watched her for a full minute before memory seized +me, and I cried out with the pain of it.</p> + +<p>“Sh‑h‑h,” she warned me, in a whisper. “You’ll wake +Martha. She is asleep here on the couch.”</p> + +<p>I got out of bed, shook my skirts down and fastened +my corsets under my dress. I felt in my pocket. The ball +of handkerchief was still there. I went into the hall +bathroom, washed my face and hands, and drained the last +crumb of tobacco down with the water out of the +wash-bowl. I washed the handkerchief, scoured the bowl, +and went back to Mrs. Ricker’s room.</p> + +<p>As I opened the door, she again warned me against +waking Martha.</p> + +<p>“Was the shock too much for her?” I asked, going and +standing beside Mrs. Ricker so that we might talk in +whispers. She stopped to pick a knot out of her thread +before she answered me.</p> + +<p>“I didn’t allow her to go upstairs. She followed Chad +out of the house and saw him shoot himself. He died +within ten minutes. It was terrible for Martha. I had to +hold her, while Sam gave her the narcotic——”</p> + +<p>“No, no,” I protested. “What—what are you saying? +Not Chad? What was it you said about Chad——”</p> + +<p>“He walked out and shot himself, through the head.” +She pulled the thread looser on her shuttle.</p> + +<p>I rushed out of the room, away from her. I staggered +down the stairs into the kitchen.</p> + +<p>Sam, Hubert Hand, and John all jumped up from their +chairs and started toward me. John reached me first, and +put an arm around me.</p> + +<p>“Chad——” I began, but I couldn’t get any further.</p> + +<p>“There, there, Mary. Pour her some coffee, dad. +Quick! Here, sit here. Turn on that fan, Hand. Get some +water——”</p> + +<p>“No, no. Tell me. Mrs. Ricker said—— It isn’t +true. It—it can’t be true. Not our Chad——”</p> + +<p>Sam answered, gruffly, to keep the choke out of his +voice. “It is a damn shame, Mary; but, it is true. The +boy shot himself, not fifteen minutes after we found her. +Wait,” he went on quickly, “before you think <em>anything</em>. +I want to tell you what I have told the others. It is +God’s truth. That poor boy is as innocent of any +connection with the murder as I am.”</p> + +<p>“Sam!” I managed, and hid my ugly, twisted old face +down in my arms.</p> + +<p>I will say that the men did pretty well, just sitting +quiet, and leaving me alone, and letting me have my +cry out. It seemed to me I never was going to be able +to stop; but they didn’t bother me with comforting, they +let me get clear through to the sniffling and swallowing +stage. I was the first one to speak.</p> + +<p>“What,” I said, “are we going to <em>do</em>?”</p> + +<p>“We are going to do a lot, Mary,” Sam said. “We are +going to keep Chad’s name clean. Sure,” in answer to my +protest, “we all know. But, just the same, I’m mighty +thankful that I have his alibis for him, myself. A suicide +looks bad, you know. That is, it would until we find +Canneziano. This is his work——”</p> + +<p>“But, Sam,” I said, “if he wasn’t let out of San Quentin +until yesterday morning, he couldn’t possibly have +got ’way up here that same evening.”</p> + +<p>“We’ve told Sam that, a thousand times,” Hubert +Hand said.</p> + +<p>“All right, all right,” Sam said. “But if I ever get that +long distance call through, you’ll find that Canneziano +was released a day or two early. She met him +yesterday——”</p> + +<p>“How’d he get up here, Sam?” I questioned. “You +remember there were no tracks on the road except the +sedan tracks——”</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand snapped me short. “Did you have a +passenger up from Rattail, yesterday, John?”</p> + +<p>Sam spoke, before John could answer. “Son,” he said, +“did you, by any chance, as a favor to one of the girls, +bring that skunk here yesterday?”</p> + +<p>“I did not, dad.”</p> + +<p>“He got here, then, as I’ve said all along. Horseback, +across the deserts. And he murdered the girl. By God, +he’ll hang for it, if it takes my last dollar. He killed Chad, +too, as much as if he’d shot him down. We aren’t +overlooking a couple of murders, not here on the Desert +Moon. Not right yet. She went out to meet him yesterday, +I tell you. She brought him into the house, for +some purpose; through the back way and up into the +attic.”</p> + +<p>“Without anybody seeing or hearing them?” Hubert +Hand questioned.</p> + +<p>“Nobody was looking nor listening, as I remember. +You know damn well that, with the doors shut, nothing +can be heard from room to room in this house—let alone +upstairs to downstairs. I tell you, he killed her there on +the stairs, and he made his get-away——”</p> + +<p>“If you think that,” I said. “Why aren’t you out +hunting him?”</p> + +<p>“Hell!” Sam exploded. “Why ain’t I out hunting last +night’s lightning? The girl had been dead anyway two +or three hours—more likely longer, when we found her. +He had that head start on us. And he could ride. God, +how that skunk could ride; no mercy for a horse! He’s +gone. He went straight across the deserts, hell bent for +Sunday. He’ll need food. He’ll need water, worse. I’ve +telegraphed to every town within two hundred miles of +here. They are watching. I’ve ’phoned every ranch. I’ve +kept that ’phone hot for six solid hours. I’ve got posses at +every water-hole——”</p> + +<p>“Listen, Sam,” I said. “You shouldn’t have doped +me up with that sleeping powder. Because, unless after +he murdered her, he walked downstairs, with none of us +seeing or hearing him, and into the living-room or the +kitchen, and put the key in my pocket, Canneziano is +not the guilty man.”</p> + +<p>Sam’s pipe fell out of his mouth. I shivered. During all +of his talk, I had clear forgotten about those pipe ashes, +dropped all over the beaded bag.</p> + +<p>It was Hubert Hand who put the question to me about +the key. He made me feel guilty. My explanation to them +that the key had been in the pocket of my dress, the dress +I had been wearing since morning, yesterday, had the +feeling of a confession.</p> + +<p>“Still,” Hubert Hand said, when I had finished, “that +does not, necessarily, disprove Sam’s theory. If Canneziano +was let out of prison in time to get here yesterday, +he could have murdered her, as Sam insists, and he could +have given the key to some one of us to put in your +pocket. Chad, for instance, or——”</p> + +<p>“No!” Sam thundered. “That boy, I tell you, is as +innocent as I am.”</p> + +<p>The telephone bell rang.</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand and John followed Sam into the living-room. +I stayed where I was. I had to have a minute to +think. The ashes on the bag? The key in my pocket? +Sam?</p> + +<p>“Mary Magin,” I told myself, “for twenty-five years, +ever since Sam Stanley took you, a snivelling, +pride-broken, deserted bride, into his house, and gave you a +chance to make a life for yourself, you have never seen +him do a mean trick to man, woman, child, or beast. +You never even heard of a questionable nor an unkind +action of his. And you never will, for the simple reason +that the ingredients for anything but honor and decency +aren’t in him. If they were, he would not be Sam Stanley, +any more than bean soup would be bean soup if it was +made out of gooseberries and ginger. That being the one +certainty you have, at this minute, you had better hang +on to it tight; stop thinking and guessing; keep your +mouth shut; and you won’t go far wrong. Good +resolutions are easy to make. So is lemon meringue. Both +are almost impossible to keep.”</p> + +<p>I went right on thinking. If Sam, I thought, had found +it necessary to murder Gabrielle Canneziano, he had +probably done it to keep something worse from happening. +Sickened at myself, for that thought, I found another +way of thinking, not much better.</p> + +<p>It did seem to me, remembering the pipe ashes on top +of the bag, that Sam must have been there on the stairs +at some time after she had been murdered and before I +had found her. He must, then, be keeping some secret +concerning the murder. It did look as if, considering his +talk, he must be shielding the murderer, with every +ounce of his horse-sense and ingenuity, both of which he +had in plenty. But who would he shield to that extent? +Chad, alive or dead? No. Martha? Yes. But Martha +could not have done it. John? Not unless there was +something to it than one of us dreamed of. Hubert Hand, or +Mrs. Ricker? No. Danny? I thought not. Myself? I +couldn’t be sure.</p> + +<p>The men came back into the kitchen. Sam looked ten +years older than he had looked ten minutes before.</p> + +<p>“It was San Quentin,” he said to me. “Canneziano +was positively not released from there until nine o’clock +yesterday morning.”</p> + +<p>“That,” I said, “lets him out.”</p> + +<p>“And,” Hubert Hand said, “lets every man-jack of us +here on the place, in.”</p> + +<p>Habit was too strong for Sam. “ ‘Well in,’ ” he quoted, +with a groan.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch18"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XVIII. <br> Clarence Pette</h2> + +<p>The sheriff, the coroner, the undertaker, a newspaper +reporter, and another man that the coroner had +brought along for a juryman, drove up to the ranch at +five o’clock that morning. It had been past midnight +before Sam had been able to get hold of one of them at +Telko, on account of them all being out taking in the +celebration there.</p> + +<p>Sam and the sheriff had been friends for thirty years. +Sam’s money had paid for the coroner’s medical education. +They, and the others, were mighty sorry to have +to bother us at all, and their sole aim was to make as +little trouble as possible.</p> + +<p>They interviewed each one of us, alone, but pleasantly +and informally, in the dining-room; each one, +that is, but Danny—the coroner, visiting her as a +doctor, said it would never do to pester her, in the state +she was in—and Martha, who was still asleep, and +whom they said it was no use to wake. They kept each of +us about ten minutes. They brought in the verdict of +died by his own hand, for Chad; and, murdered by person +or persons unknown for Gaby. They left, on tiptoe, holding +their hats in their hands clear to the end of the +driveway. The coroner and the sheriff both came, I think, +with the conviction that Chad was the guilty person; but +Sam was so right down violent about Chad’s innocence, +that they let that drop at once.</p> + +<p>The sheriff left, I am all but certain, with the strong +conviction that I had committed the murder, and with +the resolution that he would not do Sam an ill turn by +depriving him of a good cook. The coroner, and the +others, except the reporter, were sure, I think, that one +of us was guilty; but were thankful to goodness that they +had not found out which one.</p> + +<p>The undertaker did not leave with the others. He was +preparing the bodies to take them to Telko; there to await +the instructions that we could not give until after we had +gotten in touch, if possible, with Chad’s people, and had +come to a decision about Gaby’s burial place.</p> + +<p>The reporter, whose name—not that it matters except +for its fitness—was Clarence Pette, waited to return to +town with the undertaker. While waiting, he went snooping +about the place, looking for footprints—there could +not have been any, after the deluge of rain the night +before—cocking his head to one side and the other, +writing in a notebook, making knowing, humming sounds +between his tightly closed lips. He had been bothering +me, like a fly on the ceiling, all morning. Finally, when +he came poking right into my kitchen, and opened the +door to the back stairway, I turned on him.</p> + +<p>“What’s the matter with you?” I asked. “If you have +any business, why don’t you go about it?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, yes,” he said. “Precisely. Now, my good woman, +if you can spare me a few moments——”</p> + +<p>Sam came ambling into the kitchen and threw himself +into a chair.</p> + +<p>“Ah, Mr. Stanley,” Clarence said. “I was just telling +your cook here that, if she could spare me a few moments +of her time, I probably could be of much service here, +under these unfortunate circumstances. You see, we reporters +are, necessarily, detectives, in a smaller or greater +degree. Until I came to Nevada, I was on one of the large +San Francisco dailies. Not taking undo credit to myself, +I will say that, while serving there, I was instrumental in +getting to the bottom of numerous crimes. Have I your +attention, Mr. Stanley?”</p> + +<p>Sam looked at him as he would look at some snapping +puppy that was pestering around his heels.</p> + +<p>I don’t know what Clarence thought. What he said, +was, “Precisely. By mere observation. Trained observation, +that is, coupled with a naturally analytical and +deductive mind, <em>and</em> imagination. Observation, first. As +an example: since entering this kitchen, I have observed +that your cook——”</p> + +<p>“If you mean Mrs. Magin,” Sam interrupted, “say +so.”</p> + +<p>“Precisely. I have observed that Mrs. Magin has been +but recently divorced. She was married to a man of some +property. Of this she received a share, at the time of her +divorce, in lieu of further alimony. She has come here, +recently, from Chicago, where she lived in comfort, but +not in luxury. She did not keep a servant. Her daughters +were dutiful girls. All of her children, at the time of the +divorce, however, sided with their father.”</p> + +<p>I glanced at Sam. He was resting his head in his hands, +elbows on the table. He had not, I could tell, heard one +word that Clarence had said. To my own discredit, at an +hour like that, I was curious to find out how a man could +make so many mistakes in so short a time. “But how——” +I began.</p> + +<p>He was too eager to explain to allow me to finish the +question. “Very simple, for a trained observer. You no +longer wear a wedding ring; but the mark of one, worn +for years, shows plainly on your finger.” (My wedding +ring is set around with garnets; so I always take it off +when I cook, and hang it on a nail for that purpose, over +the sink. It was hanging there in plain sight, right then.) +“If you were a widow, you would continue to wear your +ring. Your clothes, your wrist watch, your silk stockings, +show that you have been accustomed to a comfortable +living. Since you came to Nevada, it was you who got the +divorce. Hence—alimony. Had you received a lump sum +of money, or monthly payments, you would not have +taken a position as a cook. You undoubtedly received +property, on which you can not at once realize. Your +kitchen apron, here on the hook, and like the one you are +wearing, has the label of a Chicago firm in its waistband, +and is of excellent material. Had you been poor, you could +not have afforded such an apron—more than likely you +would have made your own aprons. Had you been +wealthy, you would not have owned a kitchen apron. +It is easy to tell, from watching you, that you have been +accustomed to having help in your work—hence, your +daughters. If your children had been in sympathy with +you, at the time of the divorce, you undoubtedly would +have returned to make your home with one of them, +instead of remaining as a cook in Nevada——”</p> + +<p>Sam, who had shifted his position, stretched, and +crossed one leg over the other, interrupted. “Oh, dry up, +young fellow,” he said, as if the sound of Clarence’s voice +had tuckered him clear out.</p> + +<p>Clarence tittered; embarrassment, I think, made him +do it.</p> + +<p>“And take yourself and your laughing out of here,” +Sam said. “If you need to be told that this isn’t a place +for laughing, this morning, I’m telling you, now.”</p> + +<p>“But, Mr. Stanley, I assure you——”</p> + +<p>“Never mind. Just get on out of here. That’s all.”</p> + +<p>“As you say. I shall report to my paper, shall I, that +the millionaire owner of the Desert Moon Ranch is, +apparently, undesirous of having the murderer +discovered?”</p> + +<p>“Report what you damn please to your paper,” Sam +answered. “But get out of here.”</p> + +<p>That was all right for the Nevada papers, where Sam +was known; but, if the other papers copied the news, I +didn’t care to have that impression of Sam strewn all +over the country. It never did do any harm, I reckoned, to +have the press on your side.</p> + +<p>So, with Sam glaring at me, I cozied Clarence up a bit. +Told him to sit down, and have some pie and coffee. +While he ate, I flattered his vanity by asking whether he +had formed any opinions concerning the murder.</p> + +<p>“Opinions—no,” he said, pulling back his chin for +dignity. “Theories—yes. Theories, I may say, that I have +arrived at quite independently, since the testimony at the +inquest was without value. Observation, trained +observation, and a certain instinct that might almost be +described as clairvoyance.</p> + +<p>“For instance: the contents of the bead bag, carried by +the victim. Apparently, rather damning evidence, there, +against Mr. Hand. Also, apparently, other valuable clues. +Pouff——” He made a gesture of blowing the beaded +bag and its contents off the palm of his white hands. +Since this was the first I had heard of the bag’s contents, +I was sorry to have them dismissed so airily. I let it pass, +not wishing to question him. “Even the coroner, and the +other members of the jury, untrained as they were, realized, +I am sure, that all that was too obvious. A murderer, +my good woman, leaves clues—but not obvious ones. +The contents of that bag were probably arranged by the +murderer, after the murder had been committed. By +someone, moreover, who had access to the victim’s +personal belongings.</p> + +<p>“Regard this, please, as a suggestion, merely. Does it +occur to you that it is peculiar that a young woman who +was unable to meet the coroner’s jury, should, in the next +hour, be able to arise and assist the undertaker?”</p> + +<p>“Is Danny up?” I questioned Sam.</p> + +<p>“Teetering around like a sick little ghost. Mrs. Ricker +went to ask her about what dress to put on Gaby, and +nothing would do Danny but that she get right up and +help to lay Gaby out.”</p> + +<p>“You see nothing extraordinary in that?” Clarence +persisted.</p> + +<p>Sam made another profane request concerning +Clarence’s drying up.</p> + +<p>“Well,” I said, “she is her twin sister, you know. And +she is a loving-hearted, unselfish little thing. I reckon +she thought it would be the last service——”</p> + +<p>“True. True. But! The victim was last seen at the side +of the house near the rabbit hutch. Suppose that, as +soon as she had gotten rid of the child by giving her the +bracelet, the victim had at once re-entered the house, +through the back way, and had gone, at once, up these +back stairs. Miss Danielle Canneziano was upstairs at +the time, was she not? Alone?”</p> + +<p>I remembered Danny, coming downstairs, not more +than fifteen minutes after Gaby had gone through the +room. I remembered how fresh and sweet she had been, +and how untroubled, except for her headache. A dozen +defenses for Danny, who needed none, flashed through +my mind. I should not have deigned to use one of them, to +Clarence, but unthinkingly, I did.</p> + +<p>“If you are hinting at Danny,” I said, “she had neither +the time nor the strength. If she’d had a year, she +wouldn’t have done it, and couldn’t have, with those +frail little hands of hers.”</p> + +<p>“In my opinion,” Clarence returned, “that job took +science, rather than strength. It took fingers that knew +how to find the windpipe and the carotid artery at the +same instant. The Japs understand that grip, perfectly. +An Occidental might stumble onto it by accident. But, +granted your objection, that strength was required. +The young woman might have had an accomplice. One +who, filled with remorse, killed himself. Or one who, +in tense excitement, dropped the key into her own +pocket——”</p> + +<p>I gasped. Sam rose. He took hold of Clarence at the +back of his collar, and at the back of his trousers, and +began pushing him toward the door.</p> + +<p>Sam’s first remark won’t do to repeat. His second was, +“And now, you blithering fool, if you publish one of your +filthy, lying insinuations, against that little, grief stricken +sister, or against our dead boy, or against Mrs. Magin, +just one, in that rotten dirty sheet of yours, you won’t +be in Nevada long enough to get your divorce.” Sam +boosted him out through the doors.</p> + +<p>All the Nevada newspaper accounts made much of the +fact that the fiend, who had committed the terrible +murder on the Desert Moon Ranch, had made a complete +escape, without leaving any clues of any sort.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch19"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XIX. <br> The Note</h2> + +<p>No clues! Land’s alive! The place was positively +cluttered with clues; and most of them about as +useful, in the end, as clutter generally is. I am not saying +that none of them were of value. I am saying that a person, +out in a grove of aspen trees, all bending and bowing +to a high wind, would be sort of simple to go hunting a +straw to find which way the wind was blowing. That was +about how sensible I was, when I asked Sam, after he had +got shed of Clarence, about the contents of Gaby’s +beaded bag.</p> + +<p>“It is all on the table in her room,” he said, “where I +put it for the coroner’s jury. You can go and see. But, +first, read this. It was tucked inside her dress. The +undertaker found it, and gave it to me. I dread giving it to +Danny.”</p> + +<p>He handed me a folded sheet of paper. I opened it, and +read:</p> + +<p>“Danny dear: If you ever read this, I shall be +dead—murdered. Don’t have me buried here in this God-forsaken +country. Take me to San Francisco and have my +body cremated. I love a flame. I hate the cold earth.</p> + +<p>“You have had much trouble on my account, old dear. +Don’t blame me for having kept the fear and the dread +of this thing, which I felt certain was going to happen, +from you. You, nor no living person, but one, could have +saved me.</p> + +<p>“Remember, Dan, that in spite of all the distress I +have caused you, and may still be causing you, I have +always, in my own way, loved you. Gaby.”</p> + +<p>“Sam,” I said, “I knew she was afraid, yesterday. +Oh, why didn’t she tell us? Of course you men could have +saved her. Why did she go out alone to meet that fiend?”</p> + +<p>Sam’s only answer was a slow shaking of his bowed +head, and a deep sigh.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” he said, then, “will you give this note to +Danny, and explain to her how it is?”</p> + +<p>“How what is?”</p> + +<p>“I mean—— Well, she can’t leave the Desert Moon, +now, to take the body to ’Frisco. Until we find out who +murdered that girl, not a man-jack of us is going to leave +this place, for any reason.”</p> + +<p>“Sam Stanley!” I gasped. “You can’t refuse. That’s +all. Own twin sisters! And Danny as innocent as a new +born babe——”</p> + +<p>“Don’t talk like a book, Mary. Danny may be as innocent +as she seems to be, and—she may not. She, nor anyone +else, can leave this place until we have gotten to the +very bottom of this thing. That goes.”</p> + +<p>“To think you paid attention to that fool reporter!”</p> + +<p>“Don’t be a fool yourself,” Sam urged. “This note, in +Gaby’s handwriting, clears Danny of the crime, if all the +other evidence didn’t, which it does. We know that she +did not kill her sister. But, of all the people in this house, +she is in the best position to know who did do it. Of +course, if she is involved in this she is involved innocently. +If she put the key in your pocket, while we were out in +the car, she did it with no idea of what she was doing. +Just the same, I want her right here on the Desert Moon, +for a while. Mary, you take the note to her, and explain, +in your nice way——”</p> + +<p>“I’ll give her the note, Sam,” I said. “But you’ll have +to do the explaining yourself. I’ll tell you why. It isn’t +right for you to try to protect anyone, not even Martha, +to the extent of refusing to allow one sister to carry out +the dying request of another sister.”</p> + +<p>Sam dropped his pipe. As I saw the tobacco and the +ashes scatter, I was more certain than ever that I was +acting as a decent women should.</p> + +<p>The door opened, and Danny came in. She was so pale +that her cheeks had sort of a greenish tinge to them. +Great dark circles spread far down under her eyes that +were red and swollen from crying.</p> + +<p>I hurried to her, and put my arms around her. She +clung to me, and hid her head on my shoulder, and said +my name over and over. Sam turned away, as if he could +not bear to look at us.</p> + +<p>I took her into the living-room, and sat down in a big +chair and held her in my lap.</p> + +<p>“If only,” she kept saying, “if only she could have +left us in her beauty. She was so beautiful, Mary. And +now——”</p> + +<p>Remembering what I had seen the night before, I +knew that I must get her mind into other channels if her +reason was to be saved. I thanked my stars, when I +remembered the note.</p> + +<p>After she had read it, she cried harder than ever; but +I knew that it was crying of a saner sort.</p> + +<p>“Will you go with me, Mary?” she questioned, when +she had quieted some. “To San Francisco?”</p> + +<p>“We’ll have to talk to Sam about that, dear,” I said. +It was the habit of helping him, not any kindly impulse, +that made me continue. “I am afraid that Sam wants us +all to stay here, for a while. There, there, dear. You see +how it is, don’t you? Sam thinks that the duty of each +one of us, right now, is to stay here and help try to find +the guilty person.”</p> + +<p>“Does Uncle Sam think we will find him here?” she +questioned.</p> + +<p>I tried to tell myself that I had been mistaken; that +she had not emphasized Sam’s name in a hard, pointed +way, as she had seemed to do.</p> + +<p>“There isn’t anywhere else to try to find him,” I said. +“Did you know about the key in my pocket?”</p> + +<p>She nodded. “I knew about that,” she said.</p> + +<p>“What else did you know about?” I asked, a mite +sharply, for there was no mistaking her emphasis this +time.</p> + +<p>“Nothing,” she said, hurriedly. “Nothing. But, Mary, +doesn’t it seem possible to you that someone, clear from +the outside, did it? And gave the key to Chad, and asked +him to put it in your pocket? And that, for some reason +we probably never shall discover, Chad could not, dared +not, tell on the person who gave it to him? And that that +is why he shot himself?”</p> + +<p>“And we hadn’t thought of that!” I gasped. “I do +believe it. It is as clear as day.”</p> + +<p>Her sudden, definite silence talked as plainly as any +words she could have spoken.</p> + +<p>“Danny,” I questioned, “you thought of that, but in +your heart you don’t believe it. Do you?”</p> + +<p>“I—I want to believe it,” she evaded.</p> + +<p>“But you don’t?” I persisted.</p> + +<p>She was silent.</p> + +<p>“Danny,” I pleaded, “tell me about it. Just tell me, +dear. I’ll never breathe it to a soul, if you say for me not +to. What is it that you know, or think that you know?”</p> + +<p>She waited so long before answering me that I thought +surely she was finding the words with which to take me +into her confidence. I was so disappointed I could have +cried with her, when she hid her face on my shoulder, +again, and moaned, “Mary—I can’t. I dare not tell. I +tell you—I dare not.”</p> + +<p>She jumped up out of my lap, and ran upstairs as if +wicked, dangerous things were running after her.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch20"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XX. <br> A Confession</h2> + +<p>John came into the room. “The outfit is back, or +most of it,” he said. “Darn their souls! Curiosity, +nothing else. But for this, they wouldn’t have shown up +for two days yet. I think the women went into the kitchen +just now, Mary.”</p> + +<p>There they were, Belle, Sadie and Goldie, all huddled up +together like a bunch of something, near the back door. +As I came into the room, they jumped and screeched. +The only thing that makes me madder than being scared +myself is to scare somebody else. I spoke to them right +sharply.</p> + +<p>I told them that I expected them to go about their +work, and to act like sensible girls while so doing. I told +them that we had enough to put up with, just now, +without adding a parcel of jumping, squealing girls to our +load.</p> + +<p>Sadie, the sauciest of the lot, on account of imagining +that being married made her more independent than the +other girls, spoke up.</p> + +<p>“We haven’t decided yet that we want’a go workin’ +in a house where a murderer, and maybe moren’ one, is +livin’.”</p> + +<p>“If that’s the way you feel about it,” I said, “the +sooner you leave the better. It is an honor to work in +the Desert Moon ranch-house, and you know it.”</p> + +<p>“Maybe ’tis. Maybe ’tain’t.” Sadie sauced back. +“You’ll not get girls as easy to-day as you would of +yesterday. Murders and suicides—if it was a suicide—don’t +do much in makin’ a ranch pop’lar for help.”</p> + +<p>“Very well,” I said. “If you are going, go now. If not, +put on your aprons and get to work.”</p> + +<p>I could scarcely believe my eyes. The three of them +skedaddled out through the door. I felt sort of sick, +watching them go. Not because I’d have to teach new +girls the work and my ways, but because their leaving +gave me my first realization that the Desert Moon Ranch +was darkened by the shadow of sin, that the eclipse I +had feared was upon us.</p> + +<p>When I telephoned to Sam, down in his office in the +outfit’s quarters, I tried to keep the truth from him; +saying, only that the girls and I had had a spat, and +asking him to find some new girls for me.</p> + +<p>He came up, in about half an hour, with an Indian girl, +not more than fifteen years old, trailing along behind him. +Answering his nod, I went with him into the living-room.</p> + +<p>“She is the only one I could get,” he said. “We’ll have +to send to Reno or Salt Lake. None of the outfit want +their women folks working here. I don’t blame them. +The Desert Moon Ranch is disgraced——” He stopped +short.</p> + +<p>I thought that it was because he could not bear to go +on with what he had begun to say; until, following his +eyes, I saw that he was looking at a piece of paper on the +writing desk just in front of him. It had been propped +up against a vase; but it had slithered down into a curve. +He reached for it; read it, and handed it to me.</p> + +<p>“I killed her. Chadwick Caufield. P. S. Sorry to put +you to the trouble of disposing of me. Make it cheap and +snappy. I haven’t a relative in the world. P. G.”</p> + +<p>“A lie,” Sam said.</p> + +<p>“I think so.”</p> + +<p>“I know damn well it is. I tell you, she had been dead +two or three hours, anyway—probably longer—when we +found her. Listen, Mary. Between four and five o’clock—we +all saw her alive at four—Chad sat right there at that +piano, and he never left it once. Did he?”</p> + +<p>“No, he didn’t. I kept thinking he would, to join Gaby. +But he didn’t.”</p> + +<p>“Between five and six o’clock,” Sam went on, “he was +with me, every minute of the time, down in the barn, and +coming up to the house. Never out of my sight. Between +six and seven he was with us all at supper. If he’d been +gone all afternoon, I’d know that note was a lie; know it +just as well as I know it now——”</p> + +<p>“But, why did he shoot himself, then, Sam?”</p> + +<p>“God knows. He thought he loved her.”</p> + +<p>“But this note! A confession! Why would he die in +disgrace, when we know he was innocent?”</p> + +<p>“God knows. To shield someone else, I reckon.”</p> + +<p>“Who?”</p> + +<p>Sam dropped his pipe.</p> + +<p>I heard him stamping the sparks out. I did not look +down. I did not want to look down.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch21"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXI. <br> A Summons</h2> + +<p>“It might be,” Sam said, as he refilled his pipe, “that +Chad did not write this. I’ll send it, with some of his +other writing, to one of these handwriting experts I’ve +read about.”</p> + +<p>“He wrote it,” I said. “The writing is his. So is the +wording. You know it.”</p> + +<p>I looked at him, straight. I felt something tighten +around my heart as if it had been roped by a professional. +I guess I was too sentimental. But I couldn’t bear to see +Sam’s good old face all aching with worry.</p> + +<p>“Sam,” I wheedled, “have sense. We’ve a confession +here that will satisfy the world. He killed her; and, when +the body was found, he shot himself. Nothing could be +more reasonable. No one would doubt it. We can send +this to the papers—he has no relatives to be disgraced, +or to sorrow over it—and the Desert Moon will be +cleared of crime. One of your favorite sayings, Sam, is to +let well enough alone.”</p> + +<p>Sam drew himself up to the top of his six feet and five +inches and looked down, from there, at me; away down—as +far, say as if I had suddenly dropped into a dirty old +cistern. “There is no question of well enough,” he +shouted, so that I could hear him in my depths, “until +the Desert Moon is cleaned, clean, Mary Magin. Cleaned +and fumigated, or destroyed. It is not going to be +whitewashed. There is someone on this ranch who is as guilty +as hell; who knows who committed the murder; who +aided and abetted it. We are going to find that person. +Then we will find the murderer. They’ll be hung together. +After that, we can leave well enough alone.”</p> + +<p>“Suppose,” I suggested, “that Chad was the +accomplice.”</p> + +<p>“I reckon,” he said, growing suddenly kind, “that +you’ve been through too much, Mary. That’s it. You +aren’t quite responsible to-day. I don’t wonder. But +reason with me, Mary.</p> + +<p>“Somebody suggested, already to-day, that it was +Chad who put the key in your pocket. When did he get +the key to put it there? Well, say that he got it between +seven and eight o’clock, when he was out scouting by +himself. Did he meet some entire stranger, then, who +asked him to dispose of the key? Did he agree to do it, +as a favor to said stranger? Did he, later, shoot himself +and leave a lying confession to shield the stranger? The +stranger, that is, who had killed the girl Chad loved? +Chad did carry some secret to the grave with him, Mary. +I am sure of that. But not a secret that we can’t discover. +We are going to discover it.”</p> + +<p>To doubt Sam, standing there before me talking so +earnestly to me, to doubt his honesty of purpose and his +goodness, was more than a question of doubting my eyes, +my ears, my senses, for the moment. It would have been +to doubt the things that had made up my life for the +past twenty-five years; it would have swept away all of +my accumulated certainties, all of my conclusions, all +of my standards, as a wind sweeps trash from the desert. +It would have uprooted me, and it would have left me as +aimless and as wind-tossed as tumbleweeds.</p> + +<p>“Sam,” I began, resolved to tell him, then and there, +about those pipe ashes of his on the beaded bag. I had +waited too long. Mrs. Ricker was coming down the stairs.</p> + +<p>“I think,” she said, “that Martha should not sleep so +late. I fear that she is sleeping too heavily.”</p> + +<p>“It is a blessing that she can sleep,” Sam said. “She is +all right. Those sleeping powders are as powerful as all +get-out. I got them from a doctor in ’Frisco, when I was +down there last year, and they made me sleep when I had +neuralgia. I’m going up, though, I’ll have a look at her.</p> + +<p>“By the way,” he added, from the stairway, “I want +you two ladies to be here in this room, at promptly three +o’clock this afternoon.”</p> + +<p>“Upon my soul!” I said, when Sam was out of sight. +“What do you suppose that means?”</p> + +<p>I might have spared my breath. She did not answer. +But she did something downright unusual for Mrs. +Ricker. She looked at me; and, as I met her look, it +seemed to me that there was a pleading expression in her +face, as if, were she able to talk, she’d like to ask me to +do something for her. I have seen dogs look like that, at +times.</p> + +<p>“What is it, Mrs. Ricker?” I questioned.</p> + +<p>She shook her head, and walked to the windows and +turned her back on me.</p> + +<p>I looked at the straight, gaunt back, and at her long +arms hanging at her sides. She seemed frail. And yet, +she could hold Martha still, when Martha was in one of +her tantrums, and that was more than I, a much stouter +woman, could do. She, with no one but Martha who did +not count, had been alone in the house for an hour the +evening before, while the others of us had been out +hunting for Gaby.</p> + +<p>Sam insisted that Gaby had been dead two or three +hours when we found her. But was he certain of that? +How did he know? Might he be mistaken? Mrs. Ricker +had hated Gaby, as only a jealous woman can hate.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch22"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXII. <br> The Pact</h2> + +<p>All the while I was getting a make-shift dinner ready, +that last thought of mine kept bothering me like +the smell of something burning. So, as soon as dinner was +over (I need not have bothered with it; everyone straggled +in and straggled out again, without doing any justice +to good food. Mrs. Ricker and Martha did not even come +down.), I told the Indian girl, whose name was Zinnia, to +manage the dishes the best she could, and I went off up +to my room.</p> + +<p>I took up some dinner on a tray with me, for Mrs. +Ricker and for Martha. When Mrs. Ricker opened her +door, I managed to get the information that Martha was +awake, at last, and that Mrs. Ricker had just been +helping her with her bath.</p> + +<p>“Is she all right, now?” I questioned.</p> + +<p>“I—suppose so.” She edged the door shut, in my +face.</p> + +<p>I went into my room and combed my hair. I can always +think better when I am doing some absolutely unimportant +thing like that. But, to-day, it was as if someone +had put an egg-beater into my mind, and was beating +it to best time. My thoughts whirred, and tossed, and +foamed.</p> + +<p>Sam’s pipe ashes. The key in my pocket. Chad’s suicide. +Chad’s note of confession. Gaby’s fear. Mrs. Ricker +alone in the house. What it was that Danny knew and +dared not tell? Not all plainly, and separately, as they +look in writing; but all jumbled, and each one seething +with its own details and complications.</p> + +<p>Sam’s pipe ashes—— Lands alive! What had been the +matter with me? Sam was the only member of our household +who smoked a pipe, but he was not the only man in +creation who did; nor was his the only pipe, I supposed, +that had ever dropped and spilled its contents. A very +nice and comforting thought, if I could have fooled +myself into believing it.</p> + +<p>Try as I might, I couldn’t keep from thinking that +part of Sam’s talk was bluff—that is, soon as I got away +from him I thought that. Did it mean that he was trying +to shield Chad? No. It could not mean that. Besides, +Chad himself had surely been trying to shield someone. +Sam? Gaby had feared someone, when she had left the +house. No woman had ever feared Sam.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker had hated Gaby. But, so had John hated +Gaby. Mrs. Ricker had said—— John had said——</p> + +<p>I jumped to my feet, holding my head in my hands. +It seemed to me that the only decent thing I could do, +since it held my brainpan, was to wrench the disloyal +thing off and sling it away. How dared I think such +thoughts of people with whom I had spent the best part +of my life? They were the only friends I had in the world. +I had never seen one of them do an unkind thing. Never. +Mrs. Ricker was as queer as Dick’s hatband, but she +had always been gentle and patient. She had always been +the first to spread crumbs on the snow for the birds in +winter. Though, of course, she had said to Hubert +Hand—— I was off again.</p> + +<p>I could not endure the thinking of such thoughts. I +must stop it. I must find work to do; someone to talk to. +I ran across my room and pulled open the door, just in +time to see Hubert Hand straighten from where he had +been stooping to my keyhole.</p> + +<p>He brazened it out. “Sorry, Mary. But I guess it will +be dog kill dog around here, from now on.”</p> + +<p>“Hubert Hand,” I said, “what I want to know is, +why are you listening at my keyhole?”</p> + +<p>“I wasn’t listening. I was looking, or trying to. This +keyhole peering is the bunk, Mary. You might as well cut +it out yourself.” With that he turned and walked on down +the hall.</p> + +<p>I stood watching him, trying to account for an odd +sense of relief that had come to me. In a minute I +understood. Since he had been at my keyhole, he must have +had some suspicion of me, for something. Possibly he +had a good reason for that suspicion. As good a reason +as I had, for suspicioning Sam, and John, and Mrs. +Ricker. He was clear off the track with his suspicion. +Probably, I was just as far off with mine.</p> + +<p>He turned, quickly, and came back to me. He looked +up and down the hall. He lowered his voice to just above +a whisper. “Mary,” he said, “I’ve gone at this all wrong. +I’m off my nut to-day—that’s all. I’ve discovered that +I—— Well, I guess I cared a lot more for the girl than I +thought I did. By God, I believe I loved her. It is +hell—having her clear gone. But my hanging for her murder +isn’t going to do her any good; not now.”</p> + +<p>Horrified, I backed away from him. For one wild +moment I thought that the man was confessing to me.</p> + +<p>“No!” he said. “Not that! I swear to God I’m innocent. +But they are going to try to pin it on me, and they +may not have much trouble doing it. I want to make a +bargain with you. You’ll get the best of it, for I know +damn well that I’m innocent, and I don’t think that you +are—entirely. It is this. If you’ll keep your mouth shut, +I’ll keep mine shut. Fifty-fifty. Will you do it?”</p> + +<p>“Hubert Hand,” I said, “I don’t know one solitary +thing about you that would be of any importance if I +told it to the world. Anything that you think you know +about me, I’m glad and willing to have you broadcast, or +publish in the papers.”</p> + +<p>“Sure of that? Sure you are willing to have me broadcast +that you found the body; that you didn’t scream; +that you stayed there, quiet and alone with it for ten +minutes, before you gave the alarm?”</p> + +<p>Fool that I was, I said, “It wasn’t nearly ten minutes. +It wasn’t more than four or five.”</p> + +<p>He smiled. I saw what I had done. “It took me that +long to discover the truth. I thought she was asleep. I +had to run up the steps——”</p> + +<p>Double fool, to try to explain.</p> + +<p>“Say it took you a minute to run up a few steps. +Another minute to discover that she was dead. Should it +take you three or four minutes to run down again, and +give the alarm?”</p> + +<p>“I was sick, stunned, dizzy with horror.”</p> + +<p>“Probably any jury would believe that, all right. Just +the same, I’ll bet it would save you a lot of trouble, now +and later, if no one knew anything about your lonesome +five minutes, or longer. I’ll tell you how I know. I came +out of my room at the minute you opened the attic door. +I saw you leave the hall to run up the steps. I went on +downstairs. Chad was kidding around down there, +collecting keys. I didn’t know what he wanted with them, +fortunately for you, or I’d have said you’d gotten the +door open——”</p> + +<p>I interrupted with a new, and it seemed to me a clever +idea. “What you are forgetting,” I said, “is that I fainted +dead away.”</p> + +<p>“Gosh, Mary, but you are a rotten liar. Don’t try it. +Sam and I both saw you totter and go down, just as we +got to the top of the stairs, after Chad had shrieked the +news down at us. That was close to fifteen minutes after +I’d seen you open the door.”</p> + +<p>“And—and,” I couldn’t keep my teeth from +chattering, “you think I killed her, then?”</p> + +<p>“Rot! She had been dead for hours. Rigor was complete. +No, all I think is that you were—trying to cover +someone, maybe. All that I know is, that you know more +than you are telling.”</p> + +<p>“I did tell you. I was frozen, stiff, with horror.”</p> + +<p>“All right. Tell the jury. Tell them, too, why you came +rushing out of your room, as you did just now, white +and trembling. Don’t like your thoughts, all by your +lonesome, do you? Come on, Mary. Be a sport. We are +both innocent. But—— Fifty-fifty? Shut mouth for shut +mouth?”</p> + +<p>His talk about telling a jury scared me. I had heard of +third degrees. I knew that if I ever told anyone but Sam +himself, about those pipe ashes, the words would choke +the life out of me, as I would want them to do.</p> + +<p>“Dog kill dog, then?” he asked.</p> + +<p>“Hubert Hand, I’m going to be honest with you. I +don’t know what it is you want me to keep my mouth +shut about.”</p> + +<p>“Don’t? Well, I want you to keep still about that +conversation you overheard between Ollie Ricker and me in +the cabin. She went back to get her parasol and saw you +coming out. We knew you had been hiding there in the +closet, listening.”</p> + +<p>With the sense I had been showing, it is a wonder I +didn’t speak right up and tell him that I had not been in +the closet, but in the chest. I did not.</p> + +<p>“Lands alive!” I said. “I’d had no idea of telling that, +anyway. It was none of my business.”</p> + +<p>“Fine! I didn’t have any idea of telling anything, +either. It was none of my business. Shake on it.”</p> + +<p>I let him take my hand. I said yes, when he made me +promise. I felt like I’d been associating with a +sidewinder.</p> + +<p>I went on down the hall, wracking my brain to remember +exactly what I had heard in the cabin. Mrs. Ricker’s +threat. That would incriminate her, not him. And, +though the threat had proven, of itself, that she was in +love with him, I had certainly come away with no idea +that he was in love with her. His mention of a previous +attempt at murder, made by her. Again, that was nothing +against him. No; what he was afraid of having told, must +have been said in the room with the closet. I found +slight, but some comfort in realizing that, though I had +probably been a fool to make the promise to him, he had +probably been a worse fool when he made the one to me.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch23"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXIII. <br> An Omen</h2> + +<p>As I was trying to hurry past Gaby’s door, Danny +opened it, and asked me if I would come in and +sit with her for a while.</p> + +<p>I should have been there, long before. I went right in, +apologizing, and trying to explain. But, when I saw that +she meant for us to sit in Gaby’s room, I suggested that +we go somewhere else.</p> + +<p>“No, please Mary,” she said. “I don’t want to be +alone; but I do want to sit here. I feel as if here, with +all her things around me, I might—get in touch—I +mean—something might come to me. They say, you know, +that people who have died—violent deaths, do not leave +the earth sphere at once. I don’t know whether I believe +that or not. But, it could be true. If she is still on earth, +she would come here. Wouldn’t she? And she would try, +I am sure, to give me a sign. Something to help me—to +help all of us. If it should come, I want to be here to +receive it.”</p> + +<p>“It won’t come, Danny, dear,” I said.</p> + +<p>“No. I suppose not.” She leaned back in her chair and +sighed, and her arms dropped straight down over the +chair’s arms—a position that showed how tuckered she +was. The engagement ring that John had given her +slipped from her finger and came rolling over toward me. +I scrambled to pick it up. When I rose from the floor she +had jumped to her feet. She was ashy, shaking and +trembling as if she had a chill.</p> + +<p>“Mary! Promise me that you’ll never tell that, not to +anyone. It didn’t—— It couldn’t mean anything.”</p> + +<p>“It means,” I said, handing her the ring, “that you are +wasting away. You’d better let me go down and bring +you up some good, hot soup; or an eggnog.”</p> + +<p>She clung to me. “Don’t leave me, Mary. I am afraid. +I am dreadfully afraid. Promise that you won’t tell about +the ring. It—didn’t mean anything.”</p> + +<p>I will admit that I did not like it any too well myself. +There, just as she was asking for a sign, the ring, which +had fitted snugly enough, I had thought, had dropped +off. But, of course I had to put up a brave front to her.</p> + +<p>“Nonsense,” I said. “I won’t tell anybody, because it +is nothing to tell. All that it means is that the ring is too +large for you.”</p> + +<p>“It is too large,” she agreed. “I’ve been losing weight, +lately. I have meant to ask John to send it to have it cut +down—but I hated to be without it. Still—just as I was +asking for a sign. Though it has dropped off several times +before this. I shouldn’t think it meant anything, this +particular time, should I?”</p> + +<p>“Of course not, dear,” I said, relieved to hear that it +had dropped off before. “You had your hands hanging +straight down, that’s all. You are all overstrung, and no +wonder. Anyway, what could it have meant?”</p> + +<p>How a person will babble along, seemingly for no +reason. I had paid no attention to what I was saying; but, +the minute I had said it, the question needed an answer.</p> + +<p>It could have meant that Gaby did not want Danny to +marry John. Or, since nothing in the house could have +signified John’s name as plainly as that ring could, it +might have meant—— I refused to go on with it.</p> + +<p>Danny must have been answering the question to +herself, as I had been doing. She sat down in a deep +chair, opposite me, her hands clasped on her knees, and +leaned forward, and looked into my eyes.</p> + +<p>“Definite things, Mary,” she said, “are always so wise. +A definite answer to your definite question proves, as +nothing else might have, that this was a silly, futile little +accident. The ring has dropped off, I suppose, half a dozen +times this week. Gaby’s last note to me was all affection. +Living, if Gaby could have taken John away from me, +for herself, she would have done it. Dead—she wants us +to marry. I know that. As for any other implication——” +As I had done, and in spite of her talk about definite +things, she refused that. “If only Uncle Sam were not so +heartless,” she finished.</p> + +<p>“Heartless!” I spoke sharply in spite of myself. “If the +Creator ever made a man with a bigger heart than Sam +Stanley’s, nobody ever saw him.”</p> + +<p>“He has been good to you,” she said. “But you give +him his own way about everything.”</p> + +<p>“Well, after all,” I said, “he does own the Desert +Moon.”</p> + +<p>“And everyone on it, body and soul,” she said. +“Sometimes I think he owns everyone in this county.”</p> + +<p>I did not want to know what she meant by that; so I +only reminded her that Sam was John’s father.</p> + +<p>Her voice, when she spoke next, came muffled from +where she had hidden her face in her curved arm on the +back of the chair. “Uncle Sam is not John’s father,” she +said.</p> + +<p>“What do you mean by that?”</p> + +<p>“John is uncle’s adopted son. They are so different, so +utterly different, they could not be father and son.”</p> + +<p>“Maybe not,” I said, trying to keep pleasant, for I did +not want to be snapping at the poor child on this day, +“but no real son ever loved his father better than John +loves Sam. He all but worships him, and he has ever +since he was a little fellow.”</p> + +<p>“I know. I know. Sometimes I think John cares more +for uncle than he does for me. Mary, tell me, honestly. +Do you think John loves me as much as he loves Uncle +Sam?”</p> + +<p>It is hard to explain; but, ever since we had begun to +speak of Sam, I had had a fighting feeling, as if I were +warding off danger; so I was right down relieved to have +the conversation take this silly turn.</p> + +<p>“Love,” I told her, “though, mercy knows, I know +little enough about it, can’t be measured with a pint cup +like flour. But John is a good, normal boy. That means +that his sweetheart comes first with him; first and last.”</p> + +<p>“I—don’t know,” she answered. “I should hate to +have John have to choose between uncle and me.”</p> + +<p>“That is foolish talk. Why should John ever have to +choose between you and Sam?”</p> + +<p>She sighed, and shook her head. A sudden certainty +came to me. Whatever it was that Danny had refused +that morning to tell me, whatever it was that she had +said that she dared not tell, had had something, +somehow, to do with Sam.</p> + +<p>I did not urge her again to tell me what it was. I did +not wish to know. I sat there, dumb, trying to think of +some decent excuse that would take me away from her +and from that room, and from the need of fighting; +fighting, not in a fog, but the fog itself, trying to fell +nothingness with a blow, trying to catch smoke in a trap. +My dull wits worked too slowly. She began, again, to +speak.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch24"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXIV. <br> Clues</h2> + +<p>“What I can not understand,” she said, “is, that +Gaby knew that she might be killed. And yet, so +far as anyone knows, she did not do one thing to save +herself. If only, only she had confided in me! Surely I could +have found some way to help her—to save her.”</p> + +<p>“You know, dear,” I said, “I think that Gaby was +not—well, at least not doing any clear thinking, those last +few days.”</p> + +<p>“I know. I thought it was only her disappointment. +But now—— Who could be quite sane with such a fear +confronting her? Yet—she left all of her things in order; +as if, deliberately, she prepared for death. She burned +her papers and letters. See——” Danny pointed to the +fireplace.</p> + +<p>I crossed the room and looked into it. Papers had recently +been burned there. I took the poker and stirred in +the fluttering, black bits; but nothing had escaped the +flames. I hung the poker back in the rack with shovel and +tongs and bellows. It did not catch on its hook. As I bent +to fix it, I saw a little white circle, down in the corner of +the stand. I stooped and picked it up. It was a tiny round +of celluloid, with the letter “Q” printed on it.</p> + +<p>“It is one of the caps for her typewriter keys,” Danny +replied to my question. “She put them on over the keys; +softer for her finger tips, or saved her finger +nails—something of the sort.”</p> + +<p>“I wonder why she burned them?” I said.</p> + +<p>“Do you think that she did?”</p> + +<p>“Well, this one being here on the hearth——”</p> + +<p>“It probably rolled there, sometime, when she was +taking them off her machine.”</p> + +<p>“Why did she take them off, if she always used +them?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know.”</p> + +<p>“Shall we,” I suggested, “look and see whether the +others are where she kept them?”</p> + +<p>Danny opened the desk drawer. “They aren’t here, +at any rate,” she said, and came back to me, and reached +out her hand for the little cap, and turned it over in her +fingers. “It could mean only,” she said, “what we knew +before. That she expected death. That she tried to leave +everything tidy and in order.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know,” I objected. “It seems more than +orderly, to have taken these off the machine and burned +them. It seems right down queer.”</p> + +<p>She smiled a little pitying smile at me, and patted my +shoulder. “Poor Mary,” she said.</p> + +<p>“Well,” I tried to defend myself, “in all the mystery +stories that I ever read it was always some stray, +meaningless little thing that solved the mystery in the end. +A criminal never was discovered without any clues, was +he?”</p> + +<p>“I believe,” she said, “that you are the only one in +the house who hasn’t looked at what Gaby had in her +bag——”</p> + +<p>She walked to the table by the window. I followed her. +I dreaded seeing that bag again; but I was curious about +its contents. It was lying limp on the table.</p> + +<p>She picked it up, brushed it flickeringly with the tips +of her fingers, and blew on it, as if she were trying to blow +something off of it. “Everything,” she explained, “sticks +to the little pointed beads.”</p> + +<p>I took it from her and looked at it closely; but I could +see no speck of ash, no minute particle of tobacco, nor of +dust on its pattern of parrots, tree branches, and flowers.</p> + +<p>“It is a beautiful thing,” I said.</p> + +<p>“Gaby got it in Vienna.”</p> + +<p>“I’ve wondered,” I said, “why it was that Gaby had +all the beautiful, expensive things, such as this. Your +clothes are pretty and tasty, but they aren’t near the +quality of Gaby’s.”</p> + +<p>She hesitated a moment before answering. “I have +been in England for the past eight years, while Gaby has +been on the continent, where beautiful things are more +plentiful, and cheaper.”</p> + +<p>“Lands alive! I thought you girls had lived together, +all these years.”</p> + +<p>“No,” she said, and picked up Gaby’s cigarette case, +and handed it to me.</p> + +<p>It was made of a dull gold, with her monogram, “G. +C.” set in tiny black opals, with green and blue lights +flickering in them as if they were alive.</p> + +<p>I opened the case. It was full of cigarettes, except for a +space at one side, where about two of the pesky little +things would have fitted in.</p> + +<p>“And, see,” Danny said, opening the gold match-box +that was like the cigarette case, “it is quite empty. It +doesn’t seem reasonable that she would start out with +an empty match-box. I believe that she used the matches +to smoke the cigarettes.”</p> + +<p>“She wouldn’t have used a box of matches to light two +cigarettes.”</p> + +<p>“She may have shared her matches with another +person, who was smoking.”</p> + +<p>“Likely she had only a few of these short matches,” I +said. (Sam would use about as many matches as that box +would hold to get rid of one pipeful of tobacco.)</p> + +<p>I picked up another little gold box. It had powder, +rouge, lipstick, and a mirror in it. I had seen it often +enough before. I put it back on the table, and took up a +beaded coin purse that matched the large bag. It was +entirely empty.</p> + +<p>“Isn’t it queer that that should be empty?” Danny +asked. “And her bill-fold is missing. She surely would +not start to go anywhere with not a cent of money. +Doesn’t it look as if she had been robbed?”</p> + +<p>“Only,” I said, “if anyone had robbed her, why would +he have left the valuable gold cigarette case, and vanity +case, and match-box?”</p> + +<p>“He might have thought they would be hard to +dispose of.”</p> + +<p>I stood silent, thinking and shaking my head.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” Danny’s voice, always low, grew lower still +with her intensity, “there is one thing that no one has +thought of. Daniel Canneziano could have reached here +from California in a few hours, by aeroplane.”</p> + +<p>“I had thought of that. But, Danny, no aeroplane ever +came within twenty miles of the ranch without every +man-jack of us hearing it, and rushing out with our heads +tipped back to gape at it. Aeroplanes aren’t stealthy +things, you know, that people can slip up in, and slip off +again.”</p> + +<p>“But, on the third of July, two aeroplanes passed over, +going to the Telko celebration.”</p> + +<p>“On the third,” I reminded her, “as advertised. And +you know how much noise they made. And how we all +went out and watched them, from tiny specks in the south +until they were tiny specks and lost in the north again.”</p> + +<p>She shook her head, and drooped her shoulders with a +sigh.</p> + +<p>I picked up a little red handkerchief. It was crumpled +in a ball; if ever I saw a handkerchief that had been cried +into, and turned to a dry spot, and squeezed, and cried +into again, it was that little red wad. It was dry now, of +course; exposed to the air in this altitude. I wondered +whether it had been dry when it had come out of the bag. +It was a question not to be asked; so I dropped the +handkerchief on the table, certain, only, that the fastidious +Gabrielle had never started out with a handkerchief in +that condition in her Vienna bag, and picked up the +carved ivory cigarette holder. It fell to pieces in my +fingers.</p> + +<p>“Was this broken in her bag?” I questioned.</p> + +<p>“Yes. Snapped in two. And she loved it.”</p> + +<p>I fitted the pieces together again, on the table, and +took up a folded sheet of paper, and opened it, and read:</p> + +<p>“Glorious Gaby: Be a good sport. Be a darling. Be +game—that is, be Gaby, and meet me this afternoon, +around four thirty, in the cabin. H. H.”</p> + +<p>“Well!” I said.</p> + +<p>“Yes, I know,” Danny answered, “but Hubert Hand +swears that he wrote that note several weeks ago. Too, +we know that he was playing chess with Uncle Sam at +half-past four.”</p> + +<p>“He could have gone to the cabin later, when the men +went to do the chores. Or was he right with Sam and Chad +all the time?”</p> + +<p>“I suppose so. He must have satisfied the coroner’s +jury, at the inquest, of his innocence. Mary,” her voice +went all tense again, “does it seem to you that the jury +was very readily satisfied?”</p> + +<p>Perhaps this would be as good a place as any to explain +that this tale is not being written to prove that Mary +Magin was, or is, a wise, clever, or smart woman. As I +have said before, and will say again, from the beginning +to the very end I was a fool. I made mistakes, over and +over; and, as will be told, I made a disastrous mistake in +the end. If I had been blind, deaf and dumb, I could not +have been as big a fool; for then, all the time, I should +not have been imagining that I saw things, which I did +not see; heard things, which I did not hear; and I should +have been obliged to keep my clattery old tongue quiet. +The only virtue I can claim, concerning this story, is that +if I were a vain or a conceited person, I should never have +written it.</p> + +<p>I spoke sharply, too sharply to her in answer to what +I had imagined I had seen in her attitude. “Never mind +about the jury being easily satisfied. Sam is not going to +be. He told me this morning that he would find the murderer +if it took every dollar he had in the world to do it. +Sam is going to get to the bottom of this. Be sure of that.”</p> + +<p>“I—wonder,” she said.</p> + +<p>“What do you wonder?”</p> + +<p>“Mary!” she exclaimed, close to a reproach, “I merely +wonder whether or not Uncle Sam will succeed.”</p> + +<p>I looked at her brown eyes, all red and swollen from +tears, and at the deep, dark circles under them, and I was +ashamed.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch25"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXV. <br> More Clues</h2> + +<p>I put my arm around her shoulders and drew her close +to me. “Honey,” I said, “forgive your old Mary. We +are all overstrung, overwrought. I didn’t mean to speak +so sharply.”</p> + +<p>“There is nothing to forgive, dear,” she said. “But—I +don’t understand. What did I say, or do, that made you +feel like being cross to me?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing,” I told her. “I’m all on edge—that’s all.”</p> + +<p>“I know. Were you looking for something else, on the +table? There was nothing else in her bag.”</p> + +<p>“I was wondering,” I said, “about that foreign looking +letter she got on the second of July. Did she burn it, with +the other things?”</p> + +<p>“Oddly, she didn’t. I found it in her desk; or, rather, +beneath her typewriter. Either she forgot about it; or +knew that none of us could read it.”</p> + +<p>“It was written in a foreign language?”</p> + +<p>“No. In code. Here it is.”</p> + +<p>Code, indeed! When I took it from its envelope, this is +what met my eyes.</p> + +<p>“Paexzazlytp! f-y nyx ogrgrsgo, rn fgao atf jan j-asn, +ahzgo zkg c-. ahhalo, vkgt nyx clplzgf rg lt zkg kypulzae, +zkaz nyx palf, vlzk nyxo lrlzazgf r-yta e-lpa prleg, +‘p-yoon, yef fgao, l- rafg——”</p> + +<p>I have copied only the first lines on the first page. +There were four sleazy pages, all closely typewritten. +Not a scratch of handwriting on it. What I judged to be +the signature, was, “Slrsl.”</p> + +<p>“Do you know who wrote this?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“I am sure, if I dare be sure of anything, that it was +written by a man named Lewis Bauermont.”</p> + +<p>I counted the letters of “Lewis” on my fingers. Five. +The number of letters in the signature, “Slrsl.”</p> + +<p>“If he signed his name Lewis,” I said, “then ‘S’ would +be, ‘L,’ and ‘l’ would be ‘e’ and so on. Get a pencil, dear. +Let’s see if we can work it out.”</p> + +<p>She came and looked over my shoulder at the +jumbled letters.</p> + +<p>“No,” she said, “you see, the letter ‘s’ comes twice in +the last word, and there are no duplicate letters in Lewis. +I am sure it will be more difficult than any substitution +of letters. I don’t know anything about codes; but I +have a notion that the letters are mere symbols of +something else—numbers perhaps, that work out with a key +quotation.”</p> + +<p>“I’m going to have a try at my idea, anyway,” I +insisted.</p> + +<p>I went and sat at the desk. She sat beside me, and +handed me a pencil.</p> + +<p>“Perhaps,” I suggested, “the man who wrote this, +signed some nickname. Did he have one?”</p> + +<p>“Men called him ‘Mexico,’ and ‘Mexie.’ Gaby never +used either of those names for him.”</p> + +<p>“What name did she use?” I insisted, though I felt +like a brute.</p> + +<p>“None, except ‘Lewis,’ that I know of. She didn’t read +the signature, when she read the letter to me. At least I +don’t remember——”</p> + +<p>“She read it to you!” I exclaimed.</p> + +<p>“I thought that she did. Now—I don’t know. I can’t +be sure of anything. She read to me what she said was a +copy of the letter; that is, the worked out code. She +may have left out entire paragraphs. She may have +changed it, in any way, in order to keep her terrible secret +from me.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, but what did she tell you the letter contained?”</p> + +<p>Danny looked at her wrist-watch. “It is too long even +to begin to tell, now. And—I don’t want to tell it +again; not to-day. I have told John all about it, you see. +Later, of course—— Or you may ask John to tell you. +It—it was an insult from beginning to end. An insult to +her. I can’t bear thinking of it, any more; not to-day.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” her voice changed suddenly as did her +manner, “do you know why Uncle Sam asked me—almost +commanded me to be in the living-room at three o’clock +to-day?”</p> + +<p>“No, Danny, I don’t. But he told Mrs. Ricker and me +to be there, too. I guess he just wants to talk to all of us, +together.”</p> + +<p>“Oh—talk! What good is talk going to do? Talk, in a +place like this, now, where there is not one true, certain +thing to get hold of, anywhere; where not one of us can +believe in another——”</p> + +<p>She put a quick hand to her lips; her eyes widened; +she turned, and hastily pushing aside the heavy curtain, +went through the clothes closet into her own room.</p> + +<p>I sat still, at the desk. The paper before me, and the +sharp pencil in my hand, tempted me to make a list, as +they always do in books, of the clues, to date. I wrote:</p> + +<p>“Locked door.</p> + +<p>“Key in my pocket.</p> + +<p>“T. A. (I put only the initials of tobacco ashes.)</p> + +<p>“Chad’s suicide.</p> + +<p>“Chad’s note. What person was he trying to shield?</p> + +<p>“What did Hubert Hand think that I had overheard +in the cabin?</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ricker’s threat.</p> + +<p>“ ‘Q’ cap for typewriter key.</p> + +<p>“Contents of the beaded bag.</p> + +<div class="subsect"> + + <p>“1. Two cigs missing from full case.</p> + + <p>“2. Empty match-box.</p> + + <p>“3. Empty purse. Missing bill-fold. (Robbery?)</p> + + <p>“4. Crumpled handkerchief. (Tears? Pleading?)</p> + + <p>“5. Broken cig. holder.</p> + + <p>“6. Hubert Hand’s note.</p> + +</div> + +<p>“The code letter.</p> + +<p>“Gabrielle’s note to Danny.”</p> + +<p>This, I submit as the world’s worst list of clues. It is +the best example I have ever seen of the saying that a +person could not see the forest for the trees. The forest +was there, right enough. All I would have needed to do, +was to back off far enough away from the trees to look +at it.</p> + +<p>My face burns, even yet, when I realize that, at half-past +two o’clock on the afternoon of the fifth of July, if +I had been possessed of just one lick of sense, I could, +instead of writing that list of clues, have written another +one; a list that, step by step, just as sure as straight +ahead, would have led to the guilty person.</p> + +<p>Why did I not take into consideration the fact that, for +two months, the Canneziano girls had been searching for +something on the Desert Moon; something which I was +all but certain they had not found?</p> + +<p>Why did I not give a thought to the fact that John, +after a secret conversation with Gaby—according to +Mrs. Ricker—had been clean and clear away off the +place since early afternoon until evening?</p> + +<p>Why did I not include in my list the fact that Gaby +had given the gold monkey to Martha?</p> + +<p>Why, instead of trying to puzzle out the code letter, +did I not read between the lines of Gabrielle’s last note +to Danny?</p> + +<p>However, at the time, since it was of my own making, +I was quite well satisfied with my list. I took it to the +table to check over the items. Sam had put the key, with +which I had opened the attic door, alongside the other +things there.</p> + +<p>I picked it up, now, and looked at it for the first time. +I had not looked at it, I had merely used it, the night +before. My heart jumped up in my throat. It was not the +key to the attic door. It was a rusty old pass key that had +hung on a nail in the broom closet, off the kitchen, for +more years than I could remember.</p> + +<p>Whoever had put this key in my pocket, must have +been well acquainted with the Desert Moon kitchen, to +have found that old key, under the brooms, and mops, +and dust-rags, and chamois skins, and the rest, that hung +around it and over it in the broom-closet.</p> + +<p>What had become of the key to the attic door?</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch26"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXVI. <br> The Session</h2> + +<p>When I went down to the living-room, at five +minutes before three, Danny, John, Mrs. Ricker and +Martha were all there. Danny and John were sitting at +the far end of the room. Mrs. Ricker was in a chair near +the window, tatting. Martha was on the biggest +davenport, playing with the monkey charm. I went and sat +beside her.</p> + +<p>“I feel sleepy,” she answered my question. “But I am +happy, now. I am very happy.”</p> + +<p>“That’s nice,” I told her. “But, if I were you, I +wouldn’t talk much about being happy; that is, not to-day.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t care. Gaby was hateful and mean, even if she +did give me the monkey. She was good, then; but she +wasn’t good long enough for me to like her. I’m sorry +because Chad died, though. I was awfully sorry, until I +happened to remember about heaven. He is happy there +now. When I die, I’ll go to heaven and be happy, too. +He’ll love me then, won’t he? I know he will.”</p> + +<p>“Of course, Martha,” I said. “And he loved you here, +too.”</p> + +<p>“Only like a little girl. I wanted him to love me like a +lady. He would have, I guess, if he hadn’t shot himself. +I am sorry he did that. But I’m happy, anyway, ’cause +we are going to have the fireworks to-night.”</p> + +<p>“Tut, tut,” I said. “We won’t be having any fireworks +to-night.”</p> + +<p>Her lower lip curled out. “Daddy promised,” she +whimpered. “Yesterday, when it looked like rain, he said +never to mind, that we’d have them the very first night +it didn’t rain. To-night is the first night. Daddy +promised.”</p> + +<p>To my shame, I never, in all the years, had gotten +used to Martha. She looked like a big, healthy, strapping +girl. And when, as now, I realized that a smart five-year-old +child would have had a better mind, it shocked me +all over.</p> + +<p>Sam and Hubert Hand came into the room together. +Sam looked around, counting noses.</p> + +<p>“All here,” he said, and locked the door he and +Hubert had come through, and dropped the key in his +pocket. He went all around the room, closing and locking +the doors and windows. He moved a chair to the foot +of the stairway, pulled a small table over beside it, took +his six-gun out of his back pocket, put it on the table, +and sat down in the chair.</p> + +<p>No one had moved nor had said a word. I know that I +was frightened. I was not afraid of Sam, and I was not +afraid of that six-gun. It did not make me a mite more +uneasy than a bouquet of flowers would have; that is, if +Sam had carried the bouquet in and put it on the table +with the same manner with which he had carried and +placed the gun. Mostly, I guess, I was afraid of being +made afraid; partly, I was afraid of myself.</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand spoke first. “Cannon, ugh?” he sneered.</p> + +<p>“That’s all right, Hand,” Sam answered. “This is +here, mostly I think, for ornamental purposes.”</p> + +<p>“Daddy,” Martha piped up, “aren’t we going to have +the fireworks to-night?”</p> + +<p>Sam frowned at her. “Not to-night, daughter.”</p> + +<p>She opened her mouth and began making those dreadful +noises she always made whenever she was crossed in +anything.</p> + +<p>Sam rapped on the table, “Shut that up, here and +now,” he said. “Not another whimper out of you. Hear +me, Martha?”</p> + +<p>She closed her mouth with a snap. I thought those +immense eyes of hers would pop out of her head. I am +sure that the others of us all felt the way she looked. In +all the years we had lived together on the Desert Moon, +it was the first time any one of us had ever heard Sam +speak impatiently to Martha. As for scolding her, being +stern with her, up to this minute it had never been in the +book.</p> + +<p>“John,” Sam said, “you and Danny come out of that +corner, up here nearer the rest of us, and where it is +light.”</p> + +<p>I tell you they came, straight, and sat on the small +davenport beside Hubert Hand.</p> + +<p>“I reckon,” Sam began, “that all of you in here know +that anyone could walk up to any man or woman in here +and call him or her a murderer, and that not one of us +could give him the lie, right now.</p> + +<p>“I reckon that you know, too, as everyone in the +country knows that, at this hour, the Desert Moon Ranch +is rotten with the muck of crime and suspicion. Maybe +you don’t know that it is not going to stay that way for +many more hours.</p> + +<p>“We have called the law in, as was right and proper. +And the law has been real polite, and blinked its eyes, and +departed. ‘Folded its tents like the Arabs, and silently +stole away.’ Well, that’s all right. I didn’t much care +about having those fellows mix into my private business; +anyway, not until I had found out that I couldn’t attend +to it myself. I am not going to find that out. I can attend +to it. I am going to, right here and now. Later on, when +we need the law again, we’ll call on it. The innocent in +this room will have their names cleared. The Desert Moon +will be a fit place for a white man to live on.</p> + +<p>“Now this gun here may look like I felt violent or +something. I don’t. And I’m not going to act violent. +This gun is here for just one purpose, and I’m dead certain +it won’t be used for that. A word to the wise, though. +No person, barring none and including the ladies, is to +leave this room until I give the word. No innocent person +in here will try to leave. Any guilty person in here—and, +before God, there is a guilty person here; guilty, at least, +of aiding and abetting—is going to have too much sense +to try to make a break. That is why I won’t need the gun. +Not, I mean, until we find the guilty person. When we +have found him, it may be of some use until the sheriff +can get here. That is all of that. Except that we are going +to stay here, one and all, right here in this room, until we +are ready to ’phone for the sheriff.</p> + +<p>“If everyone does as I am going to tell them to do, we +should be through with this session by supper time. But, +if we don’t get through until midnight, or until next week, +we’ll stay here until we do. All I’m asking, of everybody +here, is that you all tell the truth. You’ll have to, sooner +or later. Better make it sooner.”</p> + +<p>During this speech my dander had been rising. It had +got up pretty good and high by this time. “Sam Stanley,” +I spoke out, “you ought to know that you can’t force +truth out of anybody at the point of a gun, nor by keeping +them locked up. We’ll get hungry. We’ll get thirsty. +And when we do we’ll eat and drink and go about our +affairs. At least I will—unless you shoot me. I’m not fixed +to put up with this kind of foolishness.”</p> + +<p>“Mary,” Sam roared at me. “That’s enough out of +you. You be quiet. You are going to do as you are told. +So are the others.”</p> + +<p>Sam had never spoken like that to me before. It left +me limp as a drained jelly bag. Before I could get my +breath for an answer, Hubert Hand was talking.</p> + +<p>“Changed your mind since morning, haven’t you, Sam? +You were dead sure this morning that no one on the place +had had anything to do with the murder; that Mary had +locked the attic door herself, earlier in the day, and, +absent-mindedly, dropped the key in her pocket.”</p> + +<p>“Never mind about my morning’s opinions, Hand. +You are right. Dead right. I’ve changed my mind. Now, +since you are already going pretty good, I’ll begin with +you and work around the room, taking each one in turn. +I want you to tell everything you know, and everything +you suspect concerning the murder.”</p> + +<p>“Sorry,” Hubert Hand said, “but I don’t know a damn +thing except that, apparently, she was strangled to death +sometime between four o’clock yesterday afternoon and +eight o’clock yesterday evening. We saw her alive at four. +We found her dead at eight. That’s the extent of my +knowledge.”</p> + +<p>“All right. Now go ahead with what you suspect.”</p> + +<p>“I can’t see,” Hubert Hand objected, “that suspicions +have any place here. Beyond stirring up a rumpus and +hard feelings, they wouldn’t get any of us any place.”</p> + +<p>“That is for me to decide,” Sam said. “You were +mighty busy for a while this morning, throwing out hints +and slurs. If this session doesn’t do anything else, it can +anyway clear out all this whispering that is going around. +Just now, everybody here is busy suspecting everybody +else here. Suspicions usually have some reasoning behind +them. ‘Where there’s smoke there’s fire.’ It is only fair +to give everyone here a chance to examine everyone else’s +suspicions, and disprove them, if they can. If you think +that I did the killing, I want to know it. I want a chance +to prove you wrong. Come on now, Hand. Come clean.”</p> + +<p>“Suppose I refuse?”</p> + +<p>“That is up to you,” Sam drawled. “As the sheriffs +say, everything you say will be used against you. But, as +they don’t say, everything you don’t say will be used +against you, a sight harder. If I knew you had no +suspicions, I wouldn’t try to force you to invent some, just +to be sociable. But you were pretty free with your hints +this morning. All right. Talk.”</p> + +<p>Hubert lowered his Roman nose and pulled at his moustache +for a minute. It was easy to see he was busy with a +decision of some sort. He settled back in his chair more +comfortably and, still pulling at his moustache, he began.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch27"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXVII. <br> Hubert Hand Talks</h2> + +<p>“Well,” he said, “I can talk all right. But I want +to start with this understanding. I don’t know any +facts that amount to a damn. You’re right that I have +suspicions. If you weren’t forcing them out of me, I’d +have sense enough to keep my mouth shut, from now on, +at least until airing them might do some good. But, since +you are determined to have them now, at the point of a +gun, I’ll say that I think John did it, and that somebody +else in the house is shielding him.”</p> + +<p>Danny gave a thin, sick little shriek and threw her arm +around John in a protecting way. John straightened. +Under his tan I could see the color seeping out of his face. +Gently, he removed Danny’s arm.</p> + +<p>Sam lowered his white eyebrows until his eyes looked +like two slits of blue light, glinting out from away behind +his face. When he spoke his voice was iron.</p> + +<p>“Why do you think John killed her?”</p> + +<p>“In the first place, John is the only one here who hasn’t +a water-tight alibi——”</p> + +<p>“Not by a damn sight he isn’t,” Sam interrupted. +“But never mind. Go on.”</p> + +<p>“At four o’clock Gaby came down through the room. +While she was still in sight, Danny called down, trying +to get her to come back. Now this is just another +suspicion, I don’t know whether anyone here will back me +up in it or not—probably not,”—he added the last in a +hateful, slurring way—“but I noticed that her voice +sounded strange, like she was excited, maybe, or else +afraid.”</p> + +<p>Sam asked, “Did anyone else here notice anything of +that kind?”</p> + +<p>I had decided, right at first, to keep my mouth shut +about everything; so I did.</p> + +<p>“I thought not,” Hubert Hand said, as if he had known +from the start that he was the only honest one in the +crowd.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker spoke. “I noticed it,” she said.</p> + +<p>Hubert bowed at her, in a sort of mocking way. Knowing +what I knew, I thought that her corroboration would +do Hubert Hand more harm than good. But, of course, +the others did not know what I knew. Nor were they +going to know it, since Hubert Hand was keeping his +part of our bargain. Right or wrong, I was thankful, just +then, that we had made that bargain.</p> + +<p>“Let me see,” Hubert Hand continued, “where was I? +Gaby, after going through the room, stopped on the porch +for a minute to talk to Chad. He came into the house in +a fine humor. Gaby then went around the house to the +rabbit hutch, and for some reason, gave her bracelet to +Martha. When Martha’s turn comes, in this inquisition, +I suggest that she be questioned rather closely.”</p> + +<p>Sam banged his fist on the table. “Never mind your +suggestions. You are accusing John now. Stick to that.”</p> + +<p>“You bet,” Hubert Hand accepted, “especially since +Martha was in the house again within five or ten minutes, +with every last one of us. Danny had come down by that +time. From four to five, then, you and I were playing +chess. Chad was at the piano. Danny and Mary were +over there, talking together. Mrs. Ricker was tatting, +where she is now, by the window. Martha was bothering +us, part of the time, and part of the time she was just +fooling around the room. I’m pretty certain not one of +us left this room during that hour. You might check up +on that, Sam.”</p> + +<p>Sam asked Mrs. Ricker, and Danny, and me, if we +remembered anyone’s leaving the room during that hour. +We all said we did not. Danny added that she might +not have noticed. I wished, seeing Hubert Hand smile, +she had let well enough alone and not bothered to add +that.</p> + +<p>“At five,” Hubert Hand resumed, “we three men went +together to let the cows in and to milk. Mary, I believe, +was in the kitchen alone, getting supper, during that +time. Mrs. Ricker, Danny and Martha remained here in +the living-room. Is that right?”</p> + +<p>“Maybe it is, and maybe it isn’t,” Sam said. “There +is the hour in there, before supper, that we’ll all have to +account for, right accurately, before any of us has that +water-tight alibi you were talking about, Hand. And,” +Sam added, with his own sort of emphasis, “we won’t +have it then.”</p> + +<p>“All right,” Hubert Hand agreed. “You and Chad and +I went down to the barns together. We let the cows in. +We milked them. At least, you and I did. Chad stayed +with you and was kidding around down in your end of +the barn. I heard you laughing and talking down there, +together, the whole time. Is that right?”</p> + +<p>“Practically,” Sam answered. “All but, I couldn’t +swear that you were in the barn during the entire time.”</p> + +<p>“No? Well, I’ll admit that I hadn’t thought of that. +If I’d thought of it, I’d probably have known that you—how +is it?—couldn’t swear that I was in the barn during +the entire time.”</p> + +<p>“Meaning?” Sam demanded.</p> + +<p>“That if John is guilty, you’ll shield him with your +last lie.”</p> + +<p>Sam’s fist knotted at his side. His voice was not iron, +now; it was tempered steel. “We’ll settle about my last +lie later, Hand.”</p> + +<p>“You’re begging for this,” Hubert Hand reminded +him.</p> + +<p>“Get on!”</p> + +<p>“I milked four cows. Not very good, for the time—about +forty minutes; but as good work as you did. And +I will swear that you were in the barn the entire time. +Anyway, that is easy settled. Mary, did I, or did anyone +of the three of us, come through the kitchen and go +upstairs during that hour?”</p> + +<p>“No,” I answered.</p> + +<p>“Weren’t you,” Sam questioned, “going back and +forth between the kitchen and the dining-room?”</p> + +<p>“No. Danny set the table for me. I didn’t step foot out +of the kitchen.”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ricker,” Hubert Hand questioned, “did any +one of us men come in, and go upstairs through the +living-room, during that hour?”</p> + +<p>“No,” she said.</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ricker,” Sam asked, “were you right there, +alone, in the living-room during that entire hour?”</p> + +<p>“I was not alone. Martha was with me. And, several +times during the hour, five or six times at least, Danny +came in from the dining-room to see whether she could +see John coming up the road.”</p> + +<p>“Danny,” Sam spoke to her, “were Mrs. Ricker and +Martha in the living-room every time you went in there?”</p> + +<p>“I—think so.”</p> + +<p>“Only think so, eh?” Hubert Hand half sneered it.</p> + +<p>“I mean,” Danny explained, “that I am sure Mrs. +Ricker was here. She was sitting right by the window. +I did not particularly notice Martha.”</p> + +<p>“I can vouch for Martha,” Mrs. Ricker snapped.</p> + +<p>“All right,” Hubert Hand went on, “so far, so good. +The ladies, I think, especially if you remember the glass +doors between the living-room and the dining-room, have +established alibis that would satisfy any jury.</p> + +<p>“Now for you and Chad and me, again. We walked +together, carrying the milk, to the dairy. There we took +off the barn coveralls, and, at your suggestion, washed +up in the dairy kitchen to save time. We came back to +the house together. Mary said that supper was on the +table. We all sat down to the table together. All present, +you see, except John.</p> + +<p>“Would it have been possible for you, or for me, or for +Chad, to have gone down to the barn (you and I each +milked four cows, remember), come back to the house +and through it, with not one of these ladies seeing us, +committed the murder, got back to the barn, and then to +the house again, all in an hour? I think, Sam, the wisest +thing you can do, is to grant us all our alibis for that +hour, anyway, and then work on from there, if you’re +bound to.”</p> + +<p>I felt reasonably certain that, if Hubert Hand had gone +through the living-room, between five and six o’clock, +Mrs. Ricker would not tell of it. But I was more certain +that Danny, on the watch out for John, would have seen +anyone who had come in through the front door.</p> + +<p>“The alibi hour sounds fine, Hand,” Sam said, “but +you are making a mistake. You are assuming that I think +that someone here committed the murder. I don’t think +that. I do think that someone in this room, right now, +knows who did it. Where any one of us was, or was not, +at the particular hour you’re making such a stew about, +probably doesn’t cut any ice.”</p> + +<p>“I think it does. I began this, you know, by saying +that I thought John——”</p> + +<p>“You said that once,” Sam interrupted. “Once is +plenty. Go ahead with it now, if you can. Give your +proofs.”</p> + +<p>“There you go. I told you I didn’t have any proofs, +didn’t I, when you made me talk? But I have got some +pretty solid bases for my suspicions. John decided, all of +a sudden, to go to Rattail for the mail—or something. +The kidding he came in for, right then, shows whether +he usually went for the mail on a holiday afternoon. He +was gone four hours instead of the two—two and a half, +anyway—that he could have made it in. He had two bum +excuses. First, tire trouble. That would be a better excuse, +if the car wasn’t standing in the garage right now with the +same tires on it that he started out with.”</p> + +<p>“I know you said you had no proof of anything,” Sam +broke in. “I reckon, of course, you can prove that, +though?”</p> + +<p>John spoke. “I don’t think he could prove it, dad, since +the spare was a Truetread, same as the others. But he’s +right. I changed tires twice, that’s all. The spare was +rotten. When I had the second blow-out, I patched the +first tire and put it back on. The patch is there, to prove +that.”</p> + +<p>“And the rotten spare?” Hubert Hand questioned.</p> + +<p>“It wasn’t worth bothering to put on the rack. I rolled +it off across the desert.”</p> + +<p>“My mistake,” Hubert Hand said. “Maybe. Two +hours is a long time to change tires, even twice. The +second excuse was, that he had met Leo Saule and had given +him a tow. Saule is a rotten little half-breed, who could +be bought for a half dollar. Also, he lives alone, away +off the main road——”</p> + +<p>John jumped to his feet. “Get this, Hand——”</p> + +<p>Sam had jumped too. He got to John and put his hands +on his shoulders. “Keep your shirt on, son. I am to blame +for this. Your turn is coming. Wait for it. Go on, Hand.”</p> + +<p>John hesitated, and sat down again. Sam went back to +his chair by the table.</p> + +<p>“Sorry,” Hubert Hand apologized, “I don’t like this a +damn bit better than John does; but it seems to be up to +me. Well, then, he came in two hours late. He came +through the kitchen; and, instead of leaving the car in +the garage, he left it in the back entrance. He went +straight upstairs. It took him half an hour, or more, to +get shaved and change his clothes. When he came down +he acted like a man in a daze. He couldn’t eat. He offered +being out in the sun as an excuse. He is out in the sun +every day.</p> + +<p>“I think that he had met Gaby, as they had planned, +right after dinner when he started for Rattail. Maybe she +had promised him to leave the place. He was crazy to get +her off the ranch. I know that. He told me so, just the +other day—said she was making trouble here, and so on. +She may have had something on him, that she was +threatening to tell Danny, or Sam. I don’t know about that, +either. I don’t know a damn thing about whatever they +might have had between them. But I think that he killed +her, out on the desert some place.</p> + +<p>“I don’t think that he had planned to do it. I think he +must have threatened her, off and on, though; her note +to Danny, and other things, show that she was afraid for +her life. All the same, I think he started it, yesterday, as +a bluff. But the desire was back of the bluff—that’s pretty +certain.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know why he brought her body back and hid +it in the house. I don’t give him credit for figuring out +what a smart thing that was to do. He may have been +afraid of footprints in the road, or on the desert, if he +carried the body away and tried to hide it out there. He +didn’t know that the storm was coming, to cover up his +traces. I think, though, that it was pure funk that made +him come driving home with the body hidden in the +car—covered with the sacks of rock salt.</p> + +<p>“I didn’t like to think that it was Danny who helped +him out, after that. It didn’t seem like her. I couldn’t +think of anyone else, though, who would help him. In +the last few minutes, I’ve managed to think of someone +else. It is a lucky thing for John. You are a damn sight +stronger ally, Sam, than Danny or any one else would +have been. For instance—this present magnificent bluff +of yours.”</p> + +<p>“All right,” Sam said. “All through?”</p> + +<p>“I’m satisfied, if you are,” Hubert Hand answered.</p> + +<p>“I’m not,” Sam drawled. “Because, like the caterpillar +said, ‘It’s all wrong from beginning to end.’ It is a queer +thing, though, the way quotations always come to me. +Most of the time you were talking, Hand, I kept thinking +of this one: ‘Give a guilty man enough rope and he will +hang himself.’ ”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch28"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXVIII. <br> John Talks</h2> + +<p>“If you mean me, dad,” John spoke right up, and I’d +given a pretty penny to have had him say something +else, for, of course, Sam had not meant him, “I’m not +worried. They don’t hang innocent men in Nevada, no +matter how much rope their friends present them with.”</p> + +<p>“As a matter of fact,” Hubert Hand said, “I guess they +don’t hang any men in Nevada, now, do they? Lethal +chamber, isn’t it?”</p> + +<p>Sam growled at him to shut up; and told John that it +was his turn to talk, and to go ahead and to try to talk +sense, if possible.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know where to begin,” John said. “I’ve got +nothing to talk about.”</p> + +<p>“Begin at the beginning. What did Gaby say to you, +after dinner, that made you decide, right off, to go to +Rattail?”</p> + +<p>“I’ve told you that already. I’ve got no changes to +make in it. Gaby told me, after dinner, that Danny’s +headache was getting worse. She said that Danny had +sent to Salt Lake for a certain kind of headache medicine, +the only kind that ever did her any good. She said it +should have come in the morning’s mail. She said that +Danny would be peeved at her for telling me about it—asking +me to go, that is. So, if I didn’t want a fuss, and +wanted to be allowed to go, I’d better make a sneak of it, +with no explanations. I did. Here is something I haven’t +told, though, for Danny just told me, when we came in +here at three. She hadn’t sent for any headache medicine +to Salt Lake, nor anywhere. That certainly looks as if +Gaby wanted to get either me, or the sedan, off the job +and out of the way, yesterday afternoon. She must have +had some reason for sending me on a fool’s errand like +that.”</p> + +<p>“Well, well, go on, son,” Sam said, after we had all +sat in dead silence for about a minute.</p> + +<p>“Go on where?” John asked. “I’ve got nothing more +to say. Hand’s told the rest of it, hasn’t he?”</p> + +<p>“Answer him, you fool,” Sam roared. “You’ve got +answers, haven’t you? Use ’em. Sitting there like a +dummy! Did anyone see you towing Saule to his place?”</p> + +<p>“Not that I know of. I towed him all right; but I can’t +prove it. Hand was right when he said he could be bought +for a half dollar. He might come cheaper. I’d try him +with a quarter, first, Hand.”</p> + +<p>“Good God!” Sam shouted. “What are you trying to +do? Pry your way into the lethal chamber? Can you give +a reason for driving to the back door, instead of leaving +the car in the garage?”</p> + +<p>“Only two hundred-pound sacks of rock salt. They’d +dumped them on the platform for us this morning from +Eighteen. I could give a reason for bringing them up, +instead of leaving them there until we went down with the +truck. Sure, I’m full of reasons. Got a good reason for +taking half an hour to bathe and dress. It would be hard +to find a guy with more reasons than I can produce for +everything—all, but murdering the twin sister of the girl +I love.”</p> + +<p>“Son,” Sam said, “I don’t blame you a damn bit for +being sore clear to the bone. But, come to that, we haven’t +any right to blame Hand, here, either; not if he is honest +in his suspicions, and, maybe, he is. I forced them out of +him. Can’t you swallow your pride, for a while, and——”</p> + +<p>“I’ve swallowed it already,” John said, “if that’s what +you want. Swallowed it till I’m choked with it.”</p> + +<p>“I know, I know. But it is like this, John—and this +goes for all you folks, too—a person can’t get to the +bottom of anything without going down. In this case, it +looks like we were going to have to go pretty low down—a +trip to hell for most of us, I reckon. But it will be a +round trip. Most of us will come up clean, to a clean +Desert Moon. Can’t we go down, then, like a lot of +reasonable human beings, and not like a kennel of yapping +dogs?”</p> + +<p>“It won’t hold, dad,” John answered. “Not this round +trip to hell stuff, as human beings. If I hadn’t stopped +being a human being; that is, a man, I wouldn’t have sat +still here and let Hand have his say out. And I wouldn’t +have done it, not to save my own neck. But I know how +you feel about the ranch. I’ve gone through with it for +that reason, and—for Danny, though I know that all of +this is a rotten mistake on your part. I know that; but it +is no use telling you, now that you’ve started. I’ll go on +with it, the best I can. I guess the others will, too. But +none of us will come up clean, as you say. Don’t look for +that—not after this muck. All right. Hop to it, dad. +What’s your next question?”</p> + +<p>I was relieved when Sam asked, “Do you suspect, +with reason, anyone in this room?” I had thought, following +right along with Hubert Hand’s accusations, as Sam +had been doing, that his next question would be about +what was troubling and bothering John when he came in. +Why he had acted so queerly that he had had to explain +it by saying he was loco from the sun.</p> + +<p>“I do not.” John answered Sam’s question, straight. +“But it seems darn queer to me the way everyone is +leaving Chad’s suicide out of this. Hold on, dad! I’m +not saying that I think Chad killed her. I know he didn’t. +But I know just as well that he didn’t walk out and +shoot himself simply because he had loved Gaby. Chad +was a queer bird, all right. I guess none of us understood +him very well. He was as emotional as the deuce, +too—I’ll grant that. But he was not, ever, a damn fool.”</p> + +<p>“John!” Danny interrupted. “Do you think that a +man who kills himself, when he finds that the girl he loves +has been cruelly murdered, needs to be a fool?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” John answered. “A man might not care much +about living, after that, but if he killed himself he’d be a +fool. I mean—— It is like this. Regular fellows, and Chad +sure was one, don’t walk out and kill themselves, when +they find the girl they love is dead. It takes more than +death to make a real man kill himself. Sounds like a +book, I know; but, loss of honor is a reason, and +shame—maybe that’s the same thing—is another reason. Or, a +fellow might kill himself to save the honor of his girl—or +to save a friend’s life, if he owed the friend a lot——”</p> + +<p>Danny interrupted again. “Absolute despair should be +a reason——”</p> + +<p>“Sure, I know how you mean. But Chad had despaired +of Gaby’s love long ago. Dozens of times I’ve seen her +treat him so rottenly that, if he had been the suicidal +sort, he would have killed himself right then. No sir. +I tell you Chad did not shoot himself because Gaby was +dead. Sure, that was a part of it; but not the main part.</p> + +<p>“Chad was a darn good guy. Good all the way through. +We all know that he didn’t kill her. We’d know it, if dad +didn’t have his alibis for him. But what I’m getting at is, +that, someway or other, and not meaning to at all, he +got himself mixed up in it. When he saw what had +happened, and realized that he had been involved—— +There’s your reason, all right. I think that, if we can find +out why Chad shot himself, we’ll find out most of the +other things we want to know. I’m through, dad. I’ve said +all I’ve got to say, and more too.”</p> + +<p>Sam hesitated a minute. I was relieved to see him take +Chad’s note out of his pocket. “Chad says that he killed +her,” he said, and read the note aloud. Everyone but me, +to whom it was no surprise, and Martha, who was almost +asleep again, squeaked, or gasped, or otherwise showed +their horrified astonishment.</p> + +<p>John spoke first. “I’ll bet four dollars he never wrote +it.”</p> + +<p>Sam passed the paper to him. “It looks like his writing. +It sounds like him too. Soon as I can get track of one of +these what-you-may-call-em’s, handwriting experts, I’m +going to send it to him. I reckon it will match up all right. +I wish there was an expert of some kind that we could +send it to, to find out why he wrote it.”</p> + +<p>“Uncle Sam,” Danny said, and I could see that the +note had upset her pretty badly, “there is something +no one has thought of. We haven’t had time to think. +But, where was Chad during the hour we were hunting +for Gaby? You, and John, and Mary and I were in the +sedan. But where were the others, during that time; +between seven and eight o’clock, wasn’t it?”</p> + +<p>“I reckon,” Sam spoke real gently to her, “that we +have all had time to do some tall thinking about that +hour, little girl. But there couldn’t be any doubt that +Gaby had been dead a sight longer than an hour, when +we found her.”</p> + +<p>“But can you know that, for a certainty?” Danny +insisted.</p> + +<p>“Just as certain as I know that she was dead, Danny. +I—— Well, in the early days here—— Never mind that, +though. I’ve had experience with deaths, kind of on that +order. I know. The coroner and the sheriff knew. But, she +might have been brought into the house during that hour. +Hand let loose on his alibi business a little too early——”</p> + +<p>“I’m no fool,” Hubert Hand interrupted. “You admit +that she could not have been murdered during the hour +between six and seven. Every one of us, except John, can +account for every minute of our time from four o’clock, +when we saw Gaby alive, up to seven.”</p> + +<p>“All right. All right,” Sam said. “Have it your own +way. But you’ve had your say, and plenty of time to say +it in. You’ll maybe have another turn later. Now, keep +still. We are going to hear from the others.</p> + +<p>“It is your turn next, Danny, I’m sorry. You understand, +we haven’t any time to lose. Take it easy, though. +Do you suspect, with reason, anyone in this room of +being connected with the murder?”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch29"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXIX. <br> Danny</h2> + +<p>“I think,” Danny said, “that Chad did it.”</p> + +<p>Sam lowered his brows, and turned those blue +searchlights of his on her. “That is a bad beginning, my +girl,” he said, kindly enough, though. “You don’t think +that. Not for a minute. Better start over again.”</p> + +<p>“Uncle Sam,” she pleaded, “listen. You spoke about +clearing everyone’s name, and about the honor of the +Desert Moon. Chad’s confession does that—does all of it. +Why not let well enough alone?”</p> + +<p>My own words; but I had not expected to hear them +from Danny. The only reason for them seemed to be that +Hubert Hand had frightened her with his case against +John. Was she the sort of girl who would keep on loving +John, and marry him, if she thought that he had killed +her sister? I did not believe it.</p> + +<p>John said, “Danny!” And, knowing as little as I do +about being loved, I knew that I should hate to have my +sweetheart pronounce my name with a pinch of horror, +and a pinch of anger, and a big dash of bewilderment, as +John had pronounced hers.</p> + +<p>Sam said, “Somebody else suggested that to-day, +Danny. I told them that there was no question of well +enough while the man who had murdered your sister was +going about alive, and while his helper was keeping his +secret on the Desert Moon.”</p> + +<p>“You said that?” Danny questioned, and gave us all +another severe shock by accenting the pronoun.</p> + +<p>“I said that, yes.” Sam showed signs of rising dander. +“And I thought that you, if anyone, more than anyone, +would agree with me.”</p> + +<p>“Only,” she answered, “I should rather let a guilty +person go free, escape, than to persecute an innocent +person.”</p> + +<p>“No innocent person is going to be persecuted on the +Desert Moon,” Sam said, “and no guilty one is going to +escape, either. You’re going to be a good, sensible girl, +too, and answer a few questions I want to ask you.</p> + +<p>“First thing I want to know is, what was it that you +girls were hunting for, all the time, here on the ranch?”</p> + +<p>“We had been told,” Danny answered, “that there was +a very large sum of money hidden here on this place. +We came to get it. That is—Gaby did. I mean—before +we left the continent I knew that I wanted to stay here, +for a long time. I cared much more about staying here, +and keeping Gaby here, than I cared about finding the +money. Really, I—I hoped not to find the money. The +people with whom I had been living in England had +broken up their home there. I had no home. That is how +I happened to be in Switzerland, with Gaby. I——”</p> + +<p>She broke down, and hid her face in her hands. We all +sat, quietly, and waited.</p> + +<p>With her face still covered she appealed to Sam. “Uncle, +I can’t tell all this, to-day, I can’t. I loved Gaby. I +did love her. If she were alive—— But she isn’t. Please, +please don’t force me to go on with this.”</p> + +<p>“You’ve got me wrong, Danny,” Sam said, “I didn’t +expect you to tell about all of your past lives, and that. +But this stuff now about money hidden here. Could it +have any bearing on the murder?”</p> + +<p>She shook her head. “I think not. Not possibly. There +was no money here, anyway, as it turned out. That is—if +Gaby told me the truth about anything. I thought that +she did. But now—she spoke of keeping fear and dread +from me, in her last note to me. I—— I can’t talk of this, +to-day, I tell you!”</p> + +<p>“See here, dad,” John spoke up, “Danny isn’t fit to go +through with this to-day. I think she has told me everything +she has to tell. She told me most of it this morning. +I’ve got it straight. How about allowing me to go on +with it?”</p> + +<p>“Do you think any of it might have a bearing on the +murder?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I think it might.”</p> + +<p>Sam banged on the table with his fist. “By God,” he +roared, “what kind of people have I got to deal with? +Not five minutes ago, you sat right there and swore that +you had told everything you know. Couldn’t even begin. +Couldn’t think of a thing to say. No suspicion. No hints +of any kind, except a slur at a dead boy. Now you come +out with this. By the Lord, Hand, you may be a better +man than I think you are——”</p> + +<p>Danny’s voice cut in like scissors slithering through +taffeta silk. “Be careful, there,” she said. I remembered +the way she had brushed the beaded bag. Something cold +went trailing down my backbone. It was time, and past, +I thought, for me to take a hand.</p> + +<p>“Sam,” I said, “what’s become of all your fine talk +about us not acting like yelping dogs, and swallowing our +pride, and helping out, and so on? I told you, when you +started this, that it was a fool piece of business. You, +nor nobody, can force truth out of folks. You’re kind of +back on your quotations, or you’d remember the one +about leading a horse to water. How do you think anyone +is ever going to get any place with you pounding and +shouting and blaspheming around all the while? If you +think the fact that John wouldn’t betray Danny’s +confidence to satisfy a crazy whim of yours makes him out a +murderer, you’ve got less sense at sixty-five than you +had when you were born. The best thing you can do, is +to follow your advice to me, and be quiet. John’s ready +to talk now, if you’ll keep still and give him half a +chance.”</p> + +<p>I have never yet seen the man who wouldn’t quiet +down, mild as mush, when a sensible woman took it on +herself to give him a good scolding. The strongest man +will drop before a good, strong volley of woman’s words, +the same as he would before a shooting squad.</p> + +<p>“Go on, John,” I said, seeing that Sam had dropped, +and wanting John to get a start before Sam had had time +to pick himself up, and dust off, and ask Danny what +she had meant by hissing at him to be careful.</p> + +<p>“Shall I, Danny?” John asked. She nodded.</p> + +<p>“It isn’t any too pleasant, even for me,” John began, +“but the straight of it is, that while Danny, for years, +was a companion to this lady in England, Gaby was +running around over Europe with a darned rotten lot of +associates. On the face of things, she was an actress; +leading lady with a company that traveled all over the +country—over several countries—giving plays. That +seemed to be mostly a blind, though, for her real occupation, +which was leading lady with a crew of blackmailers. +Danny doesn’t admit it, but I think there is no doubt but +that she had a lover named Lewis Bauermont—something +like that. He was leading man in the theatrical +company, manager of it, and also of the blackmailing +gang.</p> + +<p>“About six months before Danny wrote here, the lady, +whom Danny had been serving as a companion, died. It +left Danny at loose ends. She had stayed there more for +love than for money. She had next to no money saved. +Gaby wrote that she could give her a small part in her +company. Danny joined her in France. She had been +there a couple of weeks, when the company went on the +rocks. Danny thought it was done purposely, since one of +their blackmail victims was making it too hot for them.</p> + +<p>“Gabrielle and Danny went to Switzerland. This +Lewis what’s-his-name——”</p> + +<p>“Bauermont.”</p> + +<p>“Bauermont, showed up there in a few days and hung +around. He and Gaby got to quarreling all the time. +Gaby, who had always had plenty of money, began to +be short of funds.</p> + +<p>“Danny was as miserable as—well, as Danny would be +in a mess like that. She remembered this place, and +begged Gaby to come here, and rest a while, and get rid +of this Bauermont, and the other hangers-on, and get +ready to make a fresh start. You know, a clean start. +Dan says Gaby had real ability as an actress; and that +she could have easily found a position in some stock +company in the United States. Gaby wouldn’t listen to +Danny’s plan of coming here. But, once or twice, she used +the idea as a threat to make this Bauermont bird come +to terms. He wouldn’t come. Later, Gaby began to give +him some of his own blackmailing medicine. I guess he +was pretty keen to get rid of her. And her having talked +about the Desert Moon gave him his idea.</p> + +<p>“He showed up one night with a letter from Canneziano, +written from San Quentin. Bauermont was old +enough, by the way, to have been Gaby’s father. He +and Canneziano had been pals here in the United States; +and had gotten together again, three years ago, when +Bauermont had been over here for six months. The +letter, which had been forwarded all over this country +and half of Europe, said only that he was to leave prison +on the fourth of July, and wanted to know where he could +meet Bauermont shortly after that date. Probably all +Canneziano wanted was to renew his old connections; +but the letter was cryptic enough for Bauermont to make +his story out of it.</p> + +<p>“A cock-and-bull yarn about how he and Canneziano +had held up that Tonopah mail train, three years ago—the +train that was carrying a big shipment of currency +for the federal reserve bank. A hundred thousand dollars, +wasn’t it? We all remember it, I guess. The robbers got +away. Well, this Bauermont bird told the girls that he +and Canneziano had been the robbers.</p> + +<p>“It seems he made a pretty fair story out of it—how +he and Canneziano had decided that every bank in the +country would have the numbers of the bills by morning, +and how they’d agreed to cache them in some safe place +for a rather long time. They’d thought it best, too, to +part company. So Bauermont went on to Salt Lake, and +Canneziano, since we were handy, came and hid the +money here on the ranch.”</p> + +<p>Sam interrupted. “Like hell he did!”</p> + +<p>“No, of course he didn’t, dad. I’m giving you +Bauermont’s story, that’s all. According to him Canneziano +hid the money here. He was to have joined Bauermont in +Salt Lake, but he got scared and went south instead, to +’Frisco. He’d been there only a few weeks, when he got +pinched for running a gambling hall and sent up for three +years.</p> + +<p>“Bauermont went to see him after he was in prison. +He told Bauermont that he had hidden the money here, +all right; but he would not tell him where. He said it was +safe, that no one could find it—not in a thousand years. +That was all Bauermont could get out of him, except a +promise to meet him, when he got out of prison, and come +here with him to get the money.</p> + +<p>“You, anyone, can see that the whole story is as full of +holes as a sieve. I don’t understand how Gaby ever fell +for it. Danny will believe most anything anyone tells her. +She is so honest herself, she thinks everyone else is honest. +You can imagine how this plan, of coming here to get +the money, went against the grain with her. But she was +so desperate about Gaby, and the rottenness there, that +she was willing to accept any plan to get Gaby away from +it.”</p> + +<p>“I thought we could not find the money,” Danny +supplemented. “Though John says I believe anything, +someway I never did fully believe that story. I never +believed anything, really, that Lewis said. It was the +only chance I had to get Gaby away from there—and I +took it, on the principle, you know, of solving one +problem at a time.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” John said, “that’s that. The letter Gaby got, +a few days ago, was from this Bauermont. Danny could +not read the code, but she has every reason to think that +the copy Gaby read to her was genuine. In it he said +that the whole thing, from start to finish, had been a +put up job on Gaby. He and Canneziano had been in +Denver at the time, had read all the accounts of the +train robbery in the papers, and had kicked themselves +to think that they hadn’t been smart enough to have +pulled it off themselves. But they had not; had had no +connection with the affair. The point of it was, that he +had found another girl, was tired of Gaby, and wanted +to ship her out of the way. Danny says the whole thing +was an insult, from beginning to end; and that it seemed +to have been written with no other motive than a desire +to humiliate Gaby, twit her—laugh in her face.”</p> + +<p>“Sounds fishy to me,” Sam mused. “If this fellow +wanted to be shed of her, seems as if the best thing he +could have done was to keep his mouth shut, and keep +her here, hunting the hidden treasure until the end of +time.”</p> + +<p>“I think,” Danny answered, “that he thought Gaby +might grow tired of searching, and return to him. Lewis +knew that father was to be released, and that he and +Gaby might meet at any time, and Gaby would then +learn the truth. Lewis is mean and cruel. He wanted the +zest—if you can possibly understand—of writing that +cruel, wicked letter.”</p> + +<p>“See here,” Sam said. “Suppose, after writing it, he +got scared of what he had done. Gaby, you know, was—well, +she was a pretty violent girl. He might have thought +it over, and decided that it would be a lot safer to have +her clear out of the way. Or, more likely, before he ever +wrote that letter, he might have made arrangements with +some one of his gang over here to come up and put her +out of the way, shortly after she’d got the letter——”</p> + +<p>“I move,” Hubert Hand interrupted, “that we all +adjourn, and go to hunt for the secret staircase and the +concealed passage-way.”</p> + +<p>“Trying to be funny?” Sam asked, with a bright blue +glare.</p> + +<p>“Not at all. But the secret staircase is all that is +lacking, isn’t it? We’ve begun with the buried treasure, we’ve +got the motive, and the international band of organized +criminals. Slick. All there. Romantic and thrilling as you +please. Only, it is a long way from Switzerland to Nevada +and the key in Mary’s pocket.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch30"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXX. <br> An Accusation</h2> + +<p>“Damn the key in Mary’s pocket!” Sam exploded. +“I’m beginning to think I was right, at first, when +I said that Mary locked the door, absent mindedly, and +dropped the key in her pocket herself.”</p> + +<p>I judged that I could wait until my turn came to +mention that the key in my pocket was the old pass-key, +and not the key to the attic door. In the next minute I +wished that I had not waited, but had told it so that +Sam might have busied his mind with that.</p> + +<p>“Well, John,” he said, “does that finish up the part +of the story Danny couldn’t tell?”</p> + +<p>“I think so, dad.”</p> + +<p>“All right. Now, Danny, what did you mean, a few +minutes ago, when you warned me to be careful, like you +did?”</p> + +<p>“I—” Danny stammered, “—wanted you to be +careful about what you said, in anger.”</p> + +<p>“In other words, you wanted me to be careful about +saying anything that would seem to implicate John?”</p> + +<p>She did not answer.</p> + +<p>“If John was guilty,” Sam insisted, “would you want +him to go scot free?”</p> + +<p>“John is not guilty.”</p> + +<p>“How do you know that?”</p> + +<p>“I know it in the same way that you all seem to know +that Chad was not guilty. I know John.”</p> + +<p>“That’s all right. But you can’t know John’s innocence +like we know Chad’s; because, from the time Gaby +came downstairs, until we all set out to look for her, +Chad was not out of my sight. He was at the piano. He +walked to the barn with me. He stayed in the barn with +me. He walked back to the house with me. He was with +us all during supper.”</p> + +<p>“You,” said Danny, “say that Chad was in the barn +with you during all of that hour. I wonder whether Chad, +if he were alive, could swear that you were in the barn +with him, during all of that hour?”</p> + +<p>“What do you mean by that, my girl?” Sam +questioned.</p> + +<p>Danny sat and stared at him, her eyes wide, her lips +bitten tight; sat and looked as if she were frightened +plumb out of her senses, and did not say one word.</p> + +<p>“You meant something when you said that,” Sam +insisted. “Now what was it? Come, speak up.”</p> + +<p>It was no way for him to talk to her, feeling as she felt, +and her sister not yet in her grave. I was downright +ashamed for him. I guess the others felt as I did, for +Hubert Hand said, “Never mind. Lay off that, Sam. +What do you expect to get from an hysterical girl. You +don’t deserve it; you let me down flat; but, just to prove +that I’m a white man, I’ll say that I know you were in +the barn all the time. Of course, if I wasn’t there, my +testimony for you wouldn’t amount to much. But you +know damn well I was there; and I know damn well that +you were. So let up on the little lady. Mary’s turn, next, +isn’t it?”</p> + +<p>“Hold on!” Sam said. “Since Danny’s gone this far, +she shouldn’t grudge an extra word or two. Come, now, +Danny. I don’t aim to treat you mean, and you know +I’m sorry for you, and feel for you in your trouble. But +what is it you have on your mind?”</p> + +<p>She sat there, still as a mouse; her big eyes growing +bigger from fright.</p> + +<p>I guess there is some of the brute in every man. I had +never before suspected that Sam Stanley had his share.</p> + +<p>“You’ll have to talk when this case comes to court,” +he said. “It will come to court—don’t forget that. Just +now, it looks as if John were going to have to come up +for trial. Your silence does him a sight more harm than +good; you should know that.”</p> + +<p>“Oh!” she exclaimed, short and sharp, as if it hurt her. +“It isn’t John I am trying to shield. I am—I am trying +to save his happiness for him, that’s all. His happiness, +and my own.”</p> + +<p>“Just now,” John said, gently, “isn’t the time to be +thinking about our happiness, Danny. If you have +anything to say—please say it.”</p> + +<p>“You won’t blame me?” she pleaded. “You won’t +blame me, afterwards?”</p> + +<p>“Could I blame you for telling what you think is the +truth?”</p> + +<p>“Hubert,” she spoke suddenly, and very sharply, for +her, “did you see Uncle Sam, all that time, in the barn? +Could you see him, all the time, while you were milking +the cows? He says he could not see you.”</p> + +<p>“No——” Hubert hesitated. “No—I guess I didn’t +see him, all the time. He was at one end of the barn, and +I was at the other. But I heard him talking to Chad all +the time. They were kidding back and forth. Sam baiting +Chad along; you know how they do—did. Sam was +right there all the time, Danny. No getting away from +that.”</p> + +<p>“But there is,” she said. “You all seem to have +forgotten it, but Chad was a mimic and a ventriloquist. He +could have stayed there in the barn alone, and with no +trouble at all, made you think that Uncle Sam was there, +too, and that they were talking together.”</p> + +<p>I stopped breathing. I think the others stopped breathing. +Their breaths would have sounded noisy in that +silence. John spoke first.</p> + +<p>“Four cows got milked. Chad couldn’t milk. He never +milked a cow in his life.”</p> + +<p>“How do you know?” Danny said, and I was surprised +that she should oppose John like that. “You know only +that Chad said he could not milk. We all know that he +was lazy. He was raised on a farm——”</p> + +<p>“How do you know that?” John echoed her own words.</p> + +<p>“I don’t know it. He told me that he was.”</p> + +<p>John said: “He told me that he was born and reared +in Chicago.”</p> + +<p>“Shut up, John,” Sam commanded. “Go on, Danny.”</p> + +<p>“That’s all,” she said. “Except, that if Chad could +milk, that would have given Uncle Sam nearly all of that +hour——”</p> + +<p>“Dan!” John’s voice sounded as if he were talking +to one of his meanest broncos. “Stop it! Sitting here and +accusing dad, with no evidence—nothing but a crazy, +wild idea——”</p> + +<p>“That is not true. I have evidence. I picked up Gaby’s +bag from the steps yesterday evening. Tobacco and pipe +ashes were sticking to it. Only a few. I think someone had +tried to brush them off, hurriedly, as a man might, and +had made a poor job of it. No one else on this place +smokes a pipe. No one else, anywhere, drops his pipe +whenever he is excited.” She turned to me. “That is +what I told you I dared not tell——” She hid her face +in her hands.</p> + +<p>Sam’s pipe fell from his mouth.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch31"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXI. <br> The Session Ends</h2> + +<p>It seemed to me that, when Sam’s pipe hit the floor, +it made a noise like doom cracking. We all sat still as +stones. I suppose it could not have been more than a +minute, but it seemed a long time before John left +Danny’s side and went and picked up the pipe and handed it +to Sam.</p> + +<p>“It’s all right, dad,” he said.</p> + +<p>“Not by a damn sight, it’s not all right,” Sam came +back to his senses vigorously. “But it is interesting—this +thing. It is getting interesting, anyway. Let me see—— If +I had got Chad to help me—and I could have, by telling +him it was some joke or other I had on hand—I could +have sneaked out of the barn, met her and killed her, +during that hour. When could I have got the body +upstairs, though? That’s the first missing link. My reason +for killing her would be another, but——”</p> + +<p>“Say! See here, dad,” John cut in.</p> + +<p>“You shut up, son. We are waiting to hear the rest of +what Danny has to say. Come, Danny, can you supply +either of those missing links?”</p> + +<p>“No,” she said, and sighed. It was easy to see that she +was plumb tuckered out. “No, of course I can’t.”</p> + +<p>“If,” Sam went on, seemingly talking entirely to himself, +“if I’d hurried like blazes, I might have done the +deed, and carried her into the house during the time I +was absent from the barn. I’d have had to pass Mary in +the kitchen—I’d have been bound to sneak in the back +way—but, if I asked her not to, more than likely Mary +wouldn’t tell on me. Or, I might have had a hireling +(that’s what they call them, isn’t it? There’s another +word, something like—marmot—no, never mind.) on the +outside, who would have toted the body in for me, while +we were at supper.”</p> + +<p>Written out, that sounds as if Sam had been trying to +be comical. He was not at all. He was sitting there, speaking +his thoughts for all to hear, making out a case against +himself, cool as Christmas. For my part, I had heard +enough of it.</p> + +<p>“Sam, you look here——” I began.</p> + +<p>“You shut up, too, Mary,” Sam said.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker spoke. She had her say out. Nobody, not +even Sam, would any more think of telling Mrs. Ricker +to shut up, than they would think of telling any other +dumb object, that suddenly started to talk, to shut up. +Leading a life of silence, I thought, certainly did have its +advantages, at times.</p> + +<p>“I think,” Mrs. Ricker said, “that the girl herself +probably killed her sister. If Sam’s pipe ashes were on the +bag, she put them there, afterwards, to make trouble for +him.”</p> + +<p>Sam said, “Shucks!”</p> + +<p>I thought John would be the first to speak. I was +mistaken.</p> + +<p>It was Danny herself who said, “Make her talk, now, +Uncle Sam. Don’t wait for her turn. I—can’t bear it. +Make her talk now, and give her reasons for saying such +a cruel, wicked, lying thing.”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ricker,” Sam put the question very solemnly, +“have you any reasons for making this accusation?”</p> + +<p>“My only reason is, that I believe it.”</p> + +<p>“Don’t beat around the bush. Why do you believe it?”</p> + +<p>“I have a feeling that she is guilty.”</p> + +<p>“This,” Sam said, sternly, “is no time for feeling, nor +for quibbling. You made a serious accusation—straight +out. I want your reason, or reasons, for making it, and I +want them just as straight.”</p> + +<p>“I have no reasons,” Mrs. Ricker said. “That is why +I suspect her.”</p> + +<p>“Ah-ah-ah! Women!” Sam said; and the way he said +it, it was the blackest oath he had used that day.</p> + +<p>I looked at Danny. I had not been feeling any too +kindly toward her, for the past few minutes; but, just the +same, seeing her there, white and pitiful, with her hands +caught up to her throat, and with the echo of Sam’s +last blasphemy still in my ears, I had a woman feeling +toward her. I knew then, as I know now, that Danielle +Canneziano could no more have killed Gaby than she +could have created her.</p> + +<p>“I think,” I said, talking fast to keep Sam from shutting +me up before I could get anything said, “that if, in +suspicioning an innocent girl like Danny, Mrs. Ricker is +simply drawing on her woman’s instinct, she’d better +pass it up, for the present, and listen to some plain +sexless sense.</p> + +<p>“Gaby came downstairs at four. Danny called after +her, right then; so Danny was in the house right then. +Gaby went to the rabbit hutch and stopped long enough +to give Martha the bracelet. Almost as soon as Martha +was in the house with the bracelet, Danny was downstairs +with us, cool, collected, and undisturbed. Now +suppose, as an idiot suggested this morning, that Gaby +had come straight back into the house. I guess everyone +would agree that it would take her five minutes to get +back upstairs. That would leave Danny not more than +ten minutes to kill her, and to come downstairs, as I’ve +said, collected and undisturbed. Come to think of it, +Gaby could not have talked to Martha and got to the +attic stairway in any five minutes. At the widest figuring, +that leaves Danny about five minutes——”</p> + +<p>As I had been fearing he would, Sam stopped me. +“That’s all right, too, Mary. But there is no need to +draw so long a bow. No need to count minutes on Danny. +The note in Gaby’s bag fixes her innocence better than +all the minutes on the clock could.”</p> + +<p>“No, it does not,” Mrs. Ricker said. “Gaby knew that +she had reason to fear an enemy. She probably found +that out from the code letter. She may never have +suspected that the enemy was her own sister.”</p> + +<p>“I wish I knew,” Sam said, giving Mrs. Ricker a long +look, “what you are getting at, Mrs. Ricker. I’d give +that,” Sam dangled out his right hand, “to know what +any one of you was getting at. You, for instance, know +that Danny did not kill her sister. I think that Hand +knows that John didn’t do it—maybe not. I’m beginning +to suspect him of honesty in this; but a damn mistaken +honesty, at that. I think that John knows that Chad is as +innocent as—as—a new born babe, as Mary says. I +think Danny would have to be pretty hard put to it, +before she’d invent that story about my pipe ashes——”</p> + +<p>“Dad,” John said, and high time he was saying +something, “Dan didn’t invent any story. I know that she +was clear off about the pipe ashes, and I think she +shouldn’t have made such a mistake. Since they couldn’t +have been there, she couldn’t have seen them. But Danny +doesn’t lie. She thought she saw the ashes there, or she +would not have said so.”</p> + +<p>“All right, son,” Sam conceded. “I’d a heap rather +think that than not. But, see here, did anyone else think +they saw my pipe ashes around there?”</p> + +<p>I looked into my own blue voile lap. I imagined I could +feel Hubert Hand’s eyes boring into me. My face burned. +I could feel the waves of red going up into my scalp and +spreading out around my ears. I prayed a quick, private +prayer to the Lord. But I have learned, through the +years, that trying to instruct the Lord, through the +pretense of prayer, is a supreme impudence that he usually +punishes pretty promptly. My face burned hotter than +ever. I raised my eyes. Sam was staring straight at me.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” he said, “you found the body. Did you see +pipe ashes there, then?”</p> + +<p>My only excuse is, that it takes longer than a minute +or two minutes to betray a person who has been your +best friend for twenty-five years.</p> + +<p>I said, “No.”</p> + +<p>“I am going to ask you to swear to that. Somebody +get the Bible.”</p> + +<p>Nobody moved.</p> + +<p>“You haven’t made any of the others swear to +anything,” I said.</p> + +<p>“I haven’t caught any of the others in what I was sure +was a direct and deliberate lie.”</p> + +<p>I felt weaker than filtered water. It is one thing to tell +a lie, offhand into the free air. I haven’t much use for a +person who can’t do that, when absolutely necessary. +It is another thing to put your hand on the Good Book +and swear to a lie. I knew that I could not do it.</p> + +<p>“Martha,” Sam said, “run and get the Bible for dad.”</p> + +<p>Martha seemed to be sound asleep again. I did not +notice anything queer about her appearance. Mrs. Ricker +must have noticed something queer. She jumped to her +feet and dashed across the room to where Martha was +lying. A shriek went piercing through the house, +splintering the air into quivering bits of agony.</p> + +<p>Everyone has wakened from sleep, cold with the sweating +terror of some hideous nightmare, but with only the +vaguest impressions of its detail. So it is with me, and that +nightmare hour. I can not reconstruct it. It remains, yet, +in my mind as nothing but a horror of confusions.</p> + +<p>We all ran about. I know that there was telephoning. +That some of us made desperate attempts with restoratives. +I remember Sam’s crying, with his face uncovered, +like a child. I can hear him saying that he had given her +the sleeping powder, had forced it upon her. I can hear, +plainest of all, Mrs. Ricker’s voice, with all the pent up +passions of years breaking forth in torrents of heartbreak.</p> + +<p>“My baby. My baby girl. My darling. Mother’s life. +Mother’s heart. Speak to mother. My lamb. My baby . . .”</p> + +<p>Her voice again, but cruel now, as she shrieks at +Hubert Hand. “Stand there, you beast! Stand there, dry +eyed and look at your dead daughter. The child you +deserted. The child you ignored——”</p> + +<p>I remember the feeling of the fresh air as I walked +beside Sam, who was carrying Martha, out of the house. +I think that it was John who explained to me that the +doctor, who had left Telko, was going to meet us on the +road, in order to save time. We must have walked slowly, +but I can not rid myself of the impression of Mrs. Ricker, +running beside us. I remember her scream, when—futile, +unnecessary horror—Sam stumbled with his burden as +he went to step into the sedan.</p> + +<p>As the car went dashing away, I remember looking +out of its windows at the house—the great structure, with +its wide expanses and its towers; and it seemed to me that +it looked like some monster, crouching there in the +green; some grim, horrible monster, waiting for its +victims. Three of us had been caught in its clutches. Were +any of us to escape?</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch32"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXII. <br> A Part of the Past</h2> + +<p>The doctor, who was younger and more cruel than +even a doctor has a right to be, said that Martha +had died from a stoppage of the heart, undoubtedly +induced by the strong drug in the sleeping powder that +had been administered. In other words, Sam had killed +her. He loved her. How deeply he had loved her, none of +us had ever had sense enough to realize.</p> + +<p>We had her funeral, and Chad’s, two days later. They +were buried in the second grove of aspen trees, two miles +beyond the cabin. All the people in the valley came. At +first, I thought that they had come to honor the dead, and +Sam. But, as I stood by the graves, and watched the faces +about me, faces that held suspicion, horror, curiosity; +sly faces, cruel faces, eager faces, I did not care to think +why most of them had come.</p> + +<p>Sam noticed it, too. For, though I had not said a word +to him, as we walked home from the graves, he said to +me, “Don’t blame them, Mary. What else could we +expect? Decency breeds decency, and—filth draws filth.”</p> + +<p>There were only four of us around the table that evening. +Mrs. Ricker had gone straight to her room, after the +funeral. Danny, with no protest from Sam, had left the +day before to take Gaby’s body to San Francisco. It had +seemed heartless to allow her to go alone; but I could +not be spared, and there was no one else to go with her. +John might have gone; but Danny refused to allow him +to, saying, unselfishly, that Sam needed John more than +she needed him.</p> + +<p>“You people,” Hubert Hand spoke suddenly, to John +and Sam and me, as we sat there, looking at a supper +that nobody pretended to eat, “have been awfully decent +about not asking questions since the other afternoon.”</p> + +<p>“I’m done with questions,” Sam said. “Through. +Finished.”</p> + +<p>“Just the same,” Hubert Hand replied, “there are a +lot of answers that are going to have to be given, sooner +or later. You heard Mrs. Ricker say that I was Martha’s +father——”</p> + +<p>“Never mind that, now, Hand,” Sam interrupted. +“I’ve known, since the first week you came to the ranch, +that there was, or had been, something between you two. +You’d been her lover, I suppose. Well—men do. That’s +all. I never went around thinking you, nor any man, was +a plaster saint. I reckon you deserted her, eh? And treated +her like hell, generally. And she found a refuge here. +And, later, probably, heard that you were in trouble, and +sent you a letter and told you to come here. Put you wise +about the chess racket. Helped you. Made a refuge for +you. Women do.</p> + +<p>“I suppose she slipped poor Martha in, in place of the +child she’d got from the orphanage—used the same +papers. Well—to keep on repeating myself, mothers do. +You and she have both lived straight and acted decent +for the years you’ve been here. If the two of you want +to keep on living in this hell-hole, and keep on straight +and acting decent, you’ll get the same treatment from me +you’ve always got. If you are Martha’s parents, that’s +more reason, not less, for my not wanting to break up +our family here, or make trouble for either one of you.”</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand pushed back his chair, got up, and +walked to the window. “By God, but you’re a white man, +Sam!” he said. “You’re so damn white that you make +every one around you look yellow as sulphur by contrast.</p> + +<p>“You’ve got it doped out right about Ollie Ricker and +me. She was twelve years older than I was—I always felt +like that was kind of an excuse for me. Guess not, though. +She was a good enough girl until I came along, just out of +prison, and as rotten as two years in prison can make a +kid. That’s pretty damn rotten. I shouldn’t have been +sent up, that time. Nothing but a kid’s trick—grand row +in a dump down on Barbary Coast.</p> + +<p>“My mother was dead. My dad was a high-hatter. +He went back on me, cold, after that. Found my room +locked when I went home. I went back to Ollie. She kept +me pretty straight for a while. I ought to have married +her, and I know it, before the kid was born. But she was +so jealous that she made life a living hell for me. I—well, +I wouldn’t marry her.</p> + +<p>“It was her fault that I got sent up the second time. +She talked to a girl friend of hers, and the girl snitched. +Up to that time, I think that Ollie Ricker talked more +than any living woman. She took a vow, the day they +got me, that she’d never speak an unnecessary word +again in her life. I’ll say she’s kept that vow pretty well. +I wish to God I’d taken the same vow, before I shot my +mouth off about John, the other day.”</p> + +<p>“You don’t think that I did it, then?” I wished John +could have seemed less eager.</p> + +<p>“On the square,” Hubert answered, “I don’t see who +else could have done it. That makes no never minds. I +wish I’d kept my mouth shut, on account of Sam——”</p> + +<p>“Leave me out of it,” Sam growled, “and forget it. +Forget the whole damn thing, if you can. I’m through. +If I hadn’t been so busy playing the fool while Martha +was dying, we could likely have saved her. We’ll never +get any place with this thing. Nobody will. Look at us, +messing around with a lot of damn fool clues, and +suspicions, telling one lie to cover another—like a batch +of gossiping old grannies, while Martha was lying there, +dying. And me growling and snarling at her all afternoon. +I’m a fool. I’m a damn sight worse—I’m an old fool. A +girl got killed on the Desert Moon Ranch. A boy killed +himself for love of her. The killer got clean away. So +far as I’m concerned, it is going to rest there. I’m closing +the book. Soon as I can, I’ll sell out the damn place, lock, +stock and barrel.”</p> + +<p>“That doesn’t go for me, dad,” John said. “And I +think you’ll change your mind. I’m not willing to go on +the rest of my life with half a dozen people thinking that +I killed Gabrielle. No sir, not with one person thinking it. +Hubert Hand seems to be in a sort of sentimental mood, +right now. How long’s he going to stay that way? When +he gets over it, what’s he going to do with the club he has +in his hand? Nothing? Maybe. Depends on how much he +might need some cash, sometime in the future.”</p> + +<p>Hubert said, “I’m no damn blackmailer.”</p> + +<p>“What did you serve your second term in prison for?”</p> + +<p>“None of your business.”</p> + +<p>“All right.”</p> + +<p>“No. Hold on, I’ll tell you. It’s up to me to tell things +to-day, and I’m telling them. It was forgery, all right; +but, just the same, I don’t feel, yet, like I was much to +blame. I’d gotten in with a rotten crowd, and——”</p> + +<p>“Never mind. Let it go at that. Here’s another thing, +dad. Danny honestly believes that, someway or other, +you are mixed up in this thing. We can’t marry, with a +thing like that between us. I guess it doesn’t make any +difference in the way we feel toward each other; but it +makes a barrier, just the same, that will have to come +down before we marry. I haven’t talked it over, exactly, +with Dan, but I’m dead certain she feels the same way I +do about it.”</p> + +<p>“You think Danny is coming back here, then?” +Hubert questioned.</p> + +<p>“How do you mean?”</p> + +<p>“I’m not looking for her to come back—that’s all.”</p> + +<p>“You’re crazy with the heat. They read a telegram to +me, not an hour ago, saying that she’d get in on number +Twenty-one Friday afternoon.”</p> + +<p>“I’ll bet she’s not on it.”</p> + +<p>“Say, Hand——”</p> + +<p>“Keep your shirt on, John. We all know that Danny is +innocent of the crime, and that she is a good little scout—a +lot better than Gaby was, if not half as charming and +attractive. But—she knows more than she wishes to know. +She knows more than she’s going to tell. Maybe more +than she can tell, in safety. For the love of Mike, +folks—couldn’t you see that she had some reason for working up +that case against Sam? Cutting it out of whole cloth. If +she’d been trying to shield John, do you think she’d have +used Sam for that purpose? Not on your life she wouldn’t +have, she’d have pinned it on me, or Mrs. Ricker, or even +on Mary. She did try to pin it on Chad——”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker came tottering into the room. Sam jumped +to meet her, and helped her over to his own big chair at +the head of the table.</p> + +<p>She leaned forward, her long black-sleeved arms +stretched straight in front of her over the white cloth, her +hands clenched into fists.</p> + +<p>“For hours,” she said, “I have been trying to reach +a decision. I have reached it. I have come here to +confess.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch33"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXIII. <br> Another Confession</h2> + +<p>“Before I came to the Desert Moon——” she began, +but Hubert Hand stopped her.</p> + +<p>“Never mind, Ollie. No need confessing, as you say, +any of that. Sam knows all about us. He’d guessed it, or +most of it, years ago. I’ve just now told him the rest. It +is all right with him. I mean—he realizes it’s all long +past. He thinks, as I do, that the best thing we can do is +to forget it; and, as he says, keep on living straight and +decent.”</p> + +<p>“Do you know all of our story?” Mrs. Ricker lifted +her faded eyes to Sam.</p> + +<p>“Enough,” Sam sort of sighed it. “I don’t care about +details. All but—I was kind of wondering what became +of the brown-eyed baby, named Vera, who the papers +from the orphanage were made out for.”</p> + +<p>“I found her a home with the mother and father of one +of the nurses in the hospital. They thought that she was +my own child. They loved her, and were kind to her. +Until she died, during the influenza epidemic in San +Francisco, in 1918, I sent half of my salary to them, for +her, each month.”</p> + +<p>“I always knew you were a good woman,” Sam said. +“Now what do you say we forget it, let by-gones be +by-gones?”</p> + +<p>“No,” said Mrs. Ricker. “Martha did not kill Gaby, +as you think she did, Sam. I killed her.”</p> + +<p>Sam dropped his pipe.</p> + +<p>There was another one of those dead, awful silences.</p> + +<p>“The guilt,” Mrs. Ricker went on, “is entirely mine. +All of my life I have been cursed with an abnormal +jealousy, and with the violent temper that usually +accompanies such jealousy. Martha, you all know, +possessed both of these traits—a heritage from her +mother—without the balancing power of an adult mind.” +She turned to Hubert Hand. “Have you told about Nina +Ziegelman?”</p> + +<p>“No,” he spoke sharply. “I wouldn’t, Ollie. No +need——”</p> + +<p>“But I would,” she said, and continued, more rapidly. +“About four months before Martha was born a woman +named Nina Ziegelman betrayed us—Hubert and me. +I had given her a confidence, and she betrayed it. When +I found what she had done I went to her hotel room +and tried to kill her. I did not succeed. I shot her; but she +recovered. For many reasons, of their own, she and her +friends proffered no charges against me. I went free. +But I had marked Martha for murder. She was powerless +against it; as powerless as she would have been +against any evil physical inheritance. She can’t be +blamed. No one could dare blame her for that. It was I, +who planted those seeds of violence, jealousy, hatred, +and murderous intent, who killed Gabrielle. Martha was +only the helpless instrument.”</p> + +<p>I was sorry that there was eagerness, mixed with the +pity in John’s voice, as he asked, “Did Martha tell you +that she committed the murder?”</p> + +<p>“No. Other parental heritages of hers were a lying +tongue, and slyness. She persisted in her denials, to me. +But it is all so evident.</p> + +<p>“Gabrielle joined Martha at the rabbit hutch. You +know how one sits down on one’s heels to peer in at the +rabbits in the low hutch. I think Gaby must have been +squatting, so, when Martha jumped at her and +overpowered her. Martha was strong, you know. Her hands +were very strong. You remember, Mary, how she could +open fruit jars that neither you nor I could budge? She +had hated Gaby ever since Gaby had come. Martha had +said to me, dozens of times, that someday she thought +she would kill Gaby.</p> + +<p>“The marks on her throat, I thought, and so did the +coroner, looked as if she had been caught by someone +who had been standing behind her. Seized unawares, it +would not take long to strangle a person. Martha must +have done it in two or three minutes. She took the +bracelet then, rolled the body under the clump of berry +bushes, right there, and came straight into the house.</p> + +<p>“She showed no feeling of guilt, because she had none. +At that moment, we should all have suspected something. +We should have known that girl would not, suddenly, +have given Martha the bracelet. Later, she told +you about it, didn’t she, Sam? And you left Chad in the +barn, to hoodwink Hubert, and came up and hid the +body for her?”</p> + +<p>“By God, I did not,” Sam said.</p> + +<p>“No need to deny it, now, Sam,” she said. “It was the +deed of a good man. Martha was never responsible—but +courts might not have understood. Now we will all shield +her—keep her secret. Chad’s confession will satisfy the +world. Danny must know, I suppose; but no one else +need ever know——”</p> + +<p>“But I tell you——” Sam shouted.</p> + +<p>I don’t know how, without raising her voice, she made +it sound through his shouting, and silence it, but she did. +“Sam—don’t. Why can’t we be honest, now, among +ourselves? You see, I know that both you and Martha were +on those stairs when the body was put there——”</p> + +<p>My thoughts jumped out into words. “Chad must have +known it, too. He must have decided that he’d rather die +than betray either Sam or Martha.”</p> + +<p>“He might have thought it,” Sam said, with a lack of +emphasis that edged stupidity. “He could not have +known it. It is not true.”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ricker,” John questioned, “what makes you +think that dad and Martha had both been on the stairs?”</p> + +<p>“Sam’s pipe ashes were strewn about. And there was +an old tatting shuttle, with which I had been trying to +teach Martha to tat, that morning. She had it in her +pocket. It must have dropped out. I think that Mary +tried to clean the pipe ashes away. They were gone when +I saw the body the second time. I should have tried to do +it, but I didn’t think. I had no time. I was frantic with +fear.</p> + +<p>“Wait,” she answered our looks and our exclamations +of astonishment. “I will explain. Martha and I, as you +know, were alone here in the house while the rest of you +were out looking for Gaby. Martha was sleepy. I was +worried about her sleeping so much, and tried all sorts +of ways to keep her awake until bed time. I kept sending +her out to look at the sky, to see whether a storm was +coming to spoil her fireworks. She would run out, and +right in again, to curl on the davenport and try to sleep. +Finally, though, she stayed outside, for a long time. But +for Sam’s pipe ashes, I would think that then she had +managed to drag the body upstairs by herself. Still—though +I believe that she did have strength enough to +move the body, I do not believe that she would have had +wits enough.</p> + +<p>“When the wind rose, I looked first for Martha. I +called her several times before she answered. Finally +she came around the house from the direction of the +rabbit hutch, again. Surely, you must have noticed, as I +did, that she had seemed strangely excited during all the +late afternoon and early evening. At the time, I thought +it was because she had been given the monkey charm, and +because she was to have the fireworks.</p> + +<p>“But, when we were alone, she talked very foolishly—even +for her. She began with it again, when she had +answered my call. She kept insisting that soon we were +all going to be surprised about something; something very +nice, that had to do with Chad—but she would never, +never tell what it was. As a rule, I should not have paid +any attention to such talk. But, for some reason, her +excitement, and her insistence about a surprise, +disturbed me. I spent some minutes quizzing her. I even +tried to bribe her. I could get nothing from her but +further talk about the nice surprise.</p> + +<p>“At last I gave it up, and ran upstairs to begin closing +the house against the storm. I thought I’d begin with the +attic, and come down through the house. I tried the +attic door. It was locked, and the key was missing. I was +alarmed. Possibly, because we were all disturbed +concerning Gaby’s absence; and possibly, because inside +doors are so seldom locked here. I remembered the old +skeleton key hanging in the broom closet. I ran down and +got it.</p> + +<p>“I opened the door. I saw the body. I touched it—and +knew, even before I saw the tatting shuttle there, and +the beaded bag, covered with Sam’s pipe ashes. I snatched +the shuttle and hid it in my dress. At that instant, +through the open window at the end of the hall, I heard +your voices, as you ran up the road from the garage to +escape the rain. I shut the door, locked it, and ran +downstairs. Do you know, when I met you, I had that key in +my hand?</p> + +<p>“Mary came up to me to help me close the French +windows. I did not think. I had a wild desire to rid +myself of that key. I was determined to protect Martha, at +any cost. Mary’s pocket was hanging like an open bag, +right below me. I dropped the key into it. It was a +frightful mistake. If I had kept it, and thrown it away, +everyone in the house would have been exonerated. It +was, as you know, the one link that connected this +household with the crime. That is, after Mary had cleaned +away the pipe ashes. The little fleck or two of them, which +Danny saw, might have fallen there days before——”</p> + +<p>“Mary,” Sam questioned, “were my pipe ashes on the +bag? Did you stop to clean them off, before you gave the +alarm?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, they were, Sam. Yes, I did.”</p> + +<p>“Then,” Sam said, “whoever put the body there, put +the pipe ashes there to throw suspicion on me; and +whoever it was, knew my habits, too. He must have put the +tatting shuttle there, as well, for good measure. Does +anyone of you think that Martha would have had the wits +to save ashes out of my pipe and put them on the bag? +I tell you, that would take an amount of logic, of +reasoning, that Martha could no more have managed than a +kitten could.”</p> + +<p>“Chad!” John almost sang it, in his eagerness. “He +was wise enough, and fool enough. His one idea was to +protect Martha. He helped her get the body up there, +between seven and eight o’clock, and he put the ashes +there to shield her. I said fool enough. But, come to think +of it, he knew what he was doing. He was protecting +her with the one person in the house who could not have +done it; with the one person that no Nevada jury would +convict. Then, he turned around and shielded dad with +his death and his written confession. From start to finish, +it works out, plain as day. Gosh! Say—it is terrible. +Gosh—horrible! Think of it—— But, thank God, it is +cleared up, anyway.”</p> + +<p>“ ‘Cleared up, <em>anyway</em>’ is right,” Sam said, and looked +around at all of us, pityingly, like he’d look at a litter of +sickly puppies.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch34"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXIV. <br> Defense</h2> + +<p>“All satisfied, then?” Sam questioned. “All satisfied +that Martha killed her, and that Chad carried the +body upstairs and hid it for her, and left the false +clues—including the tatting shuttle, for reasons unknown—and +came down, merry and happy enough, until he took a +sudden notion to write a false confession and walk out +and shoot himself through the head?”</p> + +<p>I was satisfied; but I felt like a fool for so being, when +Sam put it like that. I said nothing.</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand said, “It looks like a pretty clear case, +Sam.”</p> + +<p>“Does? What’s become of your clear case against +John, unchanged tires, and everything?”</p> + +<p>“I had not heard Ollie’s story, then.”</p> + +<p>“Dad,” there was pleading in John’s voice, “you don’t +mean to say that you can’t see the thing? That you aren’t +satisfied with this absolutely logical explanation?”</p> + +<p>“Yes,” Sam answered, with his most dangerous drawl, +“that’s what I mean to say. It takes more, or seems to, +to satisfy me than it takes to satisfy some folks. Satisfied? +Not by a damn sight!”</p> + +<p>John lost his temper. “For the love of Pete, why aren’t +you? What would satisfy you? Say? What are you trying +to do? Do you like the case against me so well that you +can’t give it up? You made us all come clean the other +day, or tried to. Come clean yourself, now? What have +you got up your sleeve?”</p> + +<p>“I’ve got a couple of good fighting arms up my sleeve,” +Sam answered. “And I’ve got a daughter, dead, in a +grave up there. Since she was knee high to a duck, she’s +counted on me, for food, and shelter, and protection +generally. I don’t know—but I reckon she may still be +counting on me, somewhere not too far away, for +protection. She is going to have it.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker began to cry, quietly; but Sam saw her.</p> + +<p>“No, no, Mrs. Ricker,” he said, “don’t get me wrong +in this. You believe that she was guilty. I believe that she +is innocent. Believing that way, it is my bounden duty +to clear her name. It is my fault that she isn’t here to +stand up for herself. It is my fault, too, I guess, that I’ve +raised John so that he won’t stand up for his own +womenfolks——”</p> + +<p>“That’s rotten of you, dad. It is unfair. I’d stand up +for Martha till the cows came home. But what’s the use +of bucking straight facts?”</p> + +<p>“Damn your straight facts. We haven’t got any. I’ve a +few straight fact questions, though, that will blow this +story galley-west. Here’s one of them:</p> + +<p>“Does it stand to reason that, for two months, Gaby +lived right here unharmed by Martha? But that, on the +very day, when she feared death from some outside +enemy, Martha should kill her?”</p> + +<p>“It is coincidental,” John admitted. “But, just the +same, there are lots of coincidences. We all meet them, +all the time.”</p> + +<p>“It wasn’t a coincidence that Gaby was afraid of meeting, +when she walked out of this house on the fourth of +July. Here’s another question.</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ricker, she says, was plumb convinced that +Martha committed the murder, and that I helped her by +carrying the body upstairs afterwards. She thought this +the night of the murder, and the next day, and ever +since. Why, then, didn’t she come to me and, anyway, put +out a feeler or two in my direction? She knew that I’d go +as far to save Martha as she would go. I wouldn’t protect +John, nor any other person on this place; but Martha +was a child—younger, even, than a child in some ways. +Mrs. Ricker knew that I’d save Martha with my last +dollar, and, as somebody said the other day, with my +last lie. Mrs. Ricker and I were alone together for more +than half an hour the morning of the fifth. Why didn’t +she give me a hint, then, of any of this?”</p> + +<p>“I—I was afraid,” Mrs. Ricker answered. “I was +waiting. I thought that you would give me the +hint—the sign. I was not sure——”</p> + +<p>“Not sure then, but sure now?”</p> + +<p>“I tell you,” Mrs. Ricker flared up, “I was afraid. So +long as she was living, I was afraid of everything—of +everyone. I was afraid of myself. I dared not think; I +dared not look. I scarcely lifted my eyes from my tatting. +I—I was afraid.”</p> + +<p>“Now, now,” Sam said. “I see your point in that, +especially since talking had got you in bad once. But—see +here. I said a while ago that I’d always known you +were a good woman. Well, I am going to keep on knowing +it, for the present. There are enough folks around here to +jump at conclusions without me doing it. But you, +thinking as you say you think, directly accused Danny the +other day. That was not the act of a good woman——”</p> + +<p>“God, Ollie!” Hubert Hand burst out. “He is going +to try to pin it on you, to save Martha and the Stanley +name—even yet.”</p> + +<p>“You,” Sam said, “are a liar.”</p> + +<p>“Safe enough. I wouldn’t fight you, and you know it, +old man.”</p> + +<p>Sam jumped to his feet. I had to stumble over John, +but I managed to reach Sam first, and to stand in front +of him. “Boys, boys,” I begged. “Not here. Not in this +house to-night. Remember——”</p> + +<p>Hubert stuck his hands in his pockets and walked +away. Sam dropped into his chair. The telephone bell, +in the other room, began to ring.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch35"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXV. <br> A Visitor</h2> + +<p>Hubert answered the telephone, and called to Sam. +I followed him into the living-room to hear what +was to be heard. I think that John and Mrs. Ricker +followed for the same reason.</p> + +<p>When Sam said, “Read it, please,” I knew that it was +another telegram. They telephone all of our telegrams to +us from Rattail, and mail them later, when they get +around to it, if they don’t forget.</p> + +<p>We had been pestered nearly crazy with telegrams, +on account of all the ruckus Sam had stirred up about +Canneziano, on the night of the murder. I supposed this +would be another one of them, about some poor Indian +or other who had been found at a desert water-hole. But, +almost right away, I could tell from Sam’s answers that +this was about something different. He kept writing +things on the telephone pad, and asking central to repeat, +and to repeat again, and to spell that, please. Lands, but I +got nervous, before he finally hung up the receiver, and +turned to us, and asked:</p> + +<p>“Any of you ever hear of a fellow named Lynn +MacDonald?”</p> + +<p>None of us, of course, ever had.</p> + +<p>“Seems he is a kind of detective,” Sam explained. “He +calls himself a crime analyst, and he specializes in +murder cases. Works on his own hook, kind of like Sherlock +Holmes did, I guess. He had a list of references, and past +cases, long as your arm. They sounded fine. I forget them +now. Anyway, he made a straight proposition. He wants +to come here and take the case. He wants his expenses, +and nothing else, if he fails. If he succeeds, he wants ten +thousand, cash. Poor fish, I’d have paid twenty thousand +just as quick. Anyway, that’s a fair proposition. It is the +way I am used to trading; money down if I deliver, +nothing if I don’t. I’m going to wire him to come.”</p> + +<p>“Dad,” John objected, “you don’t know a thing about +this guy, except what he tells you. If you have to drag +a detective into this, now, after what Mrs. Ricker has +told us, why don’t you wire to a reputable agency, and +have it send someone?”</p> + +<p>“I like the tune this fellow sings. I like the straight +way he made his proposition. When I wanted the best +doctors for Martha, I always got specialists, didn’t I? +Well, this fellow’s a specialist. His references were damn +good. I like his name. An honest Scotchman comes pretty +close to being the noblest work of God.</p> + +<p>“Let’s see—Danny is coming up on Friday afternoon, +isn’t she? I’ll wire MacDonald to take the same train. +That will save us two trips to Rattail in the heat.”</p> + +<p>“Listen, dad—sleep over it,” John urged.</p> + +<p>I hated the quick, sharp way both Sam and Hubert +Hand looked at him. I hated him noticing it, and +jumping right into an explanation.</p> + +<p>“If Mrs. Ricker is right about all this,” he said, “and I +swear that I think she is, isn’t it enough for us to know +about it, dad? If you get a detective here, and he comes +to the same conclusion, we can’t keep it a secret, then.”</p> + +<p>Sam said, “He won’t. And we aren’t wanting, nor +needing any secrets on the Desert Moon, just now.”</p> + +<p>He sat down and began to write the telegram. Five +minutes, and he was reading it to the operator at Rattail. +He had just hung up the telephone receiver when the +doorbell rang, a long, impudent ring.</p> + +<p>Nobody, I thought as I went to the door, with any +sense of decency would ring our bell, like that, on this +evening.</p> + +<p>I was right. For a minute I did not recognize the man +standing there on the porch. In the next minute I did +recognize him. My heart stood stock still. He was Daniel +Canneziano.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch36"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXVI. <br> Canneziano</h2> + +<p>He pushed right past me, into the room, without +waiting for an invitation. He always was a polished-up, +perfumed little fellow, but that evening, what with +his gray spats and a cane, he was right-down dandified.</p> + +<p>“Got a chap to drive me up from Rattail,” he said. +“Beastly things, these Ford cars. What?”</p> + +<p>He gave that explanation of how he had got up from +Rattail, as if it were the only thing any of us could +possibly be wondering about him, or wanting to know.</p> + +<p>“I left my trunk down there,” he went on, taking off +his light gray overcoat, and brushing it, and folding it +across his valise that he had set on a chair. “The Ford +chap couldn’t bring it. I thought you could send a truck +down for it, to-morrow, Sam.”</p> + +<p>“Counting on paying us quite a visit, eh, Canneziano?”</p> + +<p>Sam found his voice at last. “Trunk and everything.”</p> + +<p>“As a matter of fact,” Canneziano answered, sitting +down and making himself comfortable on the small +davenport, “all that mess you stirred up about me, on +the night of the murder, makes traveling not altogether +agreeable for the present. Yes, I think, all things +considered, that having me for a guest, after having set all +the police in the country on my trail, keeping me safely +here, as it were, is about the least you can do, isn’t it?”</p> + +<p>“I reckon I could do a little less, in a pinch,” Sam +drawled. “But, all things considered, as you say—though +it might be you and I aren’t considering the same things—I’m +glad to see you here. Make yourself right at home, +for you may be going to stay even longer than you +planned.”</p> + +<p>“Righto! However, if you have some neat little +scheme of trying to pin the murder on me, I’d advise you +to abandon it. If I hadn’t had water-tight alibis, all +along the line——”</p> + +<p>“Keep your water-tight alibis in a dry place till you +need them,” Sam advised. “Maybe you will need them. +We’ve got a crime analyst, specialist in murder cases, +coming up here Friday. You can give your alibis to him.”</p> + +<p>“That crime analyst sounds like Lynn MacDonald. +That’s what she calls herself.”</p> + +<p>“She!” Sam said.</p> + +<p>“If you’ve got Lynn MacDonald, you’ve got a +woman.”</p> + +<p>“Hell!” Sam exploded.</p> + +<p>“Just the same,” Canneziano said, “she’s the best dic +on the coast. Some say that she is the best in this country. +Not that I give a hang. But, this is inside dope, if +anybody can find who killed the Gaby, this MacDonald +woman can. You should hear some of the San Quentin +boys compliment her—in their way.”</p> + +<p>“We don’t want a woman. Better wire her not to come, +dad,” John urged.</p> + +<p>This time it was Canneziano who looked quickly and +sharply at John. “You’re dead right you had,” he said, +“if you don’t want the murderer discovered.”</p> + +<p>“Sam,” Hubert Hand suggested, “you’d better wire +and verify her references, anyway.”</p> + +<p>Canneziano laughed. “I see what you are getting at. +I take it you’ve all gotten pretty jumpy around here, +these last few days. Can’t see the woodpile for the +niggers. Now this gentleman—by the by, Sam, you are +forgetting your manners; I have not, as yet, met any of +your guests—thinks that this coming dic may be a pal +of mine; something of the sort. If that were the case, +what good would it do to verify her references, by wire? +The people you wired to would all answer that Lynn +MacDonald was honest, capable, and so forth. She’s got a +reputation around the bay that is hard to beat. But, if +this were a plant, Jane Jones or Amaryllis De Vere could +come along, just the same, posing as Lynn MacDonald. +If you are really concerned about it, why not have a +Burns man bring her up? You shouldn’t mind the extra +expense, Sam.”</p> + +<p>“There’s generally more than one way to skin a cat,” +Sam said, “besides the way you are told to do it.”</p> + +<p>Leaving us to think that over, he went to the telephone +and called the office of <i>The Morning Record</i>, at Telko, +and asked for Mr. Clarence Pette.</p> + +<p>When he finally got him, he asked him whether he +knew Lynn MacDonald. Evidently he said that he knew +who she was, for Sam told him to take number Twenty-one +at Telko, Friday afternoon, and to meet him here, +and he would pay him fifty dollars for his trouble.</p> + +<p>“Pretty work, Sam,” Canneziano approved. “Too +bad I got you all so rattled. As a matter of fact, I rather +fancy myself in the rôle of a sleuth. If Lynn MacDonald +weren’t coming, I’d like to take a try at this job myself. +For instance, I noticed that, though Dan is in ’Frisco +now—according to the papers—none of you suggested +that she meet Lynn MacDonald, have her identified, and +bring her back here with her. I am trying to decide +whether that means that you don’t trust the gentle Dan, +or whether, though the newspapers say she is to return +at once to her home in Nevada, you do not expect her to +return.”</p> + +<p>“It means neither,” John snapped.</p> + +<p>“Mr. Canneziano,” I said, “this is John Stanley, +Sam’s adopted son. He and Danny are engaged to be +married. This other gentleman is Mr. Hubert Hand, and +the lady is Mrs. Ricker.”</p> + +<p>Things felt real polite, for a minute, as they always +do just after folks have been introduced.</p> + +<p>“Bad times you have been having around here, lately,” +Canneziano said, pleasantly, as if he were talking about +the weather.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker excused herself and went upstairs.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch37"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXVII. <br> Strangler Bauermont</h2> + +<p>Sam spoke directly to Canneziano. “Did you ever +know a man named Bauermont—Lewis +Bauermont?”</p> + +<p>“Strangler Bauermont? Very well indeed. Has he +anything to do with it?”</p> + +<p>“What’s that you called him?” Sam asked, sharply.</p> + +<p>“Strangler Bauermont, you mean?”</p> + +<p>I remembered that Danny had told me his nickname +was “Mexico.”</p> + +<p>Sam said, “That’s what I mean. How did he come by a +name like that?”</p> + +<p>“He is by way of being a wrestler, I believe; and won +the name for some particularly clever hold that brought +his man down every time. I have never gone in for that +sort of thing—can’t give you scientific details. He was a +jiu-jitsu expert, also. Oh, no, no,” as he noticed our +quickening interests. “He is a continent and an ocean +away, at present. Moreover, murder is quite outside his +line—quite. And he was, I believe, rather smitten than +otherwise with the Gaby.”</p> + +<p>“You are sure he is in Europe now?” Sam questioned.</p> + +<p>“I had a letter from him, only a few days ago, written +and sent from Deauville. A cable to Scotland Yard would +locate him precisely for you, I have no doubt. Assuming, +of course, that you don’t mind spending a few dollars.”</p> + +<p>“I suppose,” Sam mused, “that he could easy teach +his strangling trick to another man.”</p> + +<p>“Undoubtedly. But isn’t the entire connection rather +foolish, when one stops to think that Strangler has been, +for years, badly smitten with the lady?”</p> + +<p>“I guess he got over that,” Sam said. “Seems, now, as +if he was anxious to be shed of her.”</p> + +<p>“Oh-ho! And he famous for his constancy to the Gaby. +Nine, ten, I don’t know how many years. However, +though I’ll grant his name belies it, he was a smooth, +diplomatic cuss. I think you can be practically certain +that he would draw the line at murder—under any +circumstances.”</p> + +<p>“That letter you had from him,” Sam said. “I suppose +you destroyed it?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t tie my letters into packets bound with blue +ribbons.”</p> + +<p>“Was it written in code?”</p> + +<p>“No. You see, the hotel where I was putting up just +then was, one might say, over regulated. Letters written +in code were not favorably regarded there.”</p> + +<p>“Could you read a letter written in his code?”</p> + +<p>“I fancy so. If you have a Spanish dictionary.”</p> + +<p>“There was nothing Spanish about this one. It was +just a jumble of letters.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know it then. I’m rather clever with codes, +however. I fancy I could decipher it, with a bit of +study.”</p> + +<p>“Do they speak Spanish in Mexico?” I questioned; +and was rewarded by having all present look at me as if +they thought that I had just developed a yearning for +cultural, geographical knowledge.</p> + +<p>“I am getting at something,” I explained. “Was this +Bauermont man ever in Mexico?”</p> + +<p>“Unfriendly persons,” Canneziano answered, +“insinuate that Mexico is his native land.”</p> + +<p>“Did anyone ever call him ‘Mexico’?”</p> + +<p>“To his fury, yes. Is it relevant?”</p> + +<p>Sam asked, “Where were you, do you know, at the +time of the Tonopah train robbery, three years ago? +You were here, right shortly after that, I seem to +remember.”</p> + +<p>“I stopped for a friendly visit, and you kicked me out, +and into my downfall at ’Frisco. My three years in the +big house are at your door. But I hold no grudge.”</p> + +<p>“What I want to know is, where were you at the time +of the train robbery?”</p> + +<p>“I was in Denver, since you insist.”</p> + +<p>“Was this Strangler fellow there with you?”</p> + +<p>“He was. Pardon my curiosity, but is this leading to +something?”</p> + +<p>“I don’t know. Do you? This Strangler friend of yours +told the girls that you and he robbed that train.”</p> + +<p>Canneziano’s face went dark and ugly. “So the girls +say, ugh?”</p> + +<p>“He told them that,” John said. There was threat +enough in his voice to make Canneziano come off his +perch.</p> + +<p>“Is that possible?” he questioned, but pleasantly +enough. “I can’t see his motive. As a matter of fact, when +we read the accounts of how easily the thing had been +pulled off, we did rather regret that we had not taken a +try at it ourselves. If he had not included himself in his +confession to the girls, I would think that he had some +friendly reason for preferring me in captivity. . . . No, I +don’t get it.”</p> + +<p>“We think he has denied it, since,” Sam said. “We +think that the code letter, which none of us can read, is +his denial. No matter. Your story tots up straight enough +with the one we have.”</p> + +<p>“Gratifying, I am sure. I wonder whether I might see +this code letter? As I’ve remarked—I’ve a beastly habit of +bragging, I hope you don’t mind—I am rather clever with +the things.”</p> + +<p>I went upstairs to get it. I am not denying that it gave +me the creeps to go into Gaby’s room, alone at night. +When I opened the door, and saw that the light on the +table was lit, and that someone was standing beside it, I +all but jumped out of my shoes.</p> + +<p>It was Mrs. Ricker. She turned to me, and apologized, +quietly, for having startled me. “I was looking at these +things,” she went on. “They know. They were there. If +only one of them could talk——”</p> + +<p>“I thought,” I am sure I spoke too tartly, “that you +knew. You said that you did.”</p> + +<p>“Sam doesn’t believe it,” she answered. “Doesn’t +that give me, her mother, a right to doubt, if I can?”</p> + +<p>I was all out of sorts. “It would have been better to +have doubted it, in the first place,” I said.</p> + +<p>“I know. But I didn’t—I couldn’t. Sam does. And +then, that man coming into the house to-night—I can’t +explain it; but, someway, he made all of us, even Hubert, +seem so good. The house itself felt, to me—do you +understand?—good. As if any wicked thing would have to come +into it from the outside, from far away, just as he came +into it to-night?”</p> + +<p>I did understand. I had had that feeling of drawing +close to the others and away from him, the minute he had +come into the room. But I was so put out with her, for +startling me, and for being in Gaby’s room, anyway, +poking around—though land knows she had a right to be +there, and I might have done the same thing myself, with +my lists of clues, and so on—that I just said I supposed +so, and picked up the letter, at the same time looking +over the other things on the table to be sure nothing was +missing.</p> + +<p>“Perhaps,” she said, “I should not have come in here? +I suppose, when the detective comes, he—she would like +to see the room as nearly as possible undisturbed. Do +you think it would be a good plan to lock it, and to give +the key to Sam, until she does come?”</p> + +<p>She went around with me, while I locked the doors on +the inside. We had to lock the doors in Danny’s room, +too, since the two rooms had only the curtained doorway +between them. We went into the hall through Danny’s +room. I locked that door after us. She told me good-night +and went to her own room. I went downstairs, and gave +the key and the letter to Sam.</p> + +<p>“Wise idea, Mary,” he said, when I told him that I had +locked the rooms, “I suppose Canneziano would tell you, +though, that locked doors do not a prison make.” He +handed the letter to him.</p> + +<p>“Looks rather confusing, doesn’t it?” Canneziano +said, when he had unfolded and straightened the pages. +“Still, these things are generally quite simple. What +price deciphering it, Sam?”</p> + +<p>“No price, to you,” Sam answered.</p> + +<p>He returned the letter to its envelope and tossed it on +the table. “Fair enough,” he said.</p> + +<p>“I fancy,” he questioned, next, “that Lynn MacDonald +is going to get rather a good thing out of this, +eh?”</p> + +<p>“That depends on her success,” Sam answered.</p> + +<p>“Yes? I understand that she takes jobs on that basis +quite often. It is not thoroughly approved in the best +criminal circles. Too much incentive to frame a case. +However, that theory of framing has been over exploited. +My proposition, cards on the table, is this: If I beat the +lady to it, discover the murderer before she does, will you +pay me what you have agreed to pay her?”</p> + +<p>“Canneziano,” Sam said, “get this. Get it now. I’ll +pay you not one red cent for anything. Not one red cent.”</p> + +<p>“Fair enough,” Canneziano repeated. “And my mistake. +Undoubtedly, I should have worded it differently. +For instance— What will you pay me not to discover +the murderer on the Desert Moon Ranch?”</p> + +<p>A week ago, Sam would have got up and kicked him +out through the door for that question. This evening +Sam sat still and looked him over, sort of sliding his eyes +up and down over his smooth dapperness. Finally he +drawled, “Go as far as you like, Canneziano. Only—you +won’t get anywhere you’d like to be, not on that +line.”</p> + +<p>“Presently, perhaps,” Canneziano answered. “No +hurry.”</p> + +<p>I’ll be switched if Sam didn’t sit there and murmur, +mildly, “ ‘Said the carpenter,’ ” to himself.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch38"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXVIII. <br> Lynn MacDonald</h2> + +<p>On Friday afternoon, late, I went with John and +Sam down to Rattail to meet the train. When it +came thundering, snorting up, I thought of the last time +that Sam and I had met a train together, and of how our +entire world had changed in the two months. Was it going +to keep on changing, I wondered. I could not bear to look +into the past; I found that I did not dare to try to think +into the future.</p> + +<p>Just before the train stopped, with its usual roar of +protest against Rattail, Clarence Pette swung off it. He +came over to us with a timid air, like an animal just +learning to eat out of a person’s hand. He took no risks, +until Sam had greeted him, real pleasantly, and politely.</p> + +<p>“Miss MacDonald is on this train,” he said to Sam +and me. “Is there anything else I can do for you?”</p> + +<p>“Not a thing, if you are positive that she is Miss +MacDonald, except to take your fifty—here it is—and +vamoose.”</p> + +<p>“I’m positive. Thanks. Here she comes now.”</p> + +<p>I looked up to see her coming. I could hardly believe +my eyes. I don’t know what I had expected; but I surely +had not expected anything to get off that smoke-dirty +train, in the middle of a Nevada desert, on a sweltering +hot July evening, that looked as she did.</p> + +<p>In the first place, in her pongee silk dress with coat to +match, and perky little green hat, she looked as if she +had been fresh picked, in the last nice California garden, +and had been kept under glass, on ice ever since. But that +was only a part of it. She looked, too, like linen sheets +feel, at the end of a long hard day; sheets that have been +hand-washed, and sun-dried, and dew-dampened, and +ironed smooth as satin. She looked like very early on a +September morning, in our mountains—that was the +zip and the zest of her, combined with her comforting +freshness and cleanness.</p> + +<p>She was tall; taller than most women, and with weight +enough to look durable and useful, but not a mite fat. +She had eyes that were as gray as pussywillows, and that +did no monkey-tricks of changing to green or blue; she +had wavy carrot-colored hair, that was so full of life it +looked as if it were trying to break the bonds of its neat, +boyish bob and go floating off, on its own, to make maybe +a tiny sunset cloud. Her nose was small; her mouth was a +mite too large, showing freely in a smile her teeth, little +and polished white, like a puppy’s.</p> + +<p>Coming straight from San Francisco, she used no +visible cosmetics; which is much the same as if I had +said, rising out of the Pacific Ocean, she was as dry as a +chip. But you could no more imagine Lynn MacDonald +stopping anything, much less herself, to peer at her +freckled nose in a vanity-case’s mirror, than you could +imagine a baseball player stopping between first and +second base to take his temperature with a clinical +thermometer.</p> + +<p>All of this general satisfactoriness, coming through the +alkali dust and offering to shake hands with a person, +was, I might say, disarming. My impulses were all mixed. +I felt like putting my old, muddled head down on that +nice high chest of hers and having a right good cry. And +yet, I felt for the first time in days, like a broad grin. I +managed it, and forewent the other.</p> + +<p>Her voice was low and pleasant, but there was something +brisk and crisp about it, and about all of her, that +seemed to say plenty and plenty of time for everything, +but not one precious minute to waste.</p> + +<p>In the background, during this meeting, John and +Danny had been hugging and kissing, as if the rolling +train right behind them, filled with staring people, were a +peaceful, flowing river, and the people fishes that were +swimming past. At last, to my relief, they came over +to join us; Danny, looking paler and more snuffed out +than usual, by contrast, maybe, with Miss MacDonald; +John beaming with triumph at having her home again.</p> + +<p>“But,” Danny said, after Sam had introduced her to +Miss MacDonald, and had explained why Miss MacDonald +had come, “you didn’t tell me that you were +coming here.”</p> + +<p>“You girls get acquainted on the train?” Sam asked.</p> + +<p>“We had breakfast together in the diner this +morning,” Miss MacDonald answered.</p> + +<p>“Did you know who I was?” Danny questioned.</p> + +<p>“It was my business to know that, wasn’t it?” Miss +MacDonald smiled.</p> + +<p>“Only—why didn’t you tell me?” Danny persisted.</p> + +<p>“I don’t wonder that you ask,” Miss MacDonald said. +“And I hope that you will forgive me for seeming +unfriendly, secretive. It is, simply, that I never want my +first history of the case to come from the nearest relatives. +Of course they feel too deeply to see clearly. Mistaken +impressions are so hard to eradicate, that I go to any +lengths to avoid them. If I had made myself known this +morning, Miss Canneziano, I should have had to seem +more rude and ungracious than I seemed by acting as I +did. Because, please,” she included all of us in her glance, +“I have to ask each of you not to talk to me about the +case. I should have to refuse to listen. When I need to +know anything about it—I shall need to know many +things—I’ll ask it, as a direct question. Until I ask for +more, from you, if you will all do that, simply answer my +questions, you will help me immeasurably.”</p> + +<p>“That’s easy,” Sam said.</p> + +<p>“I am afraid,” she answered, “that it won’t be easy. +And I have to make another request that won’t be easy +to fulfill, either. It is, that no one will question me. I am +sorry to have to ask that. I am afraid that it seems as if +I were trying to surround myself with a glamour of +mystery—pretending to false wisdoms and acumens——”</p> + +<p>“Not a bit of it,” Sam interrupted. “ ‘He travels the +fastest who travels alone.’ ”</p> + +<p>“I have always questioned that,” she said. “At any +rate, I don’t intend to travel all alone.”</p> + +<p>“You mean you are going to take a few days to size +us up, and then get some of us to help you?” Sam asked.</p> + +<p>“Question number one,” she said, and laughed, too.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch39"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XXXIX. <br> A Trap</h2> + +<p>We had got into the sedan, by that time, and were +riding along the Victory Highway. I declare to +goodness, a sound that was pretty much like a ripple of +giggles went tittering around. It did us good, every last +one of us. It was antiseptic, as laughs so often are. Just +as I was thinking how much more wholesome everything +felt, since I had shaken hands with Miss MacDonald, +Danny, who was riding in the front seat beside John, +spoiled it all by emitting a shriek; it was not a very loud +one, but it was thick with horror and repulsion.</p> + +<p>John talked to her for a minute or two in a low voice, +and then explained, over his shoulder to us, that he had +told her about “that man” being on the ranch.</p> + +<p>“Uncle Sam,” Danny pleaded, “do I have to see him?”</p> + +<p>“Well, Danny,” Sam apologized, “I’m right down +sorry about it; but, you see, he is staying on the place. +We’ll keep him out of your way as much as we can.”</p> + +<p>“Why can’t he stay, if he has to stay at all, down at the +outfit’s quarters?” Danny asked.</p> + +<p>“We’ll see what Miss MacDonald says. I kind of +thought, maybe, she’d like to have him where she could +keep an eye on him. I kind of wanted, myself, to keep +an eye on him.”</p> + +<p>Danny put her head on John’s shoulder and began to +cry; weak, choking little sobs that hurt like having to +watch a sick baby.</p> + +<p>“Poor little thing,” Miss MacDonald said to me, her +voice lowered and rich with sympathy.</p> + +<p>I thought she would ask me what the trouble was, and +who the man was that was causing it. Instead, still speaking +low, to me, she said, “So often I get completely at +odds with my profession. And then I hear some woman +crying like that, or something else as heartbreaking comes +to me, and I know that I am justified. Not because I shall +discover this criminal. That won’t help this little girl, +greatly; but because I am one of an army that is fighting +crime.”</p> + +<p>I didn’t say it, but I felt like telling her that she seemed +like a whole army herself—an army with banners.</p> + +<p>I leaned forward and tried to sooth Danny; told her +that we would all do what we could to keep him away +from her, and to make it easy for her.</p> + +<p>“It can’t be made easy,” she answered. “You can’t +keep him away from me. I won’t see him, I tell you. +I’ve been so homesick—and now to come home to this. +I can’t see him. I won’t——”</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald, who the minute before, had seemed +all pity for Danny, began, suddenly, to talk right through +and over her sobs, to Sam; to talk in rather a loud voice +about stock raising, paying no more attention to Danny’s +troubles than she paid to the humming of the motor.</p> + +<p>I sat and sulked and nursed my disappointment. If I +had been a man—which praise the Lord I am not—it +would have been a case of love at first sight with me +toward Lynn MacDonald. But now I told myself bitterly +that I had been a fool to expect real womanly sympathy +and kindness from a person in her profession. Ferreting +out criminals would make anyone as hard as nails. I +was right, in a way. That was not the last time I was to +see her turn, suddenly, from a sympathetic woman into +a crime analyst. It was sort of a pity, though, that I had +to see that side of her so soon; so long before I could begin +to understand it.</p> + +<p>Not until Danny had quieted down, and had turned to +us with stammered apologies and attempted explanations, +did Miss MacDonald ask, “Who is this man?”</p> + +<p>“Dreadful as it must seem to you,” Danny answered, +“he is my father. But he has brought sorrow, and fear +and trouble to my mother, and to my sister, and to me, +whenever he came near us. He is a wicked man.”</p> + +<p>“Wouldn’t it be possible,” Miss MacDonald turned to +Sam, “to have someone go ahead of us to the house, +and ask him to keep to his own room, this evening?”</p> + +<p>“Well——” Sam hesitated. “But Danny will have to +meet him, sooner or later.”</p> + +<p>“Better later, in this case, I should say. She will be +rested to-morrow. Possibly, too, it would be easier for her +if their first meeting could be in private. Shouldn’t you +rather see him alone, just at first, Miss Canneziano?”</p> + +<p>“Oh, no!” Danny exclaimed. “I hope I need never see +him alone. Please—don’t any of you ever leave me alone +with him, not for a minute, if you can help it.”</p> + +<p>For all the fuss she had made about it, I will say that +Danny did very well when we all went into the house +and she saw Canneziano, standing over by the east +windows, smoking a cigarette.</p> + +<p>“What-ho, Dan,” he said, smiling his smooth, smirking +smile at her. “You are looking seedy. Bad times +around here, lately.”</p> + +<p>She didn’t go near him. She edged closer to John; but +she answered, looking at him straight and lifting her chin +in a pretty, dignified way she had, “Very, very bad times +indeed.” She and John walked through the room to the +stairway, and up the steps, and out of sight.</p> + +<p>Canneziano stood watching them, a dark, ugly look +on his face. “There’s filial affection for you,” he said. +And then, with a half laugh, as he lit another cigarette, +and shook the flame from the match, “The girl is a +fool.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch40"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XL. <br> The Missing Box</h2> + +<p>Miss MacDonald came down to breakfast in +the morning, trim and white as a new candle. She +ate heartily, complimenting the food. She asked after +Danny, who had not come down for breakfast. She talked +about how splendidly the high altitude and the marvelous +Nevada air made her feel. She told us, who had lived +here all our lives and didn’t know it, that the air in +Nevada was supposed to be the best in the entire United +States for growing things. And, all the time, she was +either not noticing, or pretending not to notice, how we +were all hanging on her every word, and watching her +every movement.</p> + +<p>I guessed the others were doing as I was doing; watching +for penetrating glances, and listening for catches in +her innocent questions. But, at that, I blushed for them; +particularly for John, who sat and stared at her as if she +were something he had to learn by heart, before the +meal was over. She caught him at it, several times; but, +though he would then have the grace to blush, and go +glancing about, he’d begin again, at the beginning, the +minute she looked away.</p> + +<p>When we had finally finished breakfast, she asked Sam +if she might detain him. I stayed on, when the others had +left the dining-room. She said pointedly, though politely +and to Sam, not to me, that she wanted to speak to him +alone.</p> + +<p>I took myself off. But the open window in the pass +pantry was too big a temptation; so I went in there, +softly, and stood far back and to the side.</p> + +<p>Her very first words took me right off my feet. “Mr. +Stanley,” she questioned, “do you trust your +housekeeper?”</p> + +<p>“Mary?” Sam drawled. “Well, now, I don’t know as +to trusting——”</p> + +<p>I don’t know how to express what my feelings were +when I heard Sam say that. Pulverized is a word that +would edge it, I guess—as if I had been caught in a +sausage machine, and ground up into small pieces, each +one hurting on its own hook.</p> + +<p>“But,” Sam continued, “if Mary was going on a long +journey, to indefinite foreign parts, and felt the need of +my right eye to take along with her, I’d loan it to her +for as long as she wanted it—no questions asked. I +can’t say that I’d go much further than that, though.”</p> + +<p>I was whole again, and warm and glowing. Sam, the +old ninny, getting his dander up, and to a beautiful +woman like that, just because she had asked him a simple +question.</p> + +<p>She laughed; a cheery, escaping sort of laugh, like +something with bright wings suddenly flying loose.</p> + +<p>“Come back into the dining-room, then, Mrs. Magin,” +she called to me. “You can hear better in here.”</p> + +<p>I came in, a mite shamefacedly. “It was my +overweening curiosity,” I explained.</p> + +<p>Sam murmured, “ ‘Satiable.’ ”</p> + +<p>“I like people with curiosity,” she said. “I understand +them, too; because, I suppose, I am one of the most +curious persons in the world. Another thing, I have never +found a truly curious person who was a wicked person. +As much as any generalization can be made, all criminals +are egotists. Curiosity means interest in the affairs of +others. Of course, one has to be able to discriminate +between innate curiosity and the slyness of self +protection—— But, forgive me, Mr. Stanley, I am +chattering away your time. Now then.”</p> + +<p>(Later we became accustomed to that brisk professional +opening of hers, that “Now then,” as a signal +for getting right down to business, but it was as surprising, +heard for the first time, as biting your tongue.)</p> + +<p>“Gabrielle Canneziano was last seen, alive, where and +at about what hour?”</p> + +<p>We told her.</p> + +<p>“Did she seem at ease, happy, untroubled?”</p> + +<p>Sam said, “I was playing chess. I didn’t notice.”</p> + +<p>“I did,” I said. “She was unhappy, troubled, and +frightened.”</p> + +<p>“Frightened? Are you positive that you had that +impression at the time?”</p> + +<p>“Yes. I spoke to Mrs. Ricker about it, right then.”</p> + +<p>“Did she agree with you, then?”</p> + +<p>“She didn’t say.”</p> + +<p>“Did Gabrielle Canneziano speak to any one of you, +as she walked through the room?”</p> + +<p>I told her about Gaby’s gesture to Chad, and about +him following her to the porch and talking to her there.</p> + +<p>“Chadwick Caufield? The man who killed himself +when the body was found?”</p> + +<p>“Yes.”</p> + +<p>“Did he leave the porch with her?”</p> + +<p>“No. He came straight back into the house.”</p> + +<p>“What other members of the household were in the +room at that time?”</p> + +<p>Sam told her.</p> + +<p>“That leaves her sister, and your son and daughter +as the only members of the household who were absent +at the time. How long before Martha Stanley returned +to the house?”</p> + +<p>Sam said, “I was playing chess. But I know it wasn’t +long.”</p> + +<p>“It wasn’t more than five or six minutes,” I said.</p> + +<p>“How long before Danielle Canneziano came +downstairs?”</p> + +<p>I told her about Danny’s calling after Gaby. “It +wasn’t much more than ten minutes after she called, +not fifteen minutes, I am sure, before Danny came +downstairs.”</p> + +<p>“Since you are a cook,” she said, “you probably have +more than the average ability in estimating time.”</p> + +<p>“Good cooks,” I told her, “don’t estimate. They know. +When I’m boiling three minute eggs, I use my watch, +and always have.”</p> + +<p>“At least, then,” she said, “you know how difficult +it is to deal accurately with minutes. With every desire +and reason to be honest, five minutes, in the testimony +of a witness, may be anything from two minutes to seventeen; +ten minutes, anything from five minutes to twenty-three; +twenty minutes, anything from nine minutes to +forty-five; forty-five minutes, anything from twenty-odd +to an hour and a half. Now then.”</p> + +<p>She went on with her questioning. We had finished +breakfast at eight thirty o’clock. At eleven thirty, I felt +that she knew everything that Sam and I knew about +the case, and, probably, a deal more.</p> + +<p>She knew about the two girls searching for something.</p> + +<p>She knew about Gaby’s getting the code letter; about +her peculiar actions afterwards. She knew about the +quarrel with Sam.</p> + +<p>She knew about John having gone to Rattail for +medicine that Danny said she had not sent for.</p> + +<p>She knew about him taking four hours, instead of two +to make the trip; about the reasons he had given for that; +about him going straight upstairs, the back way, and +staying there for half an hour. In answer to her questions, +it was Sam and not I who told her about John’s acting +so bothered and troubled when he came down for +supper.</p> + +<p>She knew about all of our actions between five and six +o’clock. She knew that Sam was unwilling to swear that +Hubert had been in the barn during that entire time. +Sam insisted upon telling her about Danny’s suspicions +concerning himself: that he had left Chad, the ventriloquist, +in the barn to hood-wink Hubert, and had gone off +somewhere.</p> + +<p>She knew about me asking Chad to close the attic; +about the locked door; the key in my pocket. She knew +that I had found the body, and had stopped to clean away +Sam’s pipe ashes.</p> + +<p>She had seen the note that Chad had left. She had compared +it, through her magnifying glass, with other specimens +of his handwriting. She had stated, positively, that +the note had been written by the same hand that had +written the names and jokes under the pictures in his +kodak album. She had spent ten minutes, or more, looking +at these pictures. Then she had asked Sam to explain, +in detail, why he had entirely discounted Chad’s note +of confession.</p> + +<p>Sam said, “The body was cold and stiff when we found +it. That is proof, isn’t it, that she had been dead more +than an hour?”</p> + +<p>“If you are certain of that, it is positive proof that she +had been dead much longer than one hour.”</p> + +<p>“I am certain. Well, until seven o’clock that boy had +not been out of my sight for one minute, after Gaby +walked through the room, alive, for us all to see her, at +four o’clock.”</p> + +<p>“Twice,” Miss MacDonald objected, “you have told +me that you could not answer a question because, at the +time, you were absorbed in your chess game. How, then, +can you be certain that Chadwick Caufield was not out +of the living-room for a short time, say fifteen minutes, +between four and five o’clock?”</p> + +<p>“Because he was playing the piano all that time.”</p> + +<p>“You are certain that you would have noticed it, had +he stopped playing?”</p> + +<p>“Certain. He was spoiling my game, and driving me +half crazy with his noise. I kept hoping that he would +stop. Kept forcing myself not to ask him to stop.”</p> + +<p>“Why shouldn’t you ask him, if it was annoying you to +that extent, in your own home?”</p> + +<p>“Well, it was Chad’s home, too. He had as much right, +I reckon, to play his music as I had to play my chess +game.”</p> + +<p>I liked the look Miss MacDonald sidled at me when +Sam said that.</p> + +<p>“You, too, are sure,” she questioned me, “that +Chadwick Caufield was at the piano during that entire +hour?”</p> + +<p>“I know it.”</p> + +<p>“What sort of music was he playing?”</p> + +<p>“He was improvising. It was happy, cheerful sort of +crooning music—if you know what I mean.”</p> + +<p>“Yes. He did not seem worried, depressed?”</p> + +<p>“Not a bit. He seemed happier than usual, I thought.”</p> + +<p>She went on with her questions. They brought us to +Martha’s death. She took what seemed like a long time +asking us questions about Martha’s health. Had she +ever complained of dizziness? Shortness of breath? +Indigestion? And all sorts of other seemingly +unimportant things.</p> + +<p>“Where,” she finally came back to the powders +again, “was this sleeping medicine purchased?”</p> + +<p>Sam told her in San Francisco, with a doctor’s +prescription.</p> + +<p>“Have you still some of them left, in the original box?”</p> + +<p>“A few, I think.”</p> + +<p>“Good. Will you get it for me, Mr. Stanley?”</p> + +<p>“I’ll get it,” I said, and my opinion of her as a +detective was lowered, then and there. If she had not found +out, by this time, that it was useless to send a man to +look for anything anywhere, but, most particularly, in a +bathroom medicine closet, she still had too much to +learn.</p> + +<p>I had seen the powder box, left out of place on the +table, the morning of the fifth of July, when I had gone +into the hall bathroom. I had picked it up, out of habit, +and replaced it in the medicine closet. I thought that I +could put my hand right on it.</p> + +<p>I could not. When I opened the mirror door, the box +was not to be seen. I searched and searched. I might have +spared myself the trouble. From that day to this, the +box, with the remaining powders in it, has never been +found.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch41"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLI. <br> Questions</h2> + +<p>“I was afraid of that,” Miss MacDonald said, when I +returned with my information and nothing else to the +dining-room. “Now then: Would it be possible for you to +remember who last took one of these powders, and when, +with no ill effects?”</p> + +<p>“Danny and Mary each took one the night of the +fourth, when Martha did,” Sam answered. “I’ve asked +them about it, and both of them say that they did not +feel queer at all, afterwards. They were both wide awake +in the morning.”</p> + +<p>“My word!” said Miss MacDonald.</p> + +<p>“I think,” I offered, “that something was all wrong +with Martha’s heart before she took the powder. She +acted sleepy, stupid, all afternoon.”</p> + +<p>“From noon on, you mean?”</p> + +<p>“No—at least, I didn’t notice until later in the +afternoon. Mrs. Ricker said that she had a hard time keeping +her awake between seven and eight o’clock.”</p> + +<p>“I see. Mrs. Ricker did not take one of the sleeping +powders that night?”</p> + +<p>“She didn’t need one,” Sam explained. “She is naturally +calm. She didn’t go all to pieces like the other girls +did.”</p> + +<p>“And yet, I have gathered that she was far from calm +when her daughter died?”</p> + +<p>“She went clear, raving crazy,” I said.</p> + +<p>“Yes. Now then——”</p> + +<p>“Hold on a minute,” Sam said. “I think that you +think, from the questions you have been asking, that +the sleeping powder, like I gave the other girls, would not +have caused Martha’s death. Now I want to know——”</p> + +<p>“I am sorry, Mr. Stanley,” she interrupted, “but I +have explained that I can not answer questions.”</p> + +<p>“Suppose I insist on a few common sense questions +being answered, right now?”</p> + +<p>“You can’t do that. You can hamper me in my progress. +You can dismiss me from the case, right now. But you +aren’t going to do either, are you?”</p> + +<p>“I won’t hamper you, if I can help it. I won’t dismiss +you, as you say, now, either. It wouldn’t be right, +without giving you a chance, after you came all the way up +here, and you know it. That’s why you should try to be +reasonable.”</p> + +<p>“I am trying to be reasonable, Mr. Stanley.” Her +smile at Sam, just then, looked as if she might be trying +to be something a mite more charming than reasonable, +besides. “Now then——”</p> + +<p>She was off again, leading us with her questions, +through Mrs. Ricker’s confession and her suspicions of +Martha.</p> + +<p>“After Martha came into the house with the bracelet,” +she asked, “was she out of the room again within the +hour; or even within the second hour, between five and +six?”</p> + +<p>“She was not out between four and five,” I said. “She +might have been any place, for all I know, between five +and six. I was in the kitchen.”</p> + +<p>“Did you have any particular reason for watching her +between four and five o’clock?”</p> + +<p>“No.”</p> + +<p>“Then, I am afraid that you can not be positive that +she did not leave the room.”</p> + +<p>“I am positive,” I insisted. “There weren’t any +goings nor comings. We all stayed right in the room. It +was too hot to move around. I know that Martha did not +leave the room. She sat beside Chad on the piano bench, +for a while. She sat on the arm of Sam’s chair, watching +the chess game——”</p> + +<p>“Gosh!” Sam said. “I remember that, now. She was +fooling with my hair. I kept smelling the blacking on her +shoes.”</p> + +<p>“You couldn’t have,” I said. “Because, Sam, she was +wearing white shoes.”</p> + +<p>“She used some preparation to clean her white shoes, +I suppose?” Miss MacDonald asked.</p> + +<p>“Some stuff called ‘White-o-clean.’ We all use it.”</p> + +<p>She asked for the bottle. When I brought it, she smelled +of it, and asked Sam to. “Is that the odor you noticed?” +she questioned.</p> + +<p>“Nothing like it.”</p> + +<p>“Now then.”</p> + +<p>“Hold on,” Sam said. “I’ve got two things to tell you +that you are overlooking, and I know that they are both +mighty important.”</p> + +<p>“What are they?”</p> + +<p>“The first one is this. Gaby had lived here close to two +months. Martha had never harmed her. Does it stand +to reason that, on the very day Gaby was afraid she was +going to be killed, Martha would do it? There’s too much +coincidence in that, isn’t there?”</p> + +<p>“I think so,” she answered, breaking her rule for once, +at least. “Though we can not ever discount coincidence. +In the first place, what appears to be coincidence usually +proves not to be coincidence at all, in the end. In the +second place, genuine coincidences are much more +frequent than is generally supposed, or admitted. But, +Mr. Stanley, unless the other thing you have to tell me +is a fact, and not an opinion, I am going to ask you not to +tell it to me, at least not until later.”</p> + +<p>“It is straight fact.”</p> + +<p>“Very well, then?”</p> + +<p>“I’d rather show you,” Sam said. “Then you wouldn’t +have to take my word for it. Will you come out to the +rabbit hutch with me?”</p> + +<p>“But,” she questioned, “can that be necessary?”</p> + +<p>“You can judge for yourself. Martha was always trying +experiments with feeding her rabbits. I guess she +thought that they might like grain. Maybe they do. I +don’t know. Anyway, she, or someone, had tugged a half +sack of grain up there. A lot of it had spilled out under +the berry bushes. It is all fresh sprouted, and growing +fine. Is that important, or not?”</p> + +<p>Her brows puckered. “I’m sorry—I don’t follow you.”</p> + +<p>“There wasn’t a spot out there, except under those +bushes, where Martha could have hidden the body. A +body, even as small as Gaby’s, would have smashed down +and broken those fresh sprouts of grain.”</p> + +<p>“But—the body was never there.”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Ricker said that she thought it was. We just +told you.”</p> + +<p>Her mouth popped open with surprise. “But, Mr. +Stanley, you couldn’t have considered Mrs. Ricker’s +opinion seriously? Is it possible that you don’t know that +Gabrielle Canneziano was murdered right there on the +stairs, where she fell, and where she was found?”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch42"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLII. <br> A Revelation</h2> + +<p>“How in blazes could I know it?” Sam said. “What’s +more, I don’t believe it. I think that she was +murdered outside, and carried in, afterwards.”</p> + +<p>“My word! Weren’t you present when the body was +moved?”</p> + +<p>“No. I—well, I didn’t care about being.”</p> + +<p>“The fingers of her right hand were clutching the stair +tread with the grasp of death. Nothing can disprove +that. Dead fingers can not be made to clutch.”</p> + +<p>“How do you know that?” Sam demanded. “About +her fingers, I mean.”</p> + +<p>“To prove to you,” she said, after an instant’s +hesitation, “that my refusal to answer questions is not +merely an attempt to appear wise and mysterious, I am +going to answer this question.</p> + +<p>“When I saw the body in the crematory in San +Francisco——”</p> + +<p>“What!”</p> + +<p>“I always do that, when I can. Before I sent you my +telegram, I had gone to see the body.”</p> + +<p>“Did—does Danny know that?”</p> + +<p>“No. It might be better not to tell her. It is a necessary +part of my profession. The crematory people realize that; +but, since people are often very sensitive about it, they +prefer that the relatives should not know that they allow +it. As I was saying, I saw, then, that the fingers on the +right hand had been broken. The undertaker had done +that, you understand, in order that they might look +natural to fold.</p> + +<p>“When I had received your telegram engaging me to +take the case, I telephoned to the coroner and the +undertaker in Telko. I asked them to come to the train and +talk with me for the twenty minutes that the train stops +in Telko. I took a drawing-room for the purpose; so that +we could talk undisturbed and unnoticed. That will be +the reason for the day’s drawing-room charge on my +expense account, Mr. Stanley. I don’t want you to think +that I was unduly extravagant.”</p> + +<p>“Extravagant! Hell!” Sam exploded, forgetting +himself. “What do I care about a drawing-room? What I +want to know is, what those fellows told you, and why +they didn’t tell me.”</p> + +<p>“They corroborated the opinion I had formed, from +the fingers, about the death clutch, among other things. +I don’t know why they didn’t tell you that. Probably, +because they assumed that you already knew it. What +information I got from them, they gave with extreme +reluctance, due, I think, to their long-standing friendship +with you, and their desire not to incriminate any member +of your household. I got nothing from them—or, to put +it more fairly, perhaps, they were able to tell me nothing +except the facts concerning the position of the body. +Those facts proved that she had been killed on the +stairs, by someone who had been coming downstairs +behind her. How did it happen that you did not know +this?”</p> + +<p>“As soon as I realized what had occurred,” Sam +explained, “I cleared everybody right out and locked +the door. I knew that it was necessary for the coroner to +examine the body before it had been disturbed.”</p> + +<p>“How very, very sensible,” Miss MacDonald said. +But I did not quite like the way she said it.</p> + +<p>“If you mean,” I spoke up, “how unfeeling, I want to +say that, though she had been living here for two months, +she had not exactly endeared herself to any of us.”</p> + +<p>“No? I had understood that Chadwick Caufield was +deeply in love with her; that Mr. Hand was more or less +enamoured. There can be no doubt that her sister loved +her devotedly. That leaves Mr. Stanley, his son and +daughter, Mrs. Ricker and yourself, as the people to +whom she had not endeared herself.”</p> + +<p>Sam and I received that in silence. It was one of those +odd things that was true, but that did not sound so.</p> + +<p>I looked at my watch and said that it was time for me +to be starting to get dinner. She asked if she might help +me. I thought that she was trying only to be polite, and I +was making my refusal just as polite, when she +interrupted me.</p> + +<p>“Please, Mrs. Magin,” she urged. “You mentioned at +breakfast that you had only one inefficient girl to help +you, just now. I love housework, of all sorts. And I want +to get intimately acquainted with this house. The best +way to do that is to work in it, isn’t it? You know—you +can’t know a stove until you have cooked on it, nor a +room until you have cleaned it. Won’t you let me help +you, as a special favor to me?”</p> + +<p>Sam winked at me. “She isn’t going to let you out of +her sight, Mary.”</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald tried to smile, but she made a failure +of it.</p> + +<p>“But you don’t need to worry, Mary,” Sam went on, +“because one thing, now, is dead certain. If Gaby was +murdered there on the steps, it is impossible that any +member of this household could have done it. It was, +anyway. But now it is sure. That clears us all.”</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald flashed out, in one of her rarely +shown tempers. “What utter nonsense,” she said.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch43"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLIII. <br> A Shadow</h2> + +<p>When it came to helping in the kitchen, that girl +was more help in five minutes than Belle, Sadie +and Goldie, all three of them together, had been in half +a day. She didn’t ask questions. She didn’t say where is +this, and how do you do that? She pitched in as if she +had been working in that kitchen with me for the past +twenty years. How she knew where I kept the potatoes, +where the best paring knife lived, and the particular +kettle that was best for cooking the potatoes in, I don’t +know, and I never shall know. Most mystery stories, +especially of late, have an element of the supernatural +in them. I tell you, that girl’s knowledge of my ways, and +the manner in which she took hold in the kitchen, are as +supernatural as anything ever brought to my notice. +The first thing I knew, she was peeling the potatoes, +and peeling them thin and clean. She didn’t ask how +many would be enough. When she got them peeled and +washed, she put them on, in boiling water, with no +inquiry as to where I kept the salt. She did not talk as she +worked. I was glad of that; for, after three solid hours +of conversation, I needed, badly, a silent space. I wanted +to think. Those last words of hers, “utter nonsense,” in +answer to Sam’s statement, kept ringing in my ears.</p> + +<p>I tried to think whether there was any way a person +could get upstairs without coming through the house. +We had no fire escapes. There were no trees close enough +to the house so that even Douglas Fairbanks could swing +to an upstairs window from one of them. There were no +vines growing on the house. Without about a twenty +foot ladder, which we didn’t have on the place, and which +would be hard to go conveying about, to say nothing of +disposing of it afterwards, there was not any possible +way for anyone to get to the second floor of our house, +except by means of the back or the front stairway.</p> + +<p>Since Gaby had been killed on the attic stairway, and +since all who knew about that sort of thing agreed that +she had been dead at least two hours when we found her, +she must have returned to the house sometime between +four and five o’clock, and have stolen upstairs with none +of us seeing or hearing her. Since she could do that, there +was no reason to suppose that someone else could not +have done the same thing; either coming in with her at +the time, or coming before or after she did. I had to +conclude that another person certainly had done just that; +had entered the house and had gone upstairs during that +hour. Who? The person whom she had been fearing? +Not one of us, that seemed a certainty. And yet, Miss +MacDonald had said, “nonsense.”</p> + +<p>I remembered, again, her strange, mad actions +immediately after she had received the code letter. I +remembered how she had looked in the hall that day, when +I had told John that I thought I had seen the ghost of Sin. +In Gaby’s note to Danny she had written that she had +purposely kept her fears and her danger a secret from +Danny. Undoubtedly, the secret was written in the code +letter. Had she told Danny partly the truth about the +contents of that letter, or had she told her falsehoods +from beginning to end? Or had Danny told us only a part +of the truth? Why did we all keep forgetting how Danny +had tried to call Gaby back, when Gaby had started on +that fatal walk?</p> + +<p>I have said before, and I say again, I knew that +Danielle Canneziano had not murdered her sister. But I +knew, too, that if she had some reason, some better +reason than I could conceive, for keeping quiet, for not +telling everything she knew, Danny was capable of so +doing. I remembered our talk in her room on the morning +of the fifth of July. I remembered how she had acted +when her engagement ring had slipped from her finger—and +I tried to turn my thoughts into different channels.</p> + +<p>There was Chad’s suicide and his confession. It could +be possible that he had killed himself because he had +loved Gaby. But that would not account for his +confession to the crime. It could mean but one thing—a +desire to shield someone. Would he have cared about +shielding some unknown scoundrel who had crept into the +house and killed the girl whom Chad loved? Had Chad, +then, mistakenly suspected Martha, or Sam, or John, +and killed himself and left the note to aid one of them? +Not likely. Men do not kill themselves, leaving a written +confession to a crime of which they are innocent, because +of some mere suspicion.</p> + +<p>I remembered my conversation with Hubert Hand in +the hall that morning. What was it that he had thought +I had overheard in the cabin and had bribed me not to +tell? It was reasonable enough to suppose that, at that +time, he had hoped to keep his entire story, his prison +records, his reason for coming to the Desert Moon, his +relations with Mrs. Ricker and Martha, a secret; just as +I had hoped to keep the fact of finding Sam’s pipe ashes +a secret.</p> + +<p>Sam’s pipe ashes, again. If someone had put them +there, in an effort to implicate Sam, it would have had to +be someone who knew Sam’s ways. My thoughts were +off again. You can’t, I told myself, get shed of a following +shadow by running away from it. You have to turn and +face it, before you can go the other way. I faced it.</p> + +<p>John. He had left the ranch at two o’clock. He could +easily have gotten back by four, or shortly after. +Suppose that he had left the machine down the road, quite +far down the road in the spot where the tire tracks showed +that the machine had been stopped and started again, +the spot where we thought he had changed a tire? He +could have climbed the fence, taken a short cut to the +house, and gotten here in half or three quarters of an +hour. He could have met Gaby; could have stolen into +the house with her. He could have killed her, and stolen +out of the house again. A short cut across the fields, and +a drive to the house would get him here by six o’clock—the +time he did get here. If he could be wicked enough to +murder, he could be wicked enough to arrange clues to +throw suspicions on his father and his sister. If he were +low enough to do that, he would be low enough to rob +her of a little money. In other words, grant that John is +a blonde, and you can go along and grant that he has +blue eyes and tow hair. It was all of it false, I told +myself, from its wicked beginning to its wicked end; false +and unfair. But I had faced it. Now I could turn and go +in another direction.</p> + +<p>I had not realized how deeply I had been thinking, +dawdling over my work in consequence, until I saw that +Miss MacDonald had taken up the pork chops, and had +them in the warming-oven, and was making gravy, as +smooth and tasty looking pan-gravy as I ever saw.</p> + +<p>“Good lands!” I said. “I’ve certainly come to one +conclusion.”</p> + +<p>“It is a little early for conclusions, isn’t it?” she asked.</p> + +<p>“It is a lot too late for this one.”</p> + +<p>“Please——” she began; but, for once, I got the best +of her.</p> + +<p>“My conclusion is,” I said, “that, by hook or crook, +Sam Stanley has got to get me some efficient help in this +house. When I think of what I’ve put up with, all these +years in the way of help, and then see the way you pitch +in, it makes me mad all over.”</p> + +<p>“I wish,” she said, “that I might drop this case, right +now, and stay here for all time, and be your assistant +and a thoroughly domestic person, and forget that there +were crimes and criminals in the world.”</p> + +<p>“Maybe,” I said, eagerly, but knowing of course that +it was too good to come true, “when you’ve finished with +this case, you could do that. You’d be one of our family, +and Sam would pay—well, I guess anything you’d care +to ask.”</p> + +<p>“No,” she smiled, “it is tempting—now. But that +desire of mine to give up my profession is a phase that I +always pass through at the beginning of each difficult +case. In a few days, when I begin to get hold of something, +and when things begin to take shape, all my love of the +work will return. It is only at first, when I seem to be +in a maze of mystery, like this, that I get so discouraged. +I always do it, right at first; and I always think that here +is the case of which I am going to make an absolute +failure.”</p> + +<p>“Have you ever failed on a case?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“Indeed I have, on several. It is queer, though; in +each case that has been a failure, it has seemed that the +solution was written plainly from the start. It +was—written all wrong. Judging from that, I should be +unusually successful in this case.”</p> + +<p>Poor girl, no wonder that she was discouraged. She has +given me leave, now that it is all over, to use any of her +notes that I care to use in the writing of this story.</p> + +<p>“Far be it from Lynn MacDonald,” she said, when I +asked her about using the notes, “to refuse advertisement +of one of her banner cases. My rivals will say that +I succeeded in this because, as often happens, my luck +stood by me. But you and I, we understand about luck, +don’t we, Mary?”</p> + +<p>“If you aren’t afraid,” I said, “that your notes may +give away some of the secrets of that luck of yours, so +that your rivals will be able to lay their hands on some of +the same brand?”</p> + +<p>She laughed. “I never write down a secret. That is a +safe enough rule for an honest person, who plans to +remain honest. For a dishonest person, or for one who +contemplates any sort of evil, or admits the possibility of +such a course, the safe rule would be: ‘Never, under +any circumstances, put pen or pencil to paper.’ ”</p> + +<p>As Sam would say, “It is a poor rule that won’t work +both ways.”</p> + +<p>The notes that Miss MacDonald had made, before +this conversation of ours, that day in the kitchen, and on +the evening of that same day, July eleventh, are as +follows.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch44"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLIV. <br> The Notes</h2> + +<p>July 7. Saw body in crematory late to-night. Cause of +death, strangulation. Probably work of expert. Look +for Japanese on ranch. Broken fingers on right hand. +Beautiful, costly gown, lingerie, etc., indicating wealth +and good taste.</p> + +<p>July 8. Rose, who has shadowed twin sister reports +nothing verging on suspicion. She attended services at +crematory. Evidence of genuine grief. Returned to hotel. +One telegram sent to Desert Moon Ranch. Received no +company. Mailed no letters. Did no shopping.</p> + +<p>I received telegram from Desert Moon Ranch engaging +me on case. Explicit directions concerning train +probably due to inconvenience of meeting trains in rural +community, and not due to a desire to have me on the +same train with Miss C. However, note.</p> + +<p>Telephoned to coroner and undertaker, requesting +them to give me conference in Telko. Also, had coroner +verify list of names, as published in “Examiner” of all +persons present on ranch at time of murder. +Note—absence of all ranch employees at the time. +Note—extreme reluctance of both coroner and undertaker to +give information, or to meet me in Telko.</p> + +<p>July 9. Spent day in shadowing Miss C. myself. R’s +observations, as usual, excellent.</p> + +<p>Rose’s research through back files of Nevada papers +provided following information.</p> + +<p>Samuel Stanley, ranch owner. Very wealthy. Exemplary +character. High standing throughout state of +Nevada. Philanthropic.</p> + +<p>John Stanley, adopted son of S. Stanley. Distinguished +himself on University of Nevada football team, 1916, +1917. Enlisted in air service for war, 1917. Mather’s +Field when armistice was declared.</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand. Winner of chess tournament held in +Reno, 1914, 1915.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ollie Ricker. No report.</p> + +<p>Chadwick Caufield. No report, except mention as +guest at Desert Moon Ranch.</p> + +<p>Mary Magin. No report.</p> + +<p>Danielle Canneziano. No report, except mention of her +arrival with sister, Gabrielle, at ranch last May.</p> + +<p>Inspection of Miss C.’s room in hotel after she had +turned in her key revealed no clue. Unusually neat and +orderly person. Wastebaskets empty. Newspapers folded +on table. Magazine, “Ladies Home Journal” on table. +No heavy perfume. Hotel soap unwrapped. Fastidious. +Silver dollar left on table for chambermaid.</p> + +<p>Rose reports: Miss C. went from hotel to Ferry Building +in taxicab. Crossed alone on ferry. Spoke to no one. +Boarded train at eight thirty o’clock and went at once to +her berth.</p> + +<p>July 10. Afternoon. Breakfasted with Miss C. this morning. +No conversation. All the evidences of good breeding.</p> + +<p>Had conference with coroner and undertaker. Think +that they strongly suspect John Stanley because of their +repeated efforts to keep me from sharing the suspicion.</p> + +<p>Information gained from them: Girl murdered on +attic stairway. Position of body and marks on throat +prove an attack from the rear. Members of household +declare that rigor was complete when body was discovered +at eight o’clock the night of the fourth of July. +Amateur testimony, however. If fact, death must have +occurred at least three hours before discovery of body.</p> + +<p>July 10. Night.</p> + +<p>Allowed sudden “hunch” to betray reason and common +sense. Usual silly mistake at beginning of case. Set a +trap to catch hawk. Got caught myself. Luckily, no harm +done.</p> + +<p>Met members of household. First impressions, before +hearing history of case other than gained from +newspapers, coroner and undertaker.</p> + +<p>Danielle Canneziano. Impressions previously noted +sustained. Charming, lovable character. Innocent.</p> + +<p>Samuel Stanley. Honest. Likable. Kindly. There is a +slight chance that he might be involved, unwittingly. He +is not stupid; but, decidedly, he is not clever.</p> + +<p>Mary Magin. Intelligent. Imaginative. Honest. +Innocent.</p> + +<p>John Stanley. Too handsome, but unconceited. +Bashful. Likable. Judgment suspended.</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand. Egotistic. Clever. Judgment suspended.</p> + +<p>Ollie Ricker. Life has treated her badly. She has put on +armor against it. Stupid. Perhaps sly. Judgment +suspended.</p> + +<p>Daniel Canneziano. Criminal type. Alibi proves him +not guilty of the murder, but he is probably involved. +Why did he come here?</p> + +<p>July 11. Evening.</p> + +<p>Heard case history to-day from Mr. S. and Mrs. M.</p> + +<p>Tempted to destroy all first impressions as recorded. +Remember, however, the value of mistaken impressions +is usually important.</p> + +<p>Multiplicity of clues most amazing in my entire experience. +Would seem to indicate that many of them are false +clues.</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p class="listhead">Most Important Clues. (Definite.)</p> +<ol class="clues"> + <li> + John’s unnecessary errand. + <ol> + <li>Length of time gone.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li> + Victim’s evident fear as she walked through room. + <ol> + <li>Unusual costume for short walk on the place.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li>Miss C.’s calling after her sister.</li> + <li>Caufield’s suicide and confessional note. (Probably + most important of all clues.)</li> + <li> + Victim’s note to Danielle Canneziano. + <ol> + <li>Proof of her fear.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li> + Death of Martha Stanley. + <ol> + <li>Missing box containing sleeping powders.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li>Canneziano’s presence on the ranch.</li> +</ol> + +<p class="listhead">Clues of Less Importance. (Definite.)</p> +<ol class="clues"> + <li> + Contents of beaded bag. + <ol> + <li>Empty purse.</li> + <li>Missing bill-fold.</li> + <li>Crumpled handkerchief.</li> + <li>Broken cigarette holder.</li> + <li>Note from Hubert Hand.</li> + <li>Cigarette case with two cigarettes missing.</li> + <li>Empty matchbox.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li> + Code letter. + <ol> + <li>Destroyed caps for typewriter.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li> + Pipe ashes on bag and carpet. + <ol> + <li>Not necessarily Mr. Stanley’s.</li> + <li>Probably fixed false clue.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li>Tatting shuttle. (Doubtful.)</li> +</ol> + +<p class="listhead">Clues of Most Importance. (Indefinite.)</p> +<ol class="clues"> + <li>Entire story concerning the money from robbery being + hidden on Desert Moon Ranch.</li> + <li> + Victim’s peculiar actions after receiving code letter. + <ol> + <li>Quarrel with Mr. Stanley.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li> + Mrs. Ricker’s story. + <ol> + <li>Her reason for telling it.</li> + <li>Did she believe it?</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li>Mrs. Magin’s desire to remove pipe ashes.</li> + <li>Miss C.’s reluctance to tell of them. Her final complete + confession of her suspicions concerning Mr. Stanley.</li> + <li>Hubert Hand’s unnecessary confession concerning his + past life.</li> +</ol> + +<p class="listhead">Clues of Least Importance. (Indefinite.)</p> +<ol class="clues"> + <li> + C. Caufield’s powers of ventriloquism. + <ol> + <li>Probably greatly over-rated by members of + household. + </ol> + </li> + <li>Playing of radio between two and four o’clock that + afternoon.</li> + <li> + Martha’s reference to a surprise in which she and + Chadwick Caufield were involved. + <ol> + <li>Possibly untrue.</li> + </ol> + </li> + <li>Mrs. Magin’s evident antagonism toward the victim.</li> + <li>Mr. Stanley’s prompt action in locking the attic door + and his refusal to have the body touched until the + arrival of coroner.</li> + <li>Reason for victim’s having given bracelet to Martha + Stanley at that time?</li> +</ol> + +<p class="listhead">Negatives.</p> +<ol class="clues"> + <li>No clues of any sort discoverable in victim’s room.</li> + <li>No clues of any sort discoverable in attic.</li> + <li>Lack of motives for crime by persons at present + instinctively suspicioned.</li> + <li>No dogs on a ranch of this size.</li> +</ol> + +</blockquote> + +<p>Now, as I read over these notes, my good opinion of +myself rises until it runs over the pan. I declare to +goodness, the list of clues made out by Lynn MacDonald, +Crime Analyst, is not much better than the list made out +by Mary Magin, Cook and Housekeeper. She has done +hers in better form, and she has included a few things +that I left out. But, most of the included things were +unknown to me at the time I made my list. Many of the +other included things did not amount to shucks. For +instance, we have no dogs on the ranch because the dogs in +northeastern Nevada have a habit of running out and +associating with rabid coyotes, contracting rabies, coming +home and biting whoever is conveniently to hand. For +instance—but never mind. As I said before, poor girl, no +wonder she was discouraged.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch45"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLV. <br> Another Key</h2> + +<p>As indicated by her notes for July eleventh, on +that afternoon Miss MacDonald had cleaned the +attic, thoroughly, and had found nothing to pay her for +her trouble. Keeping me in the dark, as she had, I +supposed, when she said early the next morning that she +wanted to clean the living-room, that she had got at least +a hat full of clues from the attic.</p> + +<p>Land knows, the way I had been neglecting things, the +living-room was badly in need of a good cleaning. I +wanted her to allow me to help her, but she would not. It +was luck that I happened to come in with the floor wax +just as she was looking at something that she had dug out +of the ashes in the fireplace.</p> + +<p>“What’s that?” I questioned.</p> + +<p>“I believe,” she answered, “that it is the missing key +to the attic door.”</p> + +<p>She got up, shook out her skirts, and went straight +upstairs. I trailed along. I stood by and watched her while +she fitted the blackened key into the lock. It turned both +ways, as smoothly as you please.</p> + +<p>Without bothering to say anything to me, she went up +and down the hall, trying the key in the locks of the other +doors. It fitted none of them. She went downstairs again, +with me trailing after her, and tried the key in all the +locks downstairs. It fitted none of them, either.</p> + +<p>“Do you know,” she asked, showing at last that she +was conscious of my presence, which I was beginning to +doubt, “when you last had a fire in that fireplace?”</p> + +<p>I thought a minute, and then told her on the night of +the fourth of July, during the storm.</p> + +<p>“Do you remember who kindled the fire?”</p> + +<p>“It had been fixed there, ready for the match, for +weeks. Things have gone to rack and ruin here lately; but +I always used to see to it that the fire was set in the +fireplace, ready to light when needed.”</p> + +<p>“Do you happen to know who applied the match to the +fire that night?”</p> + +<p>“Sam did.”</p> + +<p>“But surely, even though the rain had come up, a fire +on the fourth of July could not have been necessary?”</p> + +<p>“We don’t have fires here when they are necessary,” +I told her. “We have them when they are possible without +absolute suffocation. Half a pint of rain is plenty of +excuse for Sam to light a fire at any time, even if he has to +open all the doors and the windows to cool off.”</p> + +<p>What I was saying was the honest truth; but I had a +mean feeling that she didn’t believe me.</p> + +<p>Right here, with apologies to Miss MacDonald and +others of her profession, I want to say that if they would +just remember that nine times out of ten a person who +pretends to be telling the truth is telling it, it would save +them a lot of mistakes, and a lot of worry. The man who +spends his time biting his money to see whether or not it +is genuine doesn’t, usually, have much of it to bite; to say +nothing of the wear and tear on his own teeth, which +would be considerable.</p> + +<p>I was standing by the living-room windows, trying to +keep my temper down with some such consoling thoughts +as these, when I saw a car drive up and the coroner and +the undertaker getting out of it.</p> + +<p>I told Miss MacDonald the news, and asked her what +in the world she supposed they were coming here for, at +this time in the morning.</p> + +<p>“I needed to see them again,” she answered. “Mr. +Stanley telephoned to them last evening.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” I said, “that means that I’ve got about half an +hour to disguise a family meal as a company dinner——”</p> + +<p>“Don’t bother,” she interrupted. “They won’t be here +for luncheon—dinner. I need to see them only about ten +minutes.”</p> + +<p>I didn’t bother—answering. If she didn’t know any +more about the ways of people in this country than that, +I didn’t see why I should take it on myself to teach her.</p> + +<p>But she was right. She talked to them a few minutes; +and, though I insisted that they stay for dinner, off they +went. It was an insult to the Desert Moon Ranch. +Everyone on the place, but Miss MacDonald, knew it. Two +weeks before, if a couple of friends had left the ranch at +eleven-thirty in the morning, with no reasonable excuse +for so doing, Sam would have blown up and burst with +rage. That noon he was not even decently indignantly +interested.</p> + +<p>He had plenty of interest, though, concerning the finding +of the attic key. He had had it all settled, and was +satisfied that, since it had been proven that Gaby had +been killed on the stairway, it had also been proven that +no member of the household could have been implicated. +Now this second key coming to light, the key that must +have been put over back of the wood before the fire was +lighted that night, and that must have been blackened in +that one fire, because there had been no fire in that +fireplace since, dragged, to quote Sam, not wishing to use +such words on my own hook, “Every damn one of us back +into the damn mess again.”</p> + +<p>“Sam,” I said, and I guess my only excuse is that I was +still angry at having my honest word doubted, “do you +know what I think? I think that Miss MacDonald—though +land knows she is a nice girl, and a living wonder +as help in the kitchen and around the house—is going to +be a flat fizzle from start to finish when it comes to +discovering the murderer.”</p> + +<p>“That’s kind of the way I got it sized up, too,” Sam +said. “But if she’s good help to you, she’s worth a lot +more than her expenses.”</p> + +<p>“It isn’t the cost of her,” I said. “I’m afraid she is +going to do a lot of harm around here.”</p> + +<p>“Good-night, Mary!” he said. “If anyone can do any +more harm around here than has been done +already—why, leave ’em do it.”</p> + +<p>“Not much with your ‘leave ’em do its,’ ” I said. “My +idea is that we’ve had about enough trouble. What I’m +getting at is this, Sam: I think that fool girl, at present, is +suspecting you more than any other one of us.”</p> + +<p>“That’s the way I had that sized up, too,” he said. +“But let her go ahead. If she can prove I’m guilty, I’m +willing to hang for it.”</p> + +<p>“Don’t be a fool, Sam,” I snapped. “Did you ever +happen to hear of circumstantial evidence?”</p> + +<p>“You bet. But they can’t hang more than one innocent +person on circumstantial evidence, and there’s enough of +that stuff around here now to hang about five or six of us. +I’ll take my chances with the rest of you, Mary.”</p> + +<p>“Lands, Sam,” I was taken aback, “do you think she +suspects me?”</p> + +<p>Something pretty close to the old twinkle came into +Sam’s eyes. “Well, Mary, Gaby was one extra to do for +and she came late to meals and pestered you quite a lot. +Furthermore, though it hasn’t been made a point of, you +were all alone in the kitchen for the hour between five and +six o’clock. You might have slipped up and have done the +deed between the time you put the meat on and took the +biscuits out.”</p> + +<p>I knew that he thought he was being funny; but I +didn’t like it. “See here, Sam,” I began, “Danny was +going back and forth all the time——”</p> + +<p>“ ‘Now then,’ ” Sam interrupted, mocking Miss +MacDonald. “Did Miss Canneziano have any particular +reason for watching you? No. I see. Then, I am afraid, she +can not be positive that you were not out of the kitchen. +Twenty minutes often seem like two hours and sixteen +minutes——</p> + +<p>“I’ll tell you what, Mary,” Sam got suddenly serious. +“I’m going to wait a few more days, and then if this lady +isn’t progressing a deal faster than she is at present, I’m +going to pay her off, full amount, of course, and wire to +’Frisco for a plain, ordinary, he-man detective to come up +here and take hold of things. By the way,” he went on, +“does it seem to you that Danny and Canneziano are +getting along all right?”</p> + +<p>“I judge it isn’t a case of their getting along, much,” I +said. “So far as I know, she hasn’t spoken a word to him +since she greeted him the evening she came home.”</p> + +<p>“Well,” he hesitated, “well—I know a mite further +than that. I’ll tell you, sometime that isn’t dinner +time—maybe.”</p> + +<p>He went into the dining-room, and I followed him.</p> + +<p>All during that dinner, and the same had been true of +every meal since the first breakfast I’ve mentioned, John +hardly took his eyes off of Miss MacDonald. I made a +way to speak to him about it, alone, right after +dinner.</p> + +<p>“John,” I said, “for Mercy’s sakes, what do you want +to sit and stare at Miss MacDonald for, during meals, like +she was the place where you had lost something?”</p> + +<p>He blushed. “Gosh, Mary! I haven’t been doing that, +have I?”</p> + +<p>“You certainly have. It doesn’t look nice, John. Why +do you do it?”</p> + +<p>“I didn’t know that I did. But, on the square, did you +ever see anything as pretty—I mean, as clean and—well, +kind of comforting looking? She changes so, too; like a +diamond, or a desert, or a sunrise, or—something. Did +you ever see anyone as interesting to look at, Mary?”</p> + +<p>“Never mind asking me,” I said. “Just you go and ask +Danny some of those questions.”</p> + +<p>“Danny,” he answered, “is—well, Danny is Danny, of +course. She’s different.”</p> + +<p>“Better take to watching how different she is,” I +advised, and left him to think it over, and went into the +living-room.</p> + +<p>Canneziano was loafing around in there. “Mary,” +he said, “I’ll make a dicker with you.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch46"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLVI. <br> A Dicker</h2> + +<p>“Not with me,” I said, and started up the stairs.</p> + +<p>Curiosity like mine is a curse. I’d gone about four +steps up when it caught me. “What’s your old dicker?” +I said.</p> + +<p>“If you’ll persuade Sam to give me the ten thousand +for producing the murderer, I’ll split it with you.”</p> + +<p>I am tired of apologizing for myself. I will state, merely, +that I managed to say the one thing, under those +circumstances, that I should not have said. “Do you know who +the murderer is?” Thereby proving that I was possessed +of about as much diplomacy as an alarm clock.</p> + +<p>“Certainly not,” he answered. He had not hesitated; +he had looked straight into my eyes. But I knew that he +believed that he had lied.</p> + +<p>“See here,” I said. “I take it that one five thousand +dollars is as good to you as another. If you know who +committed the murder, and will produce him, I’ll give +you the five thousand dollars myself.”</p> + +<p>“Don’t say that, Mary,” Danny stepped out from behind +the long curtains at the end of the south windows.</p> + +<p>Canneziano jumped like a spurred bronco. “Spying, +eh, my lady?”</p> + +<p>She spoke directly to me. “Listen, Mary; don’t ever, +for any reason, enter into any sort of an agreement with +this man. If he knows, or thinks that he knows, who the +murderer is, he can be forced to tell without a bribe. If he +had known for one day, one hour, and had withheld the +information, he is, in effect, an accomplice—there is a +legal term for it, but I have forgotten it. I am going out, +now, to find Uncle Sam, and to bring him here and tell +him that this man says that he knows who committed the +murder. Mary, you telephone to the sheriff in Telko——”</p> + +<p>“Just a moment, please,” Canneziano spoke smoothly +and smilingly. “I have said, definitely, that I do not +know who killed the Gaby. And—I do not know. I am +bored, unspeakably bored. I should like to try my hand +at detecting this—er, villain. But,” he shrugged his +narrow shoulders, “with no impetus——”</p> + +<p>“The fact that she was your own daughter——” I +began, hotly.</p> + +<p>“Don’t, Mary,” Danny interrupted, with a sigh. +“There is no use. You and he do not speak the same +language.”</p> + +<p>“How is this?” Canneziano said, and went on +speaking, very rapidly, in some foreign language.</p> + +<p>Danny stood and stared at him without a mite of +expression on her face. He paused for breath. She said, “I +have forgotten my Italian. I do not understand you, and +I am glad that I do not. Come, Mary, shall we go +upstairs?”</p> + +<p>In the upper hall she said that she wanted me to go +with her to Miss MacDonald, because she wanted to tell +Miss MacDonald what had just happened.</p> + +<p>We knocked on her door. She greeted us pleasantly +enough, but there was a pucker between her eyebrows.</p> + +<p>“You have asked us,” Danny began at once, “to tell +you nothing about the case. Does that mean that you +do not wish to have us tell you of day by day developments, +which seem to have a direct bearing on the case?”</p> + +<p>“As, for instance?” Miss MacDonald questioned.</p> + +<p>Danny told her about what had happened, from the +time she had stepped behind the curtains, until she and I +had come upstairs together.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald’s first question was, “Why were you +watching him?”</p> + +<p>“Because,” Danny answered, straight, “I think he +came here with some evil purpose. I should like to find out +what that purpose is.”</p> + +<p>“Why were you so eager to prevent Mrs. Magin’s +making a pact with him?”</p> + +<p>“Miss MacDonald, a woman who has dealt with criminals, +as you must have, should not need to ask that +question.”</p> + +<p>“But,” Miss MacDonald persisted, “you have not +dealt with criminals.”</p> + +<p>“I have dealt with this man. I know that he is bad and +crafty. For five thousand dollars he would perjure himself +over and over again. He would produce witnesses who +would perjure themselves. You know the ways of criminals +better than I do, Miss MacDonald. I know, as Uncle +Sam knows, that it is unsafe to deal with them.”</p> + +<p>“Has this man approached you with offers similar to +this one, Miss Canneziano?”</p> + +<p>“He has had no opportunity.”</p> + +<p>“You are sure of that?”</p> + +<p>Danny’s chin went up a trifle. “I don’t understand.”</p> + +<p>“I think that you do.”</p> + +<p>Danny turned to me. “Mary,” she said, “yesterday +afternoon that man came to my room when I was alone. +He slipped in, closed my door, and locked it. I ran into +Gaby’s room, but I could not get out of it because the +doors were all locked. I went into Gaby’s bathroom and +locked myself in. I stayed there for half an hour, or longer, +until he left. Miss MacDonald evidently thinks that he +and I were in conversation during that time. I have no +proof that we weren’t. Do you believe me, Mary?”</p> + +<p>“I do, with all my heart,” I said.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald persisted. “You told no one about +this?”</p> + +<p>“I did not dare to tell. If John thought that that +man——” She stopped short.</p> + +<p>“Yes?” questioned Miss MacDonald.</p> + +<p>“I mean that John would fight with him; would whip +him within an inch of his life.”</p> + +<p>“Why should you care?”</p> + +<p>Danny looked at me.</p> + +<p>“She’d care,” I said, answering the appeal in her big, +hurt eyes, “because she is a woman, Miss MacDonald. It +may be hard for you to understand; but women, who +aren’t crime analysts, don’t want their men fighting.”</p> + +<p>“Thank you, Mary,” Danny said, and walked +hurriedly out of the room.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch47"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLVII. <br> An Aid</h2> + +<p>“Mrs. Magin,” Miss MacDonald began, right off, +the minute the door had closed behind Danny, “I +want to ask you to help me with this case.”</p> + +<p>“I couldn’t be any help to you,” I said. I guess I was +rather tart about it.</p> + +<p>“Why not?”</p> + +<p>“One reason is,” I said, “that anybody who doesn’t +know any better than to suspicion Danny, in this affair, +would need a lot more help, to get anywhere, than I could +give them.”</p> + +<p>“My only suspicion concerning Miss Canneziano,” +she answered, “is that she knows more than she is willing +to tell. I may be wrong about that. Have you any other +reason for refusing to help me?”</p> + +<p>“Only that you don’t believe a word I say. If you +would consider that I am, anyway, trying to be honest, +and if you’d do the same with the others, until you are +sure that you have reason to do otherwise, I’d consider +it an honor to help you, and I’d thank you kindly.”</p> + +<p>“I am afraid that I don’t entirely understand.”</p> + +<p>“Crime and wickedness,” I told her, “aren’t the +general rules of the world. If they were, all the good +people would have to be locked up, for safety’s sake, +while the criminals ran loose for lack of space to confine +them. Why, instead of doubting my simple word, this +morning, when I told you how Sam always lighted a fire, +for any excuse, couldn’t you have believed that I was +telling the truth, and that whoever put the key in there +knew that Sam would light the fire, and so throw +suspicion on himself?”</p> + +<p>“That is possible,” she admitted. “But the key, there, +leads me to suppose that whoever put it there, to hide it, +would be too stupid for much subtle reasoning. Keys, +you know, don’t burn.”</p> + +<p>“They don’t,” I agreed. “But we never take the ashes +out of the fireplace as you did this morning. We open +the ash-dump and shoot them down into a barrel in the +basement. Every few months the ashes are emptied in +starvation field, eight miles or more away from here. +Not a bad way to get the key carried off the place, if that +was what he wanted. Not a bad way, either, to throw +more suspicion on Sam, if the key was found.”</p> + +<p>“Most criminals are stupid, though,” she clung to +her point. “Try as they may, they always make some +stupid blunder.”</p> + +<p>“It seems to me,” I said, “that the ones who get +caught are stupid; they are the ones who have made the +blunder, left the clue. But look at the number of criminals +who get clean away. Not long ago, I was reading some +statistics——”</p> + +<p>“You know what Mark Twain said about statistics? +‘There are three kinds of liars: liars, damned liars, and +statistics.’ ”</p> + +<p>I had to laugh. I think she said that to put me in a good +humor, for she went right on to say, “But you haven’t +told me, yet, that you will be my assistant in this case.”</p> + +<p>She couldn’t hoodwink me. “I told you that I’d be +no use to you, as long as you doubted every word I said.”</p> + +<p>“But,” she argued, “by your own admission you tried +to shield Mr. Stanley, immediately after the murder; +stopping to clean away his—the pipe ashes. If you tried, +once, to shield him, wouldn’t you try again to shield +him, if you needed to?”</p> + +<p>“No,” I said, “I wouldn’t. I’ll tell you why. That +night, and for several days after, my mind was like a +dirty cluttered kitchen. I couldn’t get enough space +cleared in it to start thinking, let alone working at it. I +have tidied up a place, since then, and I’ve done a batch +of thinking. I know, now, that Sam doesn’t need me, nor +anyone, to shield him. Any evidence found against him, +will be good evidence, in the end, against whoever fixed it +to throw blame on him.”</p> + +<p>“I am inclined to agree with you,” she said. “Now +then: Is there anyone here who would benefit by his +conviction?”</p> + +<p>“Am I,” I questioned, “your assistant, or am I not?”</p> + +<p>“Does it make a difference in your answer?” she +questioned in return.</p> + +<p>“A deal of difference. Being your assistant honor +would bind me, wouldn’t it? If I know that you are +believing that I’ll help, and tell the truth, I’ll try to. If I +think I am to be doubted, anyway, maybe I’ll say what +I’d like to say.”</p> + +<p>She sat and looked straight at me for at least half a +minute. “I do believe you,” she said, “and trust you. I +have, since I first met you at the station. I can’t help +myself. You’re all right, Mrs. Magin, and I know it. +I’ll agree to your terms. Now then: As my assistant, is +there anyone on the place who would benefit in any way +by Mr. Stanley’s conviction?”</p> + +<p>“In a way,” I said, though it all but choked me, “John +would. He is to inherit everything Sam has. But John +loves Sam. And John didn’t do it.”</p> + +<p>“Miss Canneziano would also benefit, then, wouldn’t +she, since she is to marry young Mr. Stanley?”</p> + +<p>“It doesn’t make sense,” I said. “John has plenty of +his own, right now; and Sam would give them anything +and everything they wanted besides, as long as he lived.”</p> + +<p>“I had understood,” she said, “that Mr. Stanley +objected to the marriage.”</p> + +<p>“Not a bit of it. He has asked them to wait a year. +That’s all.”</p> + +<p>“Is there,” she asked, next, “any person at present +on the ranch whom you would concede might, possibly, +commit a murder?”</p> + +<p>“Canneziano.”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I know. And leaving him out of it?”</p> + +<p>“Well,” I had to hesitate, “I am not sure. Every instinct +I have tells me that neither Hubert Hand nor Mrs. +Ricker—— No. It is an awful thing to say; but, do you +know, Gabrielle Canneziano herself was the only other +person who has ever been on this ranch whom I could +even imagine doing such a terrible thing.”</p> + +<p>“I wonder why you disliked her so much?” she said.</p> + +<p>“Because she didn’t have any of the decent, ordinary +virtues,” I answered. “She didn’t know anything about +them. Not charity, nor gratitude, nor kindness, nor +honesty, nor modesty, nor—nor anything.”</p> + +<p>“Isn’t it strange that twin sisters, who looked as much +alike as these girls did, should be so entirely different as to +character?”</p> + +<p>I had not seen her notes at that time. I did not know +that she had written “Innocent” after Danny’s name. I +spoke up, pretty hotly.</p> + +<p>“Strange or not, it is true. In character those two girls +were as different as night and day. I never even thought +that they looked alike. Who told you that they did?”</p> + +<p>“I have seen their photographs,” she reminded me. +“Chadwick Caufield’s album is filled with them.”</p> + +<p>“Their photographs may look alike. They didn’t.”</p> + +<p>“But they <em>did</em>,” she insisted.</p> + +<p>“I tell you,” I said, “that they acted so differently, +and talked so differently, and dressed so differently, that +there was not one bit of likeness.”</p> + +<p>“A most unusual state of affairs for duplicate twins. +These sunshine and tempest relationships are seldom +found, outside a Mary J. Holmes’ novel. Miss Danielle +Canneziano came here on a most doubtful errand; an +errand that amounted to robbery, nothing else——”</p> + +<p>“If you are accusing Danny——” I interrupted.</p> + +<p>“Oh, I am not!” There was a flash of temper in that. +“Making all allowances for mistakes in time, Miss +Canneziano could not have committed the murder herself. +But, suppose that her past was not as innocent and +blameless as she would like to have you all think. Suppose +that a revelation of all she knows, or suspects, concerning +her sister’s death, would also bring to light things that +she can not afford to have brought to light concerning +herself. It is at least reasonable to think that she knows +more than she is willing to tell.”</p> + +<p>“Maybe,” I had to admit. “But I doubt it.”</p> + +<p>“Why do you so dislike that admission?”</p> + +<p>“Because John loves her. John is a good boy. I’d hate +to see his heart broken.”</p> + +<p>“Will you forgive me for saying that young Mr. Stanley +does not impress me as a man who is very deeply in +love?”</p> + +<p>“I know,” I agreed. “Just now he is a mite put +out with Danny. He has been, ever since she accused +Sam.”</p> + +<p>“Considering the circumstances under which Miss +Canneziano made that accusation, young Mr. Stanley is +acting most unjustly—if that is the case.”</p> + +<p>“All men are unjust to the women they love,” I told +her. “It seems to be a part of it, like a rash with measles.”</p> + +<p>She smiled at that, and changed the subject.</p> + +<p>“I wonder whether you noticed,” she said, “that +coming up from the station I set a trap for Miss Canneziano. +Just for an instant, I fancied that there was more +fear than grief in her attitude toward meeting her father. +I suggested, you remember, that she see him alone? I +wanted to see whether she desired a private interview +with him. Her prompt refusal made it evident that she +had no secret to give to him, and expected to get none +from him. That is in her favor. Still——</p> + +<p>“Before you go now, since you have agreed to help me, +do you mind if I direct a bit? I want you to keep one eye +on Miss Canneziano. I want you to keep the other eye on +Mr. Canneziano, Mr. Hand, and Mrs. Ricker. Will you +do that?”</p> + +<p>“One whole eye for Danny,” I questioned, “and only +a third of an eye for each of the others?”</p> + +<p>“For the present,” she smiled. “Will you do that?”</p> + +<p>I said that I would. It was not until after dinner the +next day, when I was resting in my own room, feeling as +virtuous as the three monkeys, who see no evil, hear no evil, +speak no evil, pleased as Punch over my failures of the +past twenty-four hours, that I realized that I just +naturally could not carry through a job that went as much +against the grain as that job went.</p> + +<p>We are, I thought, allowed to know some things—just +simple, honest knowing. And I knew that keeping a +suspicious eye on the girl who had said “bless your +heart” to me, on the evening of the second of July, was +as sensible as sitting up for Santa Claus.</p> + +<p>Someone knocked on my door. I answered the knock. +Miss MacDonald, all smiles, was standing there.</p> + +<p>“Let me come in,” she said; and, as soon as my door +was closed behind her, “A most fortunate thing has +happened.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch48"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLVIII. <br> New Clues</h2> + +<p>“Someone,” she went on, “has been to my desk and +has stolen the code letter.”</p> + +<p>I could manage nothing but an echo. “Fortunate!” I +said.</p> + +<p>“I had a careful copy of it, locked up, of course. I +have been leaving the letter in plain sight on my desk for +bait. Don’t you see, Mary,” she forgot her formality in +her excitement, “this is the mistake I have been hoping +for. I have found a beginning—at last. It is bound to be +easy from now on. Oh, Joy!”</p> + +<p>She was almost doing dance steps. I wasn’t. I was +thinking, hard, in the tidy space in my mind; trying not +to get it cluttered with her excitement, trying to cook up +some common sense.</p> + +<p>“The letter,” she went on, “could not have concerned +anyone in this house except Miss Canneziano, her father, +and, possibly, not probably, young Mr. Stanley.”</p> + +<p>“I guess,” I said, “that was likely what you were +wanted to think.”</p> + +<p>Her gray eyes questioned me.</p> + +<p>“Supposing,” I answered, “that Mrs. Ricker, or +Hubert Hand, or anyone of us, wanted to get you clear +off the track, suspecting especially Danny, could one of +us do better than to steal the code letter?”</p> + +<p>“My word!” she said. “And you, with a mind that +works like that, spending your life doing cooking.”</p> + +<p>“Doing cooking,” I told her, “is how my mind comes +to work like that. If anyone ever told you that it didn’t +take brains to cook, he was making a big mistake.”</p> + +<p>“But such quick, sure thinking,” she said, “is +marvelous.”</p> + +<p>She laughed. “Listen to me doing a Dr. Watson for +your Holmes,” she said. “Golly, but I’m lucky to have +you at hand, though.”</p> + +<p>I love to be flattered. I sat and preened myself.</p> + +<p>“All the same,” she went on, “it does prove one thing. +That the murderer, or his close accomplice, is right here +on the place, now.”</p> + +<p>“Chad’s confession proved that. The key in the +fireplace proved it, too.”</p> + +<p>“Dear me, no. Not conclusively. Now, let me see.” She +took a folded paper from the front of her dress. “Here is +my copy of the letter. It does look a mess, doesn’t it?”</p> + +<p>I looked at the paper and read, as before:</p> + +<p>“Paexzazlytp! f-y nyx ogrgrsgo, rn fgao atf jan j-asn, +ahzgo zkg c-. ahhalo, vkgt nyx clplzgf rg lt zkg kypulzae, +zkaz nyx. . . .”</p> + +<p>It surely looked a mess.</p> + +<p>“The fact that it was written on the typewriter,” she +said, “makes me suspect that the typewriter may +unwrite it for us.”</p> + +<p>I told her then what I had not thought to tell her before; +about my having heard the typewriter going, slowly, +in Gaby’s room right after she had received the letter.</p> + +<p>“Fine!” she said. “She had burned the caps for the +keys, too—all but the curly ‘Q’ that rolled away. May I +use the same typewriter that she used?”</p> + +<p>We went together into Gaby’s room.</p> + +<p>“I should have thought you’d want to clean this room, +first of all,” I said.</p> + +<p>“Mr. Stanley unlocked it for me that first night. I +spent five or six very busy hours in here, and I slept here +that night, too.”</p> + +<p>“Upon my soul! Doesn’t that go to show? I’d have +taken oath in any court that you spent the night in your +own room.”</p> + +<p>“That is exactly it,” she said. “Honest people are so +sure that they know things, which they don’t know at all, +and that they have seen things, which they haven’t seen.”</p> + +<p>I have wished, since, that I had said something else +instead of saying, “Well, I might think I knew something +which I didn’t know; but I’d never make a mistake about +what I had seen or had not seen.”</p> + +<p>“Perhaps not——” she said.</p> + +<p>“Did you find anything in here that night?” I +questioned.</p> + +<p>“Nothing. The burned papers were completely burned, +as they usually are. Of course, the complete absence of +clues should be made into a valuable clue—but I haven’t +quite worked it out. For instance, though, you insist +that she was a vain, conceited person?”</p> + +<p>“If ever there was one.”</p> + +<p>“Vain women usually have photographs of themselves +about. I found not one in here.”</p> + +<p>“She used to have one, in a silver frame,” I said. I +looked around and saw the frame lying face down on the +mantel. I picked it up. An old faded picture of Sam and +Margarita in their wedding togs confronted me. I had +seen it plenty of times before, but in the old album +downstairs.</p> + +<p>When I had shown it to Miss MacDonald, and had +told her about it, she took it and carried it to the window.</p> + +<p>“The glass has been washed, carefully,” she said, +“since the picture was put in here.”</p> + +<p>She pressed on the purple velvet back and took the +picture from the frame. Across the bottom of the picture, +where the wide silver frame had hidden it, written in +Gaby’s bold handwriting, were these words.</p> + +<p>“My one deadly enemy.”</p> + +<p>“My word!” said Miss MacDonald.</p> + +<p>“Are you certain,” she questioned, next, “that the +girl’s mother is not living?”</p> + +<p>“Don’t ask me to be certain of anything,” I said, and +looked for a chair to sit down in.</p> + +<p>She came and put one of her capable hands on my +shoulders. “You shouldn’t let this trouble you,” she said. +“It is more than likely that Gabrielle Canneziano had +nothing to do with it. I must verify the handwriting.”</p> + +<p>In the next instant she certainly gave me a fine turn. +Her eyes went big and round, her cheeks blazed with +blushes, and she clapped her hands to them and stood +staring at me as if I were the original human horror. +“I——” she gasped out, “I—have made a mistake.”</p> + +<p>I felt like rising and giving her a good shaking. +“Lands!” I snapped. “Who hasn’t?”</p> + +<p>“I would discharge one of my assistants like that,” +she snapped her fingers, “for such a mistake. Crime +analyst! Confounded ass! Conceited amateur! Oh!” She +went running out of the room, leaving me sitting there to +do what I liked with that talk of hers.</p> + +<p>She was back in two minutes. She had Gaby’s last note +to Danny in her hands. “I have been assuming,” she +said, and her cheeks flamed up again, “that Gabrielle +Canneziano wrote this note. I have had a pleasant little +assumption. Now I will get some facts. I must find a +sample of her handwriting——”</p> + +<p>She began to search through Gaby’s desk. I helped her. +Gaby had made a thorough job of her burning. There +was not a scratch of her writing to be found.</p> + +<p>“Danny will have something,” I said. “I’ll see whether +she is in her room.”</p> + +<p>Danny was in her room, sitting at her own desk, writing +out checks and addressing envelopes. I told her I +had come to ask her for a sample of Gaby’s handwriting.</p> + +<p>“I am sorry, Mary,” she said, as she finished addressing +an envelope, sealed it, and looked for a stamp in the +stamp-box, “but I haven’t anything, except, of course, +the last note she wrote to me, and Miss MacDonald is +keeping that.”</p> + +<p>“Please, dear,” I urged, “won’t you search through +your desk and your papers? It is really very important.”</p> + +<p>“But I have looked, Mary. Mrs. Ricker had the same +idea, yesterday. She thought that Gaby might not have +written that last note. I am certain that she did; but I +searched and searched to satisfy Mrs. Ricker. I destroyed +Gaby’s letters to me, when we came to the United States. +She has had no reason for writing anything to me since +then. Hubert Hand had several notes from her; but he +says he has not kept them.”</p> + +<p>She addressed another envelope, and added it to the +pile beside her. “It isn’t,” she said, noticing my reluctance +to leave, “that I am not interested, Mary. It is only +that I know that I haven’t a scrap of her writing.”</p> + +<p>I turned to go. I had reached the door when she called +to me and asked me to take her letters downstairs for the +mailbag, when I went downstairs.</p> + +<p>I returned to Miss MacDonald with my information.</p> + +<p>“Dear me!” she said. “Mrs. Ricker indeed? If only +they would work with me, Mary, instead of by themselves, +or—against me. At any rate,” she put aside the +photograph, a ruler-like thing, and her magnifying glass, +“the note to Danielle Canneziano, and the writing on +the photograph were done by the same person. What are +the letters you have there, in your hand, Mrs. Magin?”</p> + +<p>I told her they were some that Danny had asked me +to take downstairs. She held out her hand for them. I +had to allow her to have them. But first I read the +addresses. They were the names of mail-order stores in +Portland, Oregon, and in San Francisco, California.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald looked at them closely. Then she +took up a flat paper knife, from Gaby’s desk, and +deliberately opened the envelope by lifting the flap.</p> + +<p>“She surely does not seal her letters carefully,” she +said, and took out a check, nothing else, from the +envelope.</p> + +<p>“It is dated to-day, the thirteenth of July,” she said.</p> + +<p>“Of course it is,” I answered, tartly, not liking any of +this. “She was writing them just now, while I was in +there.”</p> + +<p>“Did you see her writing them?” she asked.</p> + +<p>“I certainly did.”</p> + +<p>She sighed and moved her head with an impatient +gesture, rather like John’s worried gestures. “Then that +is that,” she said, and returned the check to the envelope, +sealed the envelope, and gave it, with the others, back +to me.</p> + +<p>“Now for the code letter,” she said, and sat down in +front of the typewriter. I left her there, and went to look +for Sam.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch49"> + +<h2>CHAPTER XLIX. <br> New Suspicions</h2> + +<p>I found him in the living-room, playing solitaire. +Mrs. Ricker was in the chair by the window, tatting.</p> + +<p>“Lands, Sam,” I said, sitting down across the table +from him, “when did you take to sitting around and +wasting good time like this?”</p> + +<p>“I am helping Miss MacDonald,” he said. “Making it +easy for her to watch me and convincing her that I’m +more or less of a nut, at the same time. Two birds with +one stone——”</p> + +<p>“She isn’t watching you,” Mrs. Ricker spoke up. +“She is watching Hubert and me.”</p> + +<p>Queer that with all the years I had known Mrs. Ricker +as a dumb person, now that she had begun to talk, her +talking seemed only natural.</p> + +<p>“I reckon,” Sam said, “that she is watching all of us +pretty closely.”</p> + +<p>“No,” Mrs. Ricker insisted, “she is watching Hubert +and me. Chiefly me. I can’t stand it much longer. I am +losing my mind. If I don’t leave here, before long, I shall +be quite insane.”</p> + +<p>I can’t say that Sam’s ears actually pricked up when +she said that, but they gave that impression.</p> + +<p>“I didn’t know that you were thinking about leaving +here, Mrs. Ricker,” he said.</p> + +<p>“I am thinking about it; because, if I don’t leave here, +soon, I shall have to be taken—to an insane asylum.”</p> + +<p>“Now, now, Mrs. Ricker,” Sam urged, “don’t be feeling +like that. It is just a case of watch and let watch +around here, now——”</p> + +<p>“It certainly is not a case of live and let live,” she said. +“I tell you, I can’t stand it!” She jumped up from her +chair, and went rushing out of the room through the +front door. On the porch she dropped into a chair, and +hid her face in her hands.</p> + +<p>As I looked at her, sitting there, I remembered that it +was she who had found the body. Her story had sounded +straight enough; but, before she had told it, she had had +plenty of time to make it a straight one. Perhaps she had +had help in making it a straight one. . . .</p> + +<p>Hubert Hand. He had, by his own admission, served +a term in prison for forgery. He had had notes from +Gaby, and had destroyed them. Was it possible that he +might have written the farewell note to Gaby, and the +inscription on the photograph? Sam could not swear that +Hubert Hand had been in the barn the entire hour between +five and six o’clock. That meant, then, that no one +knew, positively, where he had been between five and six +o’clock. I remembered how eager he had been, at first, +to prove that John was the guilty person; how readily +he had accepted the theory of Martha’s guilt. That +theory had been Mrs. Ricker’s. Mrs. Ricker loved Hubert +Hand. She had loved Martha, too; but Martha was dead.</p> + +<p>Would it have been possible for Hubert Hand to have +slipped into the house, through the front door, during +that hour between five and six, without Danny’s having +seen him? Possible—that was all. Danny had cut the +bread, in the kitchen. She had emptied jelly from its glass +to a dish; had cut the butter. Each task a matter of +minutes; but coming through the front door and getting +upstairs would be a matter of minutes, also. Mrs. Ricker, +of course, would have seen Hubert Hand pass through +the room; but Mrs. Ricker could keep a secret.</p> + +<p>Again, what had he thought that I had overheard that +day in the cabin?</p> + +<p>What motive could he have had for killing Gaby? +Suppose that Gaby had lied to Danny about the entire +contents of the code letter, and that, after all, the money +had been hidden on the place. That would be an explanation +for Canneziano’s coming to the ranch. But suppose +that Hubert Hand had found it, or had known that Gaby +had found it——</p> + +<p>“Come home, Mary,” Sam’s voice, speaking extra +low, cut in on my reverie. “I want to know what you +think about this.</p> + +<p>“I set Canneziano to mending the south clover fence +this morning. I told him I was going to north clover. On +my way there, I passed the house. I happened to +remember how slick Miss MacDonald had cleaned the attic. +It seemed a shame not to use it; so I went up, taking my +field glasses with me, for luck. I’d watched about five +minutes, out of the window, when I saw Canneziano +leave the fence and make up toward the cabin. I came +down, jumped on Bobbie Burns, and circled around the +hill, back of the cabin. Just as I got my glasses trained, +I saw Danny, walking to beat time, coming away from +the cabin. I don’t know whether she had been in it or not. +I didn’t see her come out of it. I rode straight down. +Before I had quite reached the cabin, Canneziano came +out of it. He was carrying a fishing rod, and he went right +down to the stream with it. What I’m wondering is, had +he and Danny met at the cabin, and had a talk?”</p> + +<p>“I know exactly what Mrs. Ricker means,” I said, +“about losing her mind on this place. It has come to the +pass that no one can do any simple thing without being +spied on and suspected. Danny always takes her walks +in the direction of the cabin. We all do. It is the prettiest, +coolest walk on the place.”</p> + +<p>“Does she always walk so fast, trying to keep cool?”</p> + +<p>“Probably not,” I said, “unless she has seen Canneziano, +and is walking fast, trying to get away from him.”</p> + +<p>Sam rubbed the back of his head. “By Joe! I hadn’t +thought of that.”</p> + +<p>“Think about it now, for a minute,” I advised. “When +you get through, try to think whether you know of any +place where we could get hold of a scrap or two of Gaby’s +handwriting. We have the last note she wrote to Danny, +but we want something more.”</p> + +<p>“You’ve come to the right place, for once,” he said, +and took a long envelope out of his pocket.</p> + +<p>“I guess I never happened to mention to you, did I, +that I fixed up a small checking account for the girls in +the Telko Bank? It was just a matter of my own +convenience—saved me the pesky trouble of buying money +orders at the postoffice. Their bank statements and +canceled checks came in a few days ago. I was going to look +them over, soon as I could get around to it. Here they are. +Do you want me to take them up to Miss MacDonald?”</p> + +<p>“I’ll take them,” I offered, “and save you the trip.” +I longed to see how much of Sam’s money the girls had +spent in one month, and what they had spent it for.</p> + +<p>I don’t know yet whether it was cunning, contrariness, +or courtesy that propelled Sam up those stairs, with the +envelope tight in his hand, and without having allowed +me as much as a peek at its contents.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch50"> + +<h2>CHAPTER L. <br> Shovels</h2> + +<p>I went into the kitchen and put through a fairly good +batch of baking, considering that I’d got a late start +at it. I had intended only to stir up a sunshine cake for +supper; but when a thunder shower came, washing everything +cool and sweet, I opened the kitchen wide to it, +and made an angel cake out of the whites of the eggs, and +baked a big pan of ginger bread. Zinnia did the washing +up; so I was all through and frosting the cakes, when +Miss MacDonald telephoned down to the kitchen and +asked me to go for a walk with her.</p> + +<p>Between times, I’d roasted three chickens and got a +salad in the icebox. I wouldn’t need to turn a hand to +supper for an hour; so I told her that I’d like nothing +better than a breath of the clean, sage-seasoned air, and +that I’d be ready in ten minutes. I gave Zinnia a few +directions, and went upstairs to change my shoes.</p> + +<p>As I came down the front stairs, into the living-room, +I saw Mrs. Ricker coming up the steps to the porch. +She was toting a big old shovel; carrying it out in front +of her, and carefully, right side up, like it was a pancake +turner and she had a pancake on it. I stopped in my +tracks. There are some connections that the mind refuses: +President Coolidge with a six-gun, for instance, or Chief +Justice Taft with a saxophone, or Mrs. Ricker with a +heavy, dirty old shovel.</p> + +<p>She stopped to turn sidewise and open the screen door +with her foot, and then she came straight along into the +living-room, poking the thing toward Miss MacDonald.</p> + +<p>“I want you to look at this,” she said.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald, all crisp in white linen, backed away +a mite; but she looked, as directed.</p> + +<p>I came hurrying to look too. I don’t know what I +expected to see—nothing less than a dead scorpion; but, +certainly, something more than I did see: an old iron +shovel with dirt on it.</p> + +<p>“Well?” Miss MacDonald questioned.</p> + +<p>“I was going to Martha’s grave when the shower came +up. I stopped in the cabin. This shovel, and another one, +were inside the door there. Look at that earth—it is fresh +earth. Now I tell you, two people have been digging +around this place; and they were at it not longer ago +than yesterday, more likely this morning.”</p> + +<p>“My word!” said Miss MacDonald. It seemed to me +there was more annoyance in her voice than there was +interest or astonishment.</p> + +<p>“Somebody,” I pronounced, “still believes that there +is money hidden around here.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker nodded her satisfaction.</p> + +<p>“But surely,” Miss MacDonald said, “around a farm, +a ranch, that is, around a place of this sort there must +be a great deal of digging going on. Gardens—vegetables, +you know. That is—one thing and another.” She fumbled +it, like that.</p> + +<p>“We don’t make garden here in July,” I told her. +“The vegetable gardens and greenhouses are about +three miles away from where Mrs. Ricker found the +shovels.”</p> + +<p>“To be sure.” She puckered her brows. “But—Mr. +Stanley spoke of fishing. Don’t the men dig worms for +bait?”</p> + +<p>“Anyone,” I told her, “who did bait fishing on the +Desert Moon, would be about as popular as an S.P.C.A. +convention at a round-up. Likely you’ll learn our ways, +in time. Bait fishing isn’t one of them.”</p> + +<p>While I had been getting this off my mind, Danny had +come downstairs. I guess we must have looked funny, +the three of us, standing there and staring at the shovel, +which Mrs. Ricker was still holding as if it were a pancake +turner.</p> + +<p>“But—what is it?” Danny inquired.</p> + +<p>“It is a shovel,” said Mrs. Ricker.</p> + +<p>“Yes, I know. But what about it?”</p> + +<p>“It has fresh earth on it,” Mrs. Ricker explained. “It +means that someone is still hunting for something on +this ranch.”</p> + +<p>“I—don’t understand,” Danny faltered.</p> + +<p>“You do, if anyone does,” Mrs. Ricker said, trying to +make it sound off-handish; but it did not.</p> + +<p>To my surprise, Miss MacDonald answered, “I think +that you are mistaken, Mrs. Ricker. Miss Canneziano +knows, I fancy, no more about the shovel than you do.”</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker’s face flushed. She carried the thing out +and threw it into the yard with a gesture of furious +anger. When Miss MacDonald and I passed her on the +porch, she turned her head away and did not look at us.</p> + +<p>“If we hurry,” I said, “we’ll have time to walk to +the cabin and see the other shovel.”</p> + +<p>“Bother the other shovel! We don’t want to hurry. +Can’t we get down to the stream, somewhere close here, +and find a place where we can be alone to talk?”</p> + +<p>“Right down this path,” I answered, and started down +it. She followed me. For fifty yards or more neither of us +said a word. I was too put about to feel like talking.</p> + +<p>Why should she have told me to “bother the shovel”? +Why had she acted so peculiarly about the shovels, +anyway; choosing to assume that they were unimportant? +If, as I supposed she was thinking, Mrs. Ricker had gone +to the trouble to fix up those two shovels, and to carry +one of them in, to hoodwink us, that was important. I +was sure in my own mind that Ollie Ricker had not done +that. If she had not, and if two people were digging +around the place, they were digging for something, +weren’t they? For what? For exactly what I had +said—for money. Worms!</p> + +<p>I must have made a sound that was suggestive of my +disgusted annoyance, for Miss MacDonald stepped up +to walk beside me on the narrow path.</p> + +<p>“I am sorry,” she said, “that I have seemed so +exasperatingly stupid: but I know that those shovels are of +no importance.”</p> + +<p>“I don’t see how you could know that,” I said.</p> + +<p>“I am sorry again: but I have promised not to tell you +how I know it.”</p> + +<p>“Not to tell me!”</p> + +<p>“I meant, of course, that I had promised not to tell +anyone. My promise was made to Mr. Stanley. Since this +has come up, I am sure that he will allow me to break it +and tell you later what it is that I can’t tell you now.”</p> + +<p>“Sam!” I said. I was mad all over. I had thought that, +anyway, Sam was open and above board with me.</p> + +<p>“You’ll understand all about it, later,” she said. +“Please don’t be vexed. I have some really good news. +First, the handwriting on the checks, the photograph, and +the note all tally accurately. That must mean, that +Gabrielle Canneziano wrote all of them. Next, I have +worked out the key to the code letter——”</p> + +<p>“Lands alive!” I said, my astonishment and admiration +getting the best of my bad humor. “In this short +time? Talk about wonders——”</p> + +<p>“Not a bit of it. The code is so simple that I am +surprised that people, who have wits enough to use a code +at all, would use it.</p> + +<p>“The keys on typewriters, with a standard keyboard, +are arranged, you know, for the touch system of writing: +a, s, d, f, g, so on. All that this code amounts to, is taking +the letters straight as they come along: a, b, c, d; and so +on. From the center line of letters, they skip to the +upper line, making the ‘q’ be a ‘j’ and from the upper +line down to the lower line, making the ‘z’ a ‘t.’ They +use only the letters on the keyboard, and the punctuation +marks as they would rightly be used. Generally they put +a hyphen after the letter to be capitalized, though +occasionally they use the capital letter. It is so childish that +I fancy it is only a friendship code, and that it is not used +for matters of any real importance.”</p> + +<p>“Then this letter is of no importance?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“Not to the writer. Of vast importance to us, I believe. +It explains why the original letter was stolen, among +other things. Here is one of the copies that I made of it.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch51"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LI. <br> Danielle’s Secret</h2> + +<p>We had come to the stream, and to the shade of the +aspen trees. I sat down on one of the rocks, above +the first fishing hole, and unfolded the papers she had +given to me, and read:</p> + +<p>“Salutations! Do you remember, my dear and gay +Gaby, after the V. affair, when you visited me in the +hospital, that you said, with your imitated Mona Lisa +smile, ‘Sorry, old dear, I made a trifling mistake, did I +not?’ The incident has probably passed from your +memory. It has not passed from mine, because I did not +believe then, and I do not believe now, that you intended +to fire that shot at V. instead of at me. You proved your +innocence, however, like the expert you are; so, ‘let the +dead past—’ et cetera. Particularly since I did not die, +but have lived to make, also, a trifling mistake.</p> + +<p>“I find that I was in error concerning the train robbery. +After due reflection, I have remembered that, reading of +the details in the Denver papers, your respected father +and I merely regretted that we had not had the +forethought, and the cleverness, to have pulled the affair +ourselves. Since this is the case, we could not have hidden +the money, as I seem to recall telling you that we did, +on the Desert Moon Ranch. It was a pretty dream of +ours—that was all.</p> + +<p>“Shall I explain? Do you remember the sweet cocotte +with the colored sash at Cannes? Very young, very +exquisite, and almost very innocent? She watched us, from +her table, out of the violet corners of her long, long eyes. +When we left the place, you and I, my gloves were +missing and I returned for them. You were duped, my dear, +were you not?</p> + +<p>“She is not as lovely, not as gay as you were at +eighteen. But you are no longer eighteen. And you have +grown exacting, and a bit vicious (recalling, again, the +V. affair), and a bit selfish, too. (I knew that you +collected the final five hundred pounds from Baron T.)</p> + +<p>“These, and all things considered, I seem to myself to +have acted rather nobly, rather compassionately. I spared +you the heartache of witnessing your supplantation. +Ours was a tender leave taking, was it not? I paid the +expenses of a long and costly journey for you and the +gentle Danielle. (Gad, Gaby, I’d have paid twice as much +to be rid of you for half the time!) I sent you to fond +relatives. I provided you with an interesting and romantic +occupation—treasure hunting. I gave the righteous +Danielle the opportunity for which she was pining; the +opportunity to try her hand at turning you into ‘an +honest woman.’</p> + +<p>“Tell her, by the way, that her lover, or as she +virtuously insisted, her husband is still with me, and that +he is behaving himself admirably. I suspect that my Lili +is a bit over fond of him; but I have warned her that one +who has had the chaste affections of the little nun would +be unlikely to succumb to her ardencies.</p> + +<p>“Lili now inquires to whom am I writing. She is eighteen; +she has seen you; so I dare tell her, to you, in a far +country with an amusing name—Nevada.</p> + +<p>“She mispronounces it, deliciously. She blows it, and +you, charmingly away from the tips of her tiny pink +fingers. She kisses my ears. She tells me that she owns +me. So, I suppose, I should not sign myself, as of old, +Yours, with an ever increasing devotion, Bimbi.”</p> + +<p>“Good lands alive!” I said. My stomach hurt me, and +my head ached.</p> + +<p>“I am sorry for young Mr. Stanley,” Miss MacDonald +said. “But, you see, I was right in thinking that Miss +Canneziano’s life might hold a secret.”</p> + +<p>“No! No!” Danny stood there in front of us, holding +to an aspen tree for support.</p> + +<p>“I wondered whether you were coming out from behind +the tree,” Miss MacDonald said.</p> + +<p>“I saw you looking at me. You are cruel. You are very +cruel.”</p> + +<p>For a minute all I could be was sorry for Danny. I got +up and went to her and put an arm around her.</p> + +<p>She tucked her head down on my breast. She was so +small that I could look right over it, at Miss MacDonald, +sitting there, undisturbed and triumphant. She was in +the right, and was a good girl; so it was queer that the +sight of her made my heart go straight out to the wrong, +bad, little Danny, with her brown head underneath my +chin.</p> + +<p>“Danny, honey,” I said, “are you planning a divorce, +after you’ve had your six months in Nevada? Was he +cruel to you? Unfaithful?”</p> + +<p>“No, no,” she said. “Nothing like that, nothing at all. +I can explain every word of it. But will anyone believe +me?”</p> + +<p>“You just try it,” I urged. “I’m all set for believing +you, right here and now. Come over here, and rest, and +tell us all about it.”</p> + +<p>I led her across to the rock where I had been sitting, +and made a place for her beside me.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch52"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LII. <br> An Explanation</h2> + +<p>She began, right straight forward and sensible: “I +knew that was in the letter, and I longed to destroy +it, on that account, but I was afraid. I knew that +its disappearance would throw all sorts of suspicions on +me. But this morning, when I saw the thing, right there +on her desk, the temptation was too great. I never +thought of her having made a copy of it. This afternoon, +when I heard her at the typewriter—I knew. I’ve been in +torment ever since. I have prayed and prayed that she +might fail to work out the code. When I came downstairs, +just now, I knew that she had not failed. I thought +she would tell you about it; so I followed. I thought, +perhaps, if I’d tell you both the truth, and plead with you +to believe me—— But now I am ashamed to offer it.</p> + +<p>“You won’t believe me. John won’t believe me—— But, +it was only a doll: one of those funny, long-legged, +floppy things, with an adorable face. I saw him in Paris, +and loved him, and bought him for mine. I called him +Christopher Clover, and said that he was my +husband—because I had always said that I would never marry. +Lewis—he was so horrid about everything—used to tease +me about my lover, until I got so tired of it, and so +ashamed, that I put him away on a closet shelf.</p> + +<p>“After we were all packed, and the trunks were locked, +that last day, I found him there on the shelf. Gaby +wanted me to carry him on my arm—that was done quite +a bit over there. She thought it was <i>chic</i>; but I thought +it looked silly. I was going to leave him in the apartment; +but Lewis asked me to let him have him. I did. That is +all. But—will you let me see the copy of the letter? Gaby +read it to me only once.”</p> + +<p>I gave it to her.</p> + +<p>“See,” she said, eagerly, “he calls me righteous. See +how he speaks of the doll and his—Lili. He wouldn’t have +spoken like that about a man, nor said that he was +behaving himself. See, too, he calls me a nun. If you’ll be +fair—it seems to me you can easily believe me.”</p> + +<p>“Honey child,” I said, and spoke the truth. “I do +believe you. It is sensible and reasonable. I believe every +word you’ve told us.”</p> + +<p>“And you?” she appealed to Miss MacDonald.</p> + +<p>“Your explanation is reasonable. You have told the +truth about everything else in the letter. Certainly, I +shall give you the benefit of the doubt.”</p> + +<p>“You won’t tell John?” Danny pleaded.</p> + +<p>“Of course not. Nor anyone else, just now. Shall we go +back to the house?”</p> + +<p>Danny and I sat still.</p> + +<p>“I’ll run along, then,” she said, and went away without +us.</p> + +<p>“Danny,” I began at once, “you take my advice. +You get to John as quickly as you can and tell him the +truth about this. He loves you. He’ll want to believe you. +Men always believe whatever they want to believe. +Don’t you worry another mite about it.”</p> + +<p>“Have you noticed,” she questioned, slowly, “that +John has been different—very different, ever since——”</p> + +<p>“We’ve all been different, dear,” I told her.</p> + +<p>“Yes, I know. But—John has been more different. +Mary, tell me, am I silly? Have you noticed that John +seems to be very much interested in this Miss MacDonald? +He looks at her all the time. And he jumps about, +waiting on her, rather as Chad used to do with Gaby. +Of course, he feels that I have changed, too. And I have. +I can’t keep from showing how unhappy I am, and how +worried. I suppose I constantly disappoint him. And +yet. . . .”</p> + +<p>“Danny,” I said, “it is just this. Men don’t wear well +in times of trouble. They can’t help it. It is the way they +are mixed. So we women put up with it. We have to, if +we put up with men at all. Everything is going to come +out all right. But I want you to tell John, yourself, about +your doll and not wait for someone else to do it.”</p> + +<p>“I’ll try to,” she agreed. “But we are so rarely alone +together any more.”</p> + +<p>On our way back to the house, Sam and John overtook +us. I got Sam to walk along fast with me, and left them +lagging behind us.</p> + +<p>“I’m a mite worried,” Sam said, “about those two +young folks. I don’t quite make them out, here lately. +I suggested to John, a while ago, that considering Danny’s +trouble, and all, it might be just as well for them to have +an early wedding. Told him to talk it over with Danny, +and that any date they set would be all right with me.</p> + +<p>“I was all braced against being carried off and drowned +in a torrent of gratitude. No, siree. That young whelp +evaded it. Said that he’d see; and that she’d say that +right after so much trouble might not be a suitable time +for a wedding. I’d give a pretty to know what he has on +his mind. I can’t think that the boy is just rotten fickle. +And yet—he has been shining up to Miss MacDonald, +here of late. Have you noticed it, Mary?”</p> + +<p>“Noticed, nothing!” was the best that I could do.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch53"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LIII. <br> Another Murder</h2> + +<p>Canneziano did not come down for breakfast the +following morning. I thought that a little strange, +for meals were the one thing he had been real polite to +ever since he had been on the Desert Moon.</p> + +<p>As soon as breakfast was over, Miss MacDonald spoke +to Sam and asked him, as she had asked him that first +morning, if she might detain him. “You, also, Mrs. +Magin,” she smiled at me.</p> + +<p>“I wonder,” she said, as soon as we three were alone +together, “if Mr. Canneziano could have given us the +slip, last night?”</p> + +<p>“Not likely, with ten of the boys all drawing wages for +watching the place, and him in particular, is it?” Sam +questioned.</p> + +<p>“Not at all likely. Still. . . . Will you go and see whether +or not he is in his room, now, Mr. Stanley?”</p> + +<p>Sam went. When he came back he had to drawl a lot +more than usual to keep his voice steady. “His door is +locked. He doesn’t answer when I pound on it.”</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald said, “I have an excellent pass key. +Let’s go up and try it.”</p> + +<p>Curiosity dragged me along with her and Sam, though +every bone in my body protested.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald’s key unlocked the door. The three +of us went into the room.</p> + +<p>The blinds were tightly drawn. The electric fan was +whirring and buzzing away in the gray gloom.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald crossed the room, quickly, and +snapped up the blinds. There was one long, hard, dusty +shaft of yellow sunlight. Sam walked through it to the +bed where Canneziano was lying, huddled up under the +covers. I looked the other way.</p> + +<p>I heard the rattle of Sam’s pipe as it fell on the floor. +I heard the rustle of Miss MacDonald’s quick movement. +I heard a queer, throaty note that she uttered. Something +dragged my hot, aching eyes open. I looked toward the +bed. I saw Canneziano’s swollen, discolored face. I saw +the deep yellow throat, with great brutal bruises at its +base. The shaft of sunlight moved up and down, up and +down, carving through the swaying blackness like a long +sharp knife.</p> + +<p>I felt Sam’s strong hands on my shoulders, pressing me +down into a chair. I heard myself saying, shrilly, over and +over, “What are we going to do? What are we going to +do?”</p> + +<p>It was Miss MacDonald’s voice, cold and clear as +spring water that brought me to my senses. “We are +going to find the murderer on the Desert Moon Ranch.”</p> + +<p>Sam said, “You’re damn right we are. And we are +going to have half a dozen he-men detectives on this +place by to-morrow night.”</p> + +<p>“Very well,” Miss MacDonald answered. “Will you +telephone, at once, for the coroner, Mr. Stanley?”</p> + +<p>“Hell!” Sam said.</p> + +<p>I had my face covered; but there was a hollowness in +that oath of Sam’s that told me, plainer than any looking +at him could have told me, that he was frightened; +scared to the marrow of his bones.</p> + +<p>It took Miss MacDonald, though, to understand the +reason for his fear.</p> + +<p>“Yes, Mr. Stanley,” she said, “these men, when they +come this time, in spite of their friendship for you, are +not going to be as easily satisfied as they were last time. +They were able to blink at one murder. They can’t keep +on blinking. They dare not—even in Nevada.”</p> + +<p>“Who wants them to blink?” Sam bluffed.</p> + +<p>“You do. We all do, for the present.”</p> + +<p>Sam did not answer that. He stood, and looked stupid.</p> + +<p>“Won’t you listen to reason,” she urged, “before you +go downstairs to telegraph for other detectives? In talking +to you this way, I am putting all of my pride behind me, +and I am violating my own code of professional ethics; +so I want to say, first, that if you will allow me to remain +on this case, I’ll take not one cent in payment. +Wait—— Let me have my say out, and then you may have yours. +My motives are not entirely unselfish—motives seldom +are. For one thing, I have never been dismissed from a +case. It is a humiliation I would pay any price to avoid. +I have other reasons—but no matter. That is my side +of it.</p> + +<p>“Your side of it is this. If, when the coroner and the +others arrive to-day, you confess that no progress has +been made, they will undoubtedly step in and take +matters into their own bungling hands. I think that they +would make an arrest. That would be fatal, now. For +I am positive that they would arrest an innocent person, +and that the guilty person would then have an excellent +opportunity for escape.</p> + +<p>“I have a certain reputation, Mr. Stanley, and these +men—particularly the sheriff—respect it. If you will +keep me on this case, I will tell them that I am making +definite progress. That I believe I shall be able to turn +the criminal over to the state within a comparatively +short time——”</p> + +<p>“Would that be the truth?” Sam demanded.</p> + +<p>She hesitated. “If you mean, is that what I believe +now—my answer is yes. I may be wrong. I have, at least, a +very definite suspicion. I have no proofs.”</p> + +<p>“You wouldn’t,” Sam questioned, “give these men +that assurance if you knew that I was going to get some +men detectives up here to work with you?”</p> + +<p>“I couldn’t,” she said. “I can speak only for myself. +I do not, can not work with detectives not of my own +choosing. I would give any one you brought here my +notes—the definite results of my investigations so far. +I would have no right, now, to give him anything else.”</p> + +<p>“In other words,” Sam said, “you don’t care a whoop +about having the murderer discovered unless you can do +the discovering yourself, and get the credit for it?”</p> + +<p>“Sam Stanley!” I said.</p> + +<p>Her cheeks flamed. “Please get your other detectives +here as soon as possible, if you wish them to consult with +me before I leave for San Francisco.”</p> + +<p>John’s voice came calling down the hall. “Dad? Are +you up here?”</p> + +<p>“Wait!” Miss MacDonald commanded. “Tell him to +wait a moment.”</p> + +<p>Sam opened the door a crack. “I’ll be with you in a +minute, son.” He closed the door, and stood looking +questions at Miss MacDonald.</p> + +<p>She walked quickly across the room, and stopped +close to Sam, facing him. “I’m sorry I lost my temper, +just now. I’m not going, unless you force me to go. Please +don’t. Please give me my chance. Do you realize what it +means to be tried for a murder, even if one is acquitted? +I am not asking this for myself. I wouldn’t stoop to beg +for anything for myself as I am begging for this, now. +I am sure you mean to be a fair man. Be fair to me, and +to all of the innocent people here on your ranch. I don’t +say that other detectives might not be able to discover +the murderer. I do say that I am certain they would do +irreparable harm before they succeeded. . . .”</p> + +<p>“If you stayed,” Sam had the cheek to question, “and +worked along with them—that was my idea—couldn’t +you prevent their doing any harm?”</p> + +<p>“I could try to. I will try to, if you insist. But I am +doubtful of my success. Consciously, or unconsciously +they work against me, because I am a woman. You don’t +know them as I do. You don’t know their methods, as I +do. If you feel that you must have others here, working +on the case, allow me to send, at my own expense, for my +own assistants; the girls whom I have trained——”</p> + +<p>“We don’t need any more girls around here,” Sam said. +“It is pretty certain that we do need someone to protect +the lives of all of us on this place——”</p> + +<p>“When you telephone for the coroner,” she said, +“won’t you telephone for a locksmith to come out with +him, and bring strong bolts for all the doors——”</p> + +<p>“You admit, then, that we are all in danger?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing of the sort. You are all perfectly safe—at +present. I do believe that before long, my own life +may be in danger. I want no one to think that I suspect +that. I need the protection of the bolts. It must +seem that I think that everyone needs the +protection.”</p> + +<p>“You believe,” Sam questioned, “that your own life +is in danger. And yet——”</p> + +<p>“Please re-consider, Mr. Stanley. Please allow me to +have the case alone, at any rate for a little while longer.”</p> + +<p>“Game!” Sam had muttered it to himself, but I had +heard it. I knew that she had won, for the present, at +any rate.</p> + +<p>“You honestly think,” he questioned, “that you can +manage this single handed, and keep us all safe, and +produce this murderer—pretty shortly?”</p> + +<p>“I do, Mr. Stanley.”</p> + +<p>“And you honestly think that other detectives coming +here now might make a peck of trouble, arrest the wrong +person, and mess things up generally?”</p> + +<p>“I have never been more certain of anything. I think +the fact that you dismissed me, now, and sent for others, +would be damning evidence against innocence, to the men +from Telko.</p> + +<p>“Let me meet them, in my professional capacity, to-day, +Mr. Stanley. Let me meet them, not as a failure, but +as a person confident of success. I know that I can +manage them, and send them away satisfied. Mary, can’t +you say something? Won’t you help me to persuade Mr. +Stanley?”</p> + +<p>“You don’t need any help,” I told her. “He’s +persuaded.”</p> + +<p>“Is that true, Mr. Stanley? May I have the case alone, +for a little while longer?” She was all breathless with +eagerness.</p> + +<p>“Drat it all, yes,” Sam said. “I’m damned if I know +what I ought to do. But you are dead game. I—— Well, +shake on it, Miss MacDonald. You’ll do the best you can +for us, I know that.”</p> + +<p>The hand she held out to him was trembling, and her +voice as she thanked him trembled. But still I was amazed +when, right after Sam had gone out of the room, she said +to me, “Mary, I believe on my soul that I have just had +an experience that is too strong for me,” and hid her +face in the crook of her arm and began to cry.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch54"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LIV. <br> Delay</h2> + +<p>I myself heard the sheriff say to Sam, late in the +afternoon of the day we had found Canneziano, strangled +in his bed, “I tell you what, Sam, this is a pretty +dirty business—all of it. If you had anyone but Lynn +MacDonald on the case, I reckon it would be up to us +boys to step in and take a hand. But she has sure given +us some pretty good dope—and we’re waiting. She’s got +the rep. There’s that Dolingfetter movie murder. She put +that through when all the police force and all the dicks in +the country had failed for a year. And the Van Muiter +case—and a dozen others. I know you’re square, Sam. +All us guys around here know it. But I’m damn glad +you’ve got Lynn MacDonald on the job to prove it to +the country.”</p> + +<p>As I say, I heard that conversation with my own ears. +And yet, in the week that followed, I had times of +thinking that, anyway, Sam had likely made a mistake in +keeping Miss MacDonald on, alone.</p> + +<p>I couldn’t begin to describe the horror of that week. +It is, I suppose, what books call a paradox to say that +the worst thing about the week was that nothing, just +nothing, happened. To all outward appearances the +Desert Moon Ranch was as peaceful as an empty grave: +hollow peace, false peace, and all of us conniving at the +falsity made it worse.</p> + +<p>One day, for instance, when we were all at dinner, +Zinnia dropped the teakettle in the kitchen. We women +all screamed. Sam whipped his six-gun from his back +pocket. John rushed to the kitchen. He came back, wiping +the sweat from his forehead.</p> + +<p>“Zinnia dropped the teakettle. It didn’t hurt her.”</p> + +<p>We all looked foolish, and began to be very busy, passing +things, and pretending that our actions had all been +the ordinary, conservative actions of people who had +heard anything heavy dropped.</p> + +<p>Sam locked up the house early every evening. Then, +trying to make it casual, one and another of us would +go sauntering around to make sure that he hadn’t +overlooked a door, or a window. People were constantly +jumping, and starting, and looking behind them at +nothing. None of us women ever went far from the house, +except Mrs. Ricker to visit Martha’s grave. For one thing, +Sam had increased the guard around the place, and I +never felt sure, when I ran down to the dairy, that one +of the cowpunchers wouldn’t think I was trying to escape +and take a shot at me. For another thing, though both +murders had been done in the house, there was a feeling +of safety about four walls that I couldn’t get in the open +air.</p> + +<p>As I have said, Mrs. Ricker went every day to visit +Martha’s grave. She went alone. I would not have gone +with her, not for any price. I was afraid of her. I was +afraid of Hubert Hand. By Wednesday of that week I +was afraid of everyone in the house except Miss +MacDonald and Sam. Friday found me doubtful of Sam.</p> + +<p>Losing my mind? Of course I was, or it was losing itself +in the black shadow of crime, by which the Desert Moon +had been eclipsed. A mind can’t go straight, in darkness, +any more than a body can. None of our minds went +straight, those days. I am sure that the mind of each one +of us on the place—always excepting Miss MacDonald’s—did +as mine did. It went groping in the dark; it bumped +into obstacles of doubt; it tripped over fear and fell into +senseless stupidities; it lost its way, and wandered into +wild suspicions. I tell you, there were times, during those +frightful days, when I found myself seriously considering +whether or not I had committed the two murders.</p> + +<p>On Thursday evening, of that week, Mrs. Ricker said +to me, with no concern at all in her manner, “I wish I +knew just how that lethal chamber that they use for +executions in this state, felt. Whether it hurts to be +executed that way, and how long it takes to die in it, and all +about it.</p> + +<p>“Because,” she went on, still unconcernedly, “if it +didn’t hurt too much, I’d much rather confess to the +murders, and get it over, than to keep on living like this. +I am going insane. I think that I can’t stand another week +like this one. Every hour, now, is worse than a quick, +painless death. Too, I’m afraid of what I might do, if +I go clear mad, with all these horrors in my mind. +Though, perhaps, I have already gone mad. Do I seem to +you to be insane, right now, Mary?”</p> + +<p>I told her no. But it was a flat lie. At that moment I +was certain that everyone on the place was more or less +insane, especially Miss MacDonald. I think yet that I +was right about the others. I know, now, that I was +wrong about Miss MacDonald; but she had certainly +given me plenty of reasons for thinking either that she +had lost her senses entirely, or else that she had never +had any to lose.</p> + +<p>Apparently, after Sam had agreed to keep her on the +case, she had at once given up all interest in it. She had +a short talk with me, and told me that she would no +longer need my help, and expressly instructed me to stop +watching Danny and the others.</p> + +<p>“As far as it is humanly possible,” she said, “I want +you to go about the business of living as if nothing at all +unpleasant, even, had happened. I don’t want this to be +an appearance. I want it to be a fact.”</p> + +<p>Then, as if she knew I couldn’t follow those fool +instructions, and as if she were bound to have them +followed at any cost, she began to follow them herself. +She got sort of childish about it.</p> + +<p>On Tuesday evening she produced a bunch of paper +and some pencils. When we had all thought that something +important was going to happen, she suggested that +we play that old, silly game of “Consequences.” And +when we one and all had other things to do, she was none +too pleasant about it. Said that she was tired of reading, +every evening, and that the radio made her nervous. +She fussed about, until Danny, feeling as she did, got +John and Hubert Hand to make up the four to play +Bridge.</p> + +<p>All week I could see Sam watching her and growing +more and more impatient. On Thursday he said to me +that she was too busy flirting with John to have time for +anything else. That was not fair. She didn’t flirt with +John—she wasn’t the sort who would flirt with anyone. +But she surely did begin to notice him, and his attentions +to her. It was not that she treated him too well, in any +way. It was, only, that she did not treat him quite +according to our standards for the way unengaged girls should +treat engaged or married men. Not once did she encourage +him to neglect Danny; but, after John had neglected +her, Miss MacDonald seemed to be, usually, right on +the spot, ready, waiting and willing, to be pleasant and +friendly to him.</p> + +<p>I tried to make excuses for John. Poor little Danny +wasn’t, I had to admit, much like the girl he had fallen +in love with. She had lost practically all of her prettiness, +and she looked, all the time, too white and wan and +generally dragged out to seem quite wholesome. Like +the rest of us, the strain of fear and suspicion was too +much for her; but she was frailer than any of us, so the +strain told harder on her.</p> + +<p>She had explained to John about the reference to her +and to her doll in the code letter. He had taken it all +right, and had been, as she said to me, “sweet” about it, +and about never doubting her word at all. Still, I sort of +thought that a grain of suspicion might still be bothering +him. And I knew that he had not been quite able to forgive +her, not for telling of her suspicions concerning Sam, +but for suspecting Sam in the first place.</p> + +<p>Yes, I could make some excuses for John. But the +process of trying not to blame him, personally, resulted in +my opinions of men in general being forced down several +degrees. As I may have suggested, that took them just +about to where the thermometer stops registering.</p> + +<p>On Friday morning, when Sam came zigzagging into +my kitchen, ordered Zinnia out of it, his voice all thick +and husky, and fell down into a chair, I did not doubt +for a minute that he was dead drunk. I knew that he had +not touched a drop of liquor for forty years; but what +men could do, men might do, and worse.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” he said, “we’ve got the report from the +’Frisco chemists.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch55"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LV. <br> The Third Murder</h2> + +<p>Miss MacDonald had thought it necessary to +have Martha’s body exhumed and sent to San +Francisco. That is what the coroner and the undertaker +had been about on their second trip to the ranch. Sam +had not wanted any of us to know about it, particularly +he had not wanted Mrs. Ricker to know. That had suited +Miss MacDonald better, too; so they had had the men +do the work while we were all at dinner that day. They +had been careful to fix the grave so that it would not +show that it had been disturbed; and then, being men, +they had left their shovels right there in the cabin for the +first person to find. As you know, the first person had +been Mrs. Ricker.</p> + +<p>We had been waiting ever since for the chemist’s +report. Sam’s looks and actions, now, kept the question +from my lips. I thought that the report must have +contained some new horror. In a way, it had; but Sam’s +first words were reassuring.</p> + +<p>“It is too good to be true,” he said, and repeated, +dazedly, “too good to be true. Miss MacDonald had her +assistants trace the prescription from Doctor Roe. The +powders were harmless. I didn’t cause my girl’s death. +The report proves—Miss MacDonald says—— The +report proves——”</p> + +<p>“Take it easy, Sam. What does the report prove?”</p> + +<p>“Somebody gave her a deadly poison. The chemists +found two traces. One they can’t analyze. That’s why +they’ve kept us waiting so long for the report. They are +still working on it, hoping for results. The other was +nitrobenzene. Miss MacDonald says that, in small doses, induces +coma and takes as long as twenty-four hours to act. +But it is apt not to be deadly by itself. It was combined +with this other drug—the one that must have made +death certain.”</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald came hurrying into the kitchen. +She was holding the monkey charm bracelet in her hand.</p> + +<p>“See here,” she said, “this bangle thing opens. I +think we can be certain that the poison she took, or was +given, came out of it. There is a trace of the odor. Smell +it.”</p> + +<p>She handed it to me. It smelled a little like shoe polish, +with sort of a faint almond flavoring, underneath. I gave +it to Sam, who had been reaching out his hand for it. +He smelled it, and then knotted it up in his fist.</p> + +<p>Remembering, I can’t think of anything that he said +which would do to quote. The gist of it was, that if Gaby +had given Martha the poison, he was not sorry that Gaby +had been killed, because justice had been done. He went +on to say that, if she had not given it to Martha purposely, +but only carelessly, forgetting its deadliness, he +reckoned that things had turned out for the best, as far +as Gaby was concerned, anyway. Not satisfied with that, +he expressed, violently, his regrets that vengeance had +been taken out of his hands.</p> + +<p>“It isn’t vengeance you want, Mr. Stanley,” Miss +MacDonald reminded him, pretty sternly, “but justice. +That is within our reach. I am practically certain that the +person who poisoned Martha, who strangled Miss Canneziano +and her father, is right here on this place——”</p> + +<p>“Hold on,” Sam interrupted. “Considering that this +person is a poisoner and a strangler, and that he is around +loose and careless, and that we may all be murdered in +our beds, or out of ’em, or poisoned at our meals, it seems +to me the next move is to telephone to the sheriff, and +have him out here in a hurry, with some men——”</p> + +<p>“Nothing of the sort,” Miss MacDonald snapped at +him. “I have told you before, and I tell you again, that +as matters stand now I am the only person on the ranch +who is in the least danger. I did not say that I was certain. +I said that I was practically certain. I can’t be certain +until I have some proof, some evidence. At present, +I have not one scrap of either——”</p> + +<p>“Then you can’t know who the guilty person is.”</p> + +<p>“Exactly what I have just said. My work from now on +is to get that proof. If you would help me, instead of——”</p> + +<p>Sam interrupted, his whole body straining forward +with his eagerness. “Tell us who he is, and where he is, +and we’ll help you, right enough.”</p> + +<p>“I can’t tell you. Not unless you want to have still +another murder on the Desert Moon Ranch. But you can +help me. First, by keeping the discovery of the poison a +secret. Second, by allowing everyone else on the place to +suppose that I am still in a state of entire bafflement +concerning the crime. Third, and most important, perhaps, +by having patience with me.”</p> + +<p>“Ye’a,” Sam said, “and while we are sitting around, +having patience, this bird will walk off to some green hill +far away. I think the boys are doing their best to guard +the place, but this bird’s a slicker. What’s to keep him +from, say, dressing in my clothes some night, and riding +merrily away on Bobbie Burns or Wishbone? All he’d +have to do is to give the boys a high-sign and they’d let +him ride to hell, if they thought he was me. Another thing—I +can’t trust all my punchers. Some of them are greasers, +some half-breeds. Money, and not much of it, talks +pretty loud to some of those boys.”</p> + +<p>“At present, the person I suspect has no intention of +leaving the place.”</p> + +<p>“When you don’t know anything else, how can you +know that?”</p> + +<p>“I didn’t say that I didn’t know anything else.”</p> + +<p>“Do you know, and will you tell me, why you can’t +put this fellow where the dogs won’t bite him, while you +are collecting the proof, evidence, and so on that you +think you need?”</p> + +<p>“For one reason, because I am not a police detective. +Sometimes it is necessary to use their methods of +arresting each suspect and getting the evidence afterward—third +degrees, so on. That method, by the way, accounts +for the number of criminals who are able to make +complete escapes. It is a stupid, bungling method—and a +brutal one. I detest it. I have used it only twice in the +seven years that I have been in this work. I used it then +because it was necessary. I will not use it now, because it +is not necessary. This case will come to the grand jury +complete, with indisputable proofs. If I had +known—suspected I mean, before Mr. Canneziano was killed, +what I now suspect——” She stopped short, evidently +afraid of saying too much.</p> + +<p>“Ye’a,” Sam argued, “but nothing has happened since +then. What I can’t get, is how you think you are ever +going to find the proof—the evidence.”</p> + +<p>“Well——” she began. “Because,” she finished, quite +tartly, and walked out of the room.</p> + +<p>“ ‘Because,’ ” Sam mimicked, almost before she was +out of hearing distance. “It was a black day for me, and +for the Desert Moon, when I put this thing up to a +‘because’ woman.”</p> + +<p>I more than half agreed with him, but I was not going +to let him know it. “Did you notice,” I questioned, +chiefly to turn his mind from the subject of “because” +women, “that she kept saying that she thought the +person she suspected was on the place? I mean—she didn’t +say that he was living in the house.”</p> + +<p>“House! Hell! Of course she didn’t say house. Why +should she say house? Haven’t we been over and over it? +Aren’t we fair frazzled out, every last one of us, from +climbing up those front and back stairs, with our minds, +all day long and half the night? Counting minutes, counting +seconds; going to the barn and back, over and over. +Nobody who lives in this house could have done it. That +is settled. That is fact. Not unless some one of us was +able to be in two places at the same time between four +and five o’clock that day.”</p> + +<p>Something clicked in my mind. I declare to goodness, +I felt the click, plain as a twinge of toothache. It scared +me. I put both my hands over the place in the front of +my head. I felt as dazed, and as shaken, as if I had been +sleep-walking, and had bumped into a door, in the dark, +and wakened to find myself in a strange, brightly lighted +room.</p> + +<p>“No sir‑ee,” Sam went on, too busy with his own ideas, +I suppose, to notice my actions, which must have been +peculiar, “if the murderer is still on the place, he is +skulking around here in hiding. It is that strangler fellow, all +right. I’ll bet my last dollar on it. For some reason, he is +trying to clean out the Canneziano family—all of them. +I’ll bet he told Martha to give the poison to Danny, not +knowing what a child Martha was—or, maybe, knowing +it. Martha, supposing the poison was candy, or something +nice, ate it up herself. I tell you what, I’m going to do +some proof hunting, now, on my own hook. If I find some +stranger hiding out on this place, that will be good enough +proof for Sam Stanley, and for any jury in Nevada.</p> + +<p>“Of course, Mary, it hasn’t been so hard on you—not +having to feel the responsibility the way I have. But +I’ve come to the end of my rope. I’m going to use my +own head, now. I’ve got to get an expert here, for one +thing, to watch and guard over Danny. . . . Say, what’s +the matter with you, Mary? You look so funny. Do you +feel sick, or something?”</p> + +<p>“ ‘Something,’ ” I said, “but, at that, I suppose it isn’t +near as bad as feeling responsibility.”</p> + +<p>If I’d stayed there listening to him for one more +minute I’d have burst. I left him, and went running, like +the crazy thing I was, up the back stairs to my own room.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch56"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LVI. <br> A Whisper</h2> + +<p>I stayed in my room for half an hour, thinking with +all my might that I was thinking. At the end of that +time, discovering that I had not turned out one single +rational thought, I gave it up and went to find John.</p> + +<p>I forgot all about the men who were guarding the ranch. +I went straight down to the outfit’s quarters. I hadn’t +been on the back of a horse for more than ten years. I +got a lazy puncher to stop doing nothing long enough to +saddle an old nag for me, and boost me up on her, and +off I went.</p> + +<p>Jogging along through the clean, clear air, I at last +began really to do some thinking. I came to my senses in +consequence. It was high time. I turned the nag around +and rode back to the outfit’s quarters. I slid off of her, +and left her there, and went walking to the house.</p> + +<p>It was fortunate that I had given up my wild goose +chase. There on the porch sat John, talking to Miss +MacDonald. When I got close enough to them to see +how he looked, I felt as if my heart would break for him. +He looked, in spite of his tan, like death.</p> + +<p>When I had reached the foot of the steps, both of them, +without saying an aye, yes, nor no to me, got up and +went into the house.</p> + +<p>My legs were shaking under me. I had to go slowly +up the steps. Neither John nor Miss MacDonald was in +the living-room when I got there. I went on into the +kitchen.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald was putting on her big apron. Zinnia +was clattering the silver in the dining-room.</p> + +<p>“John knows, doesn’t he?” I questioned.</p> + +<p>“Knows?”</p> + +<p>“I think that I know what you——”</p> + +<p>“Don’t!” she shot out at me, and I wouldn’t have +jumped any higher if she had shot a gun instead of a +word.</p> + +<p>“Don’t,” she calmed down and came over to me and +spoke in a whisper, “say anything in here. Not +anything.”</p> + +<p>“I’ve got to,” I said. “I’m human. You listen to me.” +I whispered it, right into her ear.</p> + +<p>I hadn’t half finished what I had to say before she +moved away from me; but she nodded her head, with +those quick, short little nods that always mean +confidential agreement.</p> + +<p>For almost an hour I had been thinking that I knew +it. That nodding of hers made me realize that I had only +feared it; that I had believed that she could deny and +disprove it.</p> + +<p>I had planned biscuits for dinner. I went and got out +the bread-board, and opened the floor bin, but I couldn’t +do it.</p> + +<p>“I’m sorry,” I said, and to my disgust I began to cry. +“I guess you’ll have to make out to do alone, for a while. +I—I’m not feeling well. I’ll have to go and lie down——”</p> + +<p>Still blubbering and blind with tears I went upstairs, +and bumped into Sam, standing outside John’s door. +I dried my eyes and saw that he was holding his six-gun, +ready for shooting, in his hand.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch57"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LVII. <br> Grief</h2> + +<p>“What is the matter with you?” I demanded. +“What are you doing with that gun?”</p> + +<p>“John is in there packing his valise. He says he is going +to leave the place. I say he is not.”</p> + +<p>“Going to say it with the six-gun, if necessary, ugh?” +I asked.</p> + +<p>“If necessary, Mary, by God, he put it up to me, +straight. He came to me, and said that he had to get off +the place for a while. Had to. I baited him along. Asked +him where he wanted to go. He didn’t even try to hide his +feelings. Didn’t bother to make up an excuse. Said it was +all the same to him where he went: ’Frisco, Reno, Salt +Lake, anywhere, just so that he could get away. When +I reckoned he’d stay right here, he up with the idea of +going down to live with the outfit. He’s a fool; so he +thinks that I am. Thinks I don’t know he could get a good +horse, the first night——”</p> + +<p>“If John thinks you’re a fool,” I said, “he’s paying +you too much respect. I can’t think of anything much +worse, or more dangerous than a fool, but whatever it is, +you are it. It turns me all over to look at you. Give me +that gun.”</p> + +<p>I reached out and took it. His fingers didn’t stick to it +very long. I judged that he was not quite as eager to +shoot John on sight as he had been pretending to be.</p> + +<p>“Now get yourself away from here,” I said. “Get on +downstairs, if you know the way, and eat your dinner. +I’ll look after John.”</p> + +<p>“If you help that boy to escape——”</p> + +<p>“Escape your foot!” I slipped into John’s room, shut +the door in Sam’s face, and pushed the new bolt into its +slot.</p> + +<p>John’s things were all strewn about; his valise was +standing open on a chair, but he had stopped trying to +pack it. He was lying face down on the bed.</p> + +<p>I went and sat on the bed beside him and put an arm +around his shoulders.</p> + +<p>“Mary?” he questioned.</p> + +<p>“Yes. There, there now, John dear. Try to brace +up——”</p> + +<p>“You don’t know!”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I do know, dear. I know just what you know.”</p> + +<p>“My God,” he groaned. “It is certain, then? I still +had a little hope. I—I can’t keep on with life, not after +this. When I think of these last weeks—— I—I’m filthy, +I tell you.”</p> + +<p>“John, dear,” I tried to comfort. “You didn’t +know—you couldn’t. You aren’t to blame. You are young——”</p> + +<p>I knew that I had no comfort for agony such as his, +but I could not bear to leave him; so I stayed, hoping, +as I suppose foolish women have always hoped, that just +plain, quiet loving him might help a little.</p> + +<p>After a minute or two, he said, “Mary—if you don’t +mind, I—I’ve got to fight this out alone.”</p> + +<p>I went to my own room. I put a cold water compress +on my eyes, and pulled down the window-shades and lay +on my bed. I was mortal tired from sorrow, and the hurt +in my heart for John was sharp as a neuralgia pain, but +my mind went working right along, independent of my +feelings; straight on, like a phonograph, if somebody had +started it, might keep right on grinding out a tune while +the ship that it was on was sinking.</p> + +<p>When Miss MacDonald came up, bringing me some +dinner, which I couldn’t touch, I said to her: “It seems +true, but I know that it can’t be. It is too impossible. +I mean—too far fetched.”</p> + +<p>“Not a bit of it,” she said. “The only impossible thing +about it is the length of time it has taken us to discover +it. Of course—forgive me, Mrs. Magin, I was almost on +the trail once, I had at least started in the right direction, +and then you threw me completely off.”</p> + +<p>“I! How?”</p> + +<p>She smiled at me. “By seeing something which you did +not see. But you are not in the least to blame for that. +The fault is all mine.”</p> + +<p>She went and shut my transom. She looked through +my clothes-closet. She looked under my bed, saying, as +she did so, “The proverbial practise of old maids, you +know.” She came and sat close beside me, “Now then . . .” +she said.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch58"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LVIII. <br> The Puzzle</h2> + +<p>“Listen. Bit by bit it works into the whole, like a +picture puzzle—each segment slipping right into +place. There is just one hole in it all, and I think your +Danny’s kindness and unselfishness will supply that +necessary bit.”</p> + +<p>She began then—to use her own way of saying it—to +put together the pieces of the puzzle. She was right. Bit +by bit it fitted together. Almost at once she came to the +place that she had called a hole.</p> + +<p>“There is no hole there,” I told her. “Under those +circumstances, Danny would have been just sweet, and +unselfish, and foolish enough to have done that very +thing. She did it. That was why she was worried and +unhappy, all that day.”</p> + +<p>“I’m sure of it. Now then . . .” She went on: Danny’s +calling after Gaby that day—easy to understand now, of +course, and leading straight to Chad’s suicide and +confessional note. Gaby’s fear; Martha’s murder; Sam’s +ashes on the bag; Gaby’s note to Danny; each one fitting +right into place, until spread in front of me was one of +the most hideous pictures that any human being has ever +been forced to look at.</p> + +<p>“Only,” I gasped, “there can’t be such wickedness in +the world! I mean—not such long wickedness.”</p> + +<p>“In all my experience,” she said, “I have never +investigated another murder case where the thing was so +cruelly, vilely premeditated; so wickedly, cunningly carried +out. If this is true, it will be, also, the first time that +I have found a really brilliant mind belonging to a +fiend.”</p> + +<p>“If it is true!” I echoed. “But it is proven. You have +just proven it all to me.”</p> + +<p>She shook her head. “We have a seemingly perfect +fabric made up, wholly, of circumstantial evidence. As +yet, we have nothing else. Now I have a question to ask +you. It will seem to you that I should have asked you +this at least a week ago. I did not, because I was certain +that, unless I shared all of my suspicions with you, your +answer would be exactly the answer that you gave me +before. Now, thinking as you think, I want a very careful +answer to this question.”</p> + +<p>When she had asked it, I refused my first impulse to +answer it, at once, and sat thinking carefully for several +minutes. The answer that I was forced to give, then, +made me sick with shame.</p> + +<p>“No,” I said, “I didn’t. I thought, honestly, that I did. +But now I know that I didn’t. That—that,” I knew I was +chattering it, “puts Canneziano’s murder right at my +door——”</p> + +<p>“Nonsense,” she folded one of my trembling hands into +her steady, capable hands. “We can’t go poking about +like that, into the machinery of fate, and stay sane. The +blame in this case is entirely for me. But, if I had not +allowed myself to be misled then, but had worked straight +on, something equally tragic might have happened. We +don’t know. What we do know is, that no more time +must be wasted.</p> + +<p>“I have spent this past week in trying to obtain the +necessary proof. I have failed. Now, I am going to ask +you to help me. Will you?”</p> + +<p>“I will, and gladly. But you’ll have to tell me what +you want me to do. I haven’t the faintest idea.”</p> + +<p>She told me.</p> + +<p>“Lands alive!” I said. “That ought to be easy.”</p> + +<p>I could see that she was annoyed. “I haven’t found it +so,” she said. “I have made three attempts, as many as +I dared make, this week, and have failed. Do you realize +that it must come simply, and naturally? You must +realize that——”</p> + +<p>“See here,” I interrupted, “why not do as Sam wants +you to do? Why not arrest the criminal now, and force +the proof, afterwards? This sort of evidence could be +gotten then, as well as now, and a lot safer, too, it seems +to me.”</p> + +<p>“Mrs. Magin,” she said, “until we have evidence of +guilt we have no criminal to arrest. Incredible as it seems, +we might still be wrong concerning every bit of this. I +once made a horrible mistake. It was on my third case—that +is, after I began to work for myself. I don’t talk +about it. I can’t think about it. But I made myself a +promise then, a promise that I have never broken, and +which I never will break. Except in extreme necessity, +proof, positive, and perfect, must come before any accusation +or arrest in a case of mine. Twice, as I have said, I +have had men arrested because of circumstantial +evidence. Each time the evidence was far stronger than +anything we have in this case. The first time, the man +would have undoubtedly escaped if he had not been put +in confinement. The second time was on my third case, +which I have mentioned. If you force me to make this +the third time——”</p> + +<p>“I can’t force you to do anything,” I reminded her, +hoping to cool her down a bit.</p> + +<p>“Yes, you can. If you go at this so clumsily that you +give the thing away, and so endanger your own life, I +shall have to force matters. I must, of course, risk a +reputation—I’m not speaking of my own, you understand—in +preference to risking a life—again I am not speaking +of my own. But, if we are wrong in this, and remember +<em>we may be</em>—circumstantial evidence is the trickiest thing +in the world—it would be bitterly cruel and wrong. It +would be even worse than the other mistake of mine. +Will you remember that, when you make your first +attempt?”</p> + +<p>“Yes, I’ll remember. When do you want me to make +the first attempt?”</p> + +<p>“As soon as possible. This afternoon, if you can do it.”</p> + +<p>“But—how shall I do it?”</p> + +<p>“I am going to leave that to you, and to your natural +wit. You can do it much more spontaneously if you are +not attempting to follow set directions. But do, do be +careful. Don’t make a mistake.”</p> + +<p>With that she left me. I am ashamed to say that excitement +had made me forget my sorrow. I sat there saying +my prayers, planning, and shaking in my shoes, for a +good half hour before I could get up enough courage to +go downstairs. In all probability, the next hour would +bring me face to face with the murderous fiend; and not +by the blink of an eye, not by the ghost of a shiver, must +I betray my horrible knowledge.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch59"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LIX. <br> The Fatal Mistake</h2> + +<p>When I finally did get myself downstairs, I found +Sam, seemingly alone in the living-room, playing +solitaire. I judged, from the look he gave me, and from +the way he had his shoulders hunched, that he was still +in a right ugly humor.</p> + +<p>“Where’s everybody?” I asked.</p> + +<p>“Out committing murders, somewhere, likely.”</p> + +<p>“That’s a nice way to talk, isn’t it?”</p> + +<p>He mumbled something.</p> + +<p>“What?” I said. “I can’t hear you when you mutter +like that.”</p> + +<p>“I didn’t talk much louder when I told Miss MacDonald +about John’s trying to make a getaway. She heard me +all right. That’s all the good it did. Do you know how +much I trust that woman?”</p> + +<p>“No, I don’t know. I don’t care, either.”</p> + +<p>Sam got out that silly, shrill voice he has for talking +when he is trying to mock a woman, any woman, +and in using it he spoke up, real loudly. “ ‘Well, Mr. +Stanley, why not allow your son to go down and live +with the ranch hands, in their houses, for a time, since he +is so eager to do so?’ ”</p> + +<p>“Well, what about that?”</p> + +<p>“Ahk!” Sam barked. “She is head over heels in love +with him, that’s a part of what is the matter with her.”</p> + +<p>I said, “I wish I thought so.”</p> + +<p>“Why do you wish that, Mary?” It was Danny’s +voice. Her white face, with the big, sorrowful eyes, peeked +around the high back of a chair near the fireplace.</p> + +<p>I was too taken aback to answer her.</p> + +<p>“How long have you been sitting there, eavesdropping, +young lady?” Sam asked.</p> + +<p>“I didn’t mean to eavesdrop,” she answered, quietly. +“I am sorry. I was reading, and didn’t hear anything +until you began to mimic Miss MacDonald. I heard all of +that. Why does John wish to go down and live with the +outfit?”</p> + +<p>“John and Sam had a little trouble to-day,” I told her.</p> + +<p>Sam, with his usual helpfulness in embarrassing situations, +pushed back his chair and went walking fast out of +the room.</p> + +<p>“Mary,” she questioned, “why aren’t you my friend +any more?”</p> + +<p>“Lands, child,” I said, “if you mean that because I +was wishing Miss MacDonald was in love with John, it +was only because I’ve always reckoned that the more +women in love with a man the better for him. John loves +you. What do you care how many women love him?”</p> + +<p>“John doesn’t love me any more. I suppose that was +what he and uncle were quarreling about? John wants to +get away from me, is that it? And Uncle Sam is so good, +and so loyal, that he won’t allow it?”</p> + +<p>“Nothing like that,” I scoffed. “It was——” I left +that sentence unfinished, and went into the kitchen.</p> + +<p>She followed me. I went straight to the stove and +picked up the lid lifter, which, as usual, when I’m not +there to watch, someone had left sticking up in a stove-lid +to get red hot, instead of hanging it on the hook where +it belonged. I dropped it with a howl; and, wrapping +my hand in my apron, told her to run and get the linseed +oil and limewater, up in the hall bathroom, for me.</p> + +<p>I am not saying that I was not to blame. I do say that, +if that fool child Zinnia had not jumped around shouting, +“Sody! Sody! Wet sody’s the best for burns——” and +that, if Mrs. Ricker hadn’t heard her screeching, and +come in, too, and begun asking questions, I certainly +would not have overlooked the fact that, before she went +to minister to my needs, Danny had picked up that +lid-lifter, from where I had dropped it on the floor, and had +hung it on its hook.</p> + +<p>She made a quick trip upstairs and down again, with +the bandages, and the lotion. She offered, sweet and +sympathetic, to do up my hand for me. I had noticed, by +that time, that my hand was not smarting much, but I +was too excited to account for it reasonably. I asked Mrs. +Ricker to attend to the bandages. I had another job for +Danny.</p> + +<p>“I just came out here,” I said, “to make my weekly +list to send to Telko for supplies. I can’t write with this +wadded up hand. Will you make the list for me, Danny? +Zinnia, please hand her the pad and pencil from the +shelf.”</p> + +<p>Zinnia brought it. Danny sat down by the table and +picked up the pencil. My heart thumped in my throat.</p> + +<p>“One crate of Fallon melons,” I said.</p> + +<p>Danny pushed the pad and pencil across the table to +Mrs. Ricker. “Perhaps you’d as soon make the list for +Mary? I have something to attend to upstairs.”</p> + +<p>“Go on, now you’ve started it, Danny,” I said. “You +write such a neat, pretty hand.”</p> + +<p>“I presume my writing can be read,” Mrs. Ricker +replied, as she picked up the pencil. “A crate of Fallon +melons, did you say?” She wrote it down. I heard Danny +running up the back stairway.</p> + +<p>I felt flat as rolled dough from my disappointment. In +the next minute I had something more than +disappointment to bother me.</p> + +<p>“I don’t see,” Zinnia said, “how you made out to burn +yourself on that stove, Mrs. Magin. Miss Canneziano was +out here, just a while ago, wanting to make some tea. +The fire was dead out. She boiled the water on the electric +plate.”</p> + +<p>I ran to the stove. It was as cold as winter time.</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch60"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LX. <br> The End</h2> + +<p>I suppose it takes more than a minute for one’s wits, +particularly if they happen to be thick wits, to drain +entirely away.</p> + +<p>Before mine had completely left me, I had attempted +to telephone to Sam, down in the outfit’s quarters, and +had failed to get a reply to my call. I had told Mrs. +Ricker and Zinnia, trying with all my might to hide my +fear, to run out and find Sam, or Miss MacDonald, or +Hubert Hand, or John—I had forgotten that John was +upstairs in his room—and to bring one or all of them to +the house as quickly as possible. To this day I don’t +know why they went, without a question; but they went, +running. It was the slam of the screen door behind them, +I think, bringing with it as it did the realization of my +aloneness and the memory of Miss MacDonald’s +warning, that turned me clear over to terror.</p> + +<p>I shall not describe what I did, nor what I thought, +during the time that I was alone there, downstairs, before +help arrived. The humorously inclined might think such +a description amusing. To me there is nothing amusing +in the spectacle of an old woman being gripped and wrung +by fright. I longed to run from the house; but I felt that +I must stay there to explain the situation to the +others when they came, if they ever did come, and to do +my poor best, since I had made the fatal mistake, to +prevent catastrophe. By clock time, it was only thirty-six +silent minutes that I had to wait before Miss MacDonald +came, alone and unhurried, up the front steps and into +the living-room.</p> + +<p>Still holding Sam’s thirty-thirty rifle in my hands—I +had known that I could never use it to shoot at any +living thing, but I had hoped that it might make me look +dangerous—I turned to meet her.</p> + +<p>“Don’t point that thing at me,” she commanded. +“Put it down. What are you doing with it? What is the +trouble here?”</p> + +<p>Before I could answer her, Sam, Mrs. Ricker and +Zinnia came clattering through the kitchen.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Ricker was wringing her hands and saying over +and over, in a voice all broken and mutilated with horror, +“I have gone insane, I have gone insane. I have gone +insane.”</p> + +<p>Sam said, “Gabrielle Canneziano just now waved at +us from her window.”</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald turned and ran like a wild thing up +the stairs. Just as she disappeared from our sight the +sound of a pistol’s shot cracked through the place.</p> + +<p>I followed the others. I ran up the steps. I stumbled +down the hall, behind them, and into Gabrielle +Canneziano’s room.</p> + +<p>I saw Gabrielle Canneziano, her cheeks painted, her +lips reddened, long earrings dangling from her ears, lying +on the couch. Over her breast was a widening spot of +color, staining the fringes of the soft white silk +dressing-gown that she was wearing. On the floor was a smoking +revolver.</p> + +<p>John came. He said, “She told me what she was going +to do. I allowed her to do it. I did not want Nevada to +have to execute a woman.”</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="chapter" id="ch61"> + +<h2>CHAPTER LXI. <br> Epilogue</h2> + +<p>Sam says, bitterly, that the only thing I need to +explain is the one thing that can ever be explained: +how one girl, by changing her clothes and by washing +her face, could turn a houseful of supposedly sensible +people into a packet of blithering, bat-blind fools for +a generous period of time. I can explain that, I think; but +I am going to leave it until later, and go clear back to +the second of July, the day that Gabrielle received the +code letter.</p> + +<p>In her talk with John (John says it was in no sense a +confession, that it was nothing but a taunt for us all, a +final, regretless, high fling of defiance) there in his room, +during the twenty minutes or so that she talked to him, +before she shot herself, some things, which might still not +be clear to us, were made plain. Also, many of Miss +MacDonald’s previously formed opinions were directly +or indirectly verified. Miss MacDonald had said, you +remember, that the murder had been wickedly +premeditated.</p> + +<p>“When I read that letter,” Gabrielle said to John, +“and found myself penniless and planless on a Nevada +ranch, I at once made up my mind to kill Danielle, the +little fool, and take her place.”</p> + +<p>How she persuaded Danny to accept the idea of the +masquerade, and to change clothes with her, on the fourth +of July, we do not positively know. That is the “hole” +that Miss MacDonald mentioned in her puzzle. To my +mind, there is little doubt that she gained her way very +easily, by using her own unhappiness and disappointment +as tools with which to remove Danny’s scruples and prod +her pity. I am sure, remembering Danny’s troubled +manner at the time, that she consented unwillingly, that +she thoroughly disliked the idea, and that she was afraid +of its consequences.</p> + +<p>When the two girls went upstairs together, on the +afternoon of the fourth of July, they must have gone to +effect the transformation. Perhaps, then, for a brief +minute or two, the thing did seem amusing to Danny; +for I know that I heard the girls laughing together, as +I have mentioned, when I was on my errand upstairs.</p> + +<p>We do not know, when the disguise had been completed, +by what pretext Gabrielle lured Danny into the +attic. Their trunks were in the attic. There could be a +dozen simple reasons why Danny might consent to go +up there with her. Coming downstairs again, Gabrielle +caught her by the throat, and strangled her, instantly, +by means of the deadly jiu-jitsu hold, which she had +learned from her “Strangler” lover. It is a hold that +requires little strength—though Gabrielle’s trained fingers +were strong enough—but much scientific skill.</p> + +<p>She took the earrings from Danny’s ears—or, perhaps, +Danny had not yet put them on—went to her own room, +arranged her make-up, got into the wrap, which +completely covered Danny’s clothes that she was wearing, +pulled the hat down over her eyes to conceal the change +in hairdressing, and walked through the living-room, for +us all to see her, at four o’clock.</p> + +<p>When Chad went to the porch with her (this John +found out by insistent questioning) she told him that +Danny had left the house, earlier, by the back way. That +she and Danny had arranged a joke on the rest of us, to +enliven the dull afternoon, and asked him to help with it +by calling, in Danny’s voice to her, when he came back +into the house. Chad did it. That was why, since he was +standing down by the front doors, the voice supposed to +come from the upper hall had a strained and an unnatural +sound. Gabrielle had reckoned that Chad, in spite +of her request, would be too stupid to discover the facts. +Probably she thought that, at any rate, she would be able +to impose silence upon him. It was one of her many +mistakes. We think that he must have known for the +remainder of the afternoon that Gabrielle was masquerading +as Danny. His happy mood was caused by the fact +that Gabrielle had given him a confidence and had +allowed him to perform a small service for her. When he +saw what had happened, and when he realized that the +girl whom he had worshipped was a murderer, he killed +himself. Strange, that in spite of everything, he still loved +her enough to leave the confessional note to shield her. +The men think that he left the note to shield the rest of +us, rather than to shield her. I do not believe it.</p> + +<p>She had planned to go straight around the house and +re-enter it through the back door. Martha’s being by the +rabbit hutch was something she had not counted on. It +was necessary to distract Martha’s attention, and to get +her to come at once into the house. She gave her the +monkey bracelet. As she did so, probably because of the +act of kindness, Martha made one of her frequent mistakes +and called Gabrielle “Danny.” Gabrielle told John +(concerning Martha, John also questioned her insistently) +that she then showed Martha the poison in the charm, +and told her that it was a love potion that would make +Chad love her, “like a lady,” if she would swallow it, and +never tell anyone anything about it. That, of course, +was Martha’s secret concerning the happy surprise that +had to do with herself and Chad.</p> + +<p>Martha out of the way, Gaby must have run quickly +around to the back of the house and up the back stairway. +To toss the hat and wrap back on the body, replace the +earrings, scatter the pipe ashes over the beaded bag (I +declare to goodness, I can more easily think of her lying +there in her white silk dressing-gown, than I can think +of her, brushing those pipe ashes up, from somewhere, +in order to save them for that purpose), and drop the +tatting shuttle there, required not more than one or two +minutes of time. Another two or three minutes to wash +her face thoroughly and to douse on some of Danny’s +perfume, and she was coming downstairs again, with the +headache that necessitated the drawing of the +curtains—to make her safety a bit safer, just at first.</p> + +<p>She told John that those few minutes when she had to +walk through the room, make the trip around the house, +and get upstairs again, were the only moments of fright +that she had had, from the first to the last. Once safely +established in the rôle of Danny, she said, she knew that +she had nothing to fear.</p> + +<p>I think, however, that there were other times when she +was afraid. I am certain that real fear was there in her +room, that day, when the engagement ring dropped from +her finger. Though I believe that her fear, then, was +caused wholly from superstition, and not from any dread +that the slight difference between her hands and Danny’s +hands might be noticed.</p> + +<p>I am sure that her fear for John, on the fourth of July, +was real enough. She knew that each minute he was away, +longer than the time necessary for the trip, was a minute +lost from the perfect alibi she had so mistakenly tried to +arrange for him by sending him away from the ranch. +She had not known that Danny’s fingers had closed on the +stair’s tread. When John came in the back way she was +afraid that it would be remembered later—as it was—and +that someone would suspect—as Hubert Hand did +suspect—that John had carried the body in at that time.</p> + +<p>She had counted on her note to Danny, and on the fact +that, as Danny, she was downstairs within ten or twelve +minutes after the time we had seen Gaby walking down +the path and had heard Danny’s voice calling after her, +to prove her own innocence. They, and the gentleness of +Danny’s disposition, did this to perfection.</p> + +<p>Her original plan had been to prove that Sam was the +murderer. With Sam out of the way, and with John in +possession of his fortune, she had thought, I suppose, that +she would have no trouble in persuading John to leave the +Desert Moon. But she was afraid of the idea. Knowing +John’s devotion to Sam, she could not reckon, with +any sureness, how disgrace and sorrow might affect +John. It was too big a risk to take, unreservedly. So, +though she picked the quarrel with Sam, strewed the +pipe ashes on the bag, put the key in the fireplace, wrote +on the photograph, she left loopholes in the shapes of the +many other false clues. It is only my own notion that, if +she had not thought the definite accusation of Sam, which +she made during the session on the fifth of July, was +necessary to protect John, she would have backed out, by +that time, and not have made it.</p> + +<p>It is again only my notion that the request, which she +put in her note to Danny, to have Danny take her body +to San Francisco for cremation, was made because she +thought that it would be desirable for her to be able to +leave the ranch at once—perhaps for several weeks. Mrs. +Ricker’s expressed suspicion probably made her realize +the wisdom of returning as rapidly as possible to the +Desert Moon.</p> + +<p>Gabrielle Canneziano was a born criminal. Almost all +of her life had been spent among criminals. She knew their +ways, and she knew the ways of honest people toward +them. Consequently, she was too clever to drop her +disguise, even for a minute, in San Francisco. When, on the +afternoon of the fourth of July, she had come downstairs +as Danny, she had come resolved from that time forth to +be Danny, in thought and in deed, up to the level best of +her ability. That she never doubted her ability to turn +from black to white within the space of an hour, is a +splendid example of Miss MacDonald’s contention +concerning the egotism of criminals.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald says that her first real clue was the +one I gave to her when I said that no one, except Gaby +herself, who would do such a wicked thing, had ever been +on the ranch. If she had been on the ranch, she might +have committed the murder. She had all three of the +primary motives for murder: love, revenge, and greed. +The unique feature in this case—Miss MacDonald says +that each case has its unique feature—was that the +murdered girl had been a duplicate twin.</p> + +<p>The hazy, incomplete notion, Miss MacDonald says, +had just come into her mind; she had not begun to accept +it, she was only allowing it, dimly, to take form, +when I returned to the room that day with my hand full +of letters written by Danny. Handwriting, as surely as +fingerprints, Miss MacDonald says, proves identity.</p> + +<p>She asked me, straight, whether I had seen Danny +writing the checks and addressing the envelopes. I +answered, straight and positively, that I had. (And not +twenty minutes before that Miss MacDonald had warned +me that people often thought that they saw things they +did not see.)</p> + +<p>I had not. I had seen the person whom I supposed was +Danny writing checks and addressing envelopes. I had +turned my back on her, and had walked to the door, when +she called after me and gave me the envelopes containing +the checks.</p> + +<p>Danny herself had written those checks and had addressed +those envelopes on the third of July. Owing to all +the furore that had been going on in the house that day, +she had left her desk before she had torn the checks from +her check-book, and had never gone back to it to finish +her task. It is possible that Gabrielle had deliberately +arranged that, also; but I think not. At any rate, she had +had the checks in her possession, and had waited for a +date that had a three, or an eight in it, to produce them. +Circumstances and I played well into her hands that day; +she had only to insert a one in front of the three to make +me her fool.</p> + +<p>Miss MacDonald, as you have seen, blames herself and +not me for the mistake. She says that she should have +known better than to believe me; or, to quote her +exactly, she should have “doubted your accuracy of +observation.” But, not until the morning that we found Daniel +Canneziano murdered did it occur to her to doubt it.</p> + +<p>She says that it was not clairvoyance, not intuition, +not even common sense, that it was nothing but a memory +that took her, that morning, straight back to the idea +that Gabrielle Canneziano could be the guilty person. +Oddly, the conviction had come to her before we found +Canneziano’s body.</p> + +<p>Sitting across the table from Gabrielle, posing as +Danny, that morning at breakfast, she had thought, idly, +of the breakfast that she and Danny had had together in +the dining-car. She had taken her chair, that morning, +just as Danny had handed the order slip for her breakfast +to the waiter. Too vaguely to be certain that it was really +a memory, she seemed to see that slip of paper covered +with writing. Just then, with the aroma of coffee in her +nostrils, and with her iced grapefruit and rolls in front of +her, she remembered that it was the same breakfast +both she and Danny had had that morning. Would such a +small order cover an order slip with handwriting? Not, it +was certain, with the neat handwriting that had made out +those checks and addressed those envelopes. Right then +she resolved to lose no more time; to get, as soon as +possible, a sample of the handwriting of the girl who was +sitting across the table from her.</p> + +<p>Canneziano’s murder, discovered in the next half hour, +strengthened her vague suspicions into as much of a +certainty as she ever allowed herself before she had positive +evidence.</p> + +<p>As I have written, she spent the following week in +efforts to get that evidence; at last, fearing that she was +suspected, she detailed the task to me.</p> + +<p>You have seen how I failed. How Gabrielle at once +saw through my trick of attempting to disable my +right hand by burning it; and how, realizing that she +was trapped, she had run upstairs, first to satisfy her +longing to be herself again, even for a few brief minutes, +then to taunt John, and, finally, to take her own life.</p> + +<p>For I think, in spite of her denials to John, that she +killed herself because she knew that she was trapped, +though her vanity and her audacity held to the end.</p> + +<p>“I knew I should have no trouble in making you believe +that silly doll story,” she said. “It was the truth, +I knew, too, that the dick would read the code letter. She +was so slow about it, that I had to steal it to make her +do it. It was time, you see, for the gentle Danielle’s story +to be verified. I knew that the dick had a copy of it—she’d +been baiting me with the thing. I have kept a step or two +ahead of her lumbering pace, all the time.</p> + +<p>“Don’t fancy that I had overlooked the matter of the +handwriting. I’m not a fool. I thought of it before I killed +the girl. There were a dozen ways I could have gotten +around it—could yet get around it. If necessary, I could +even have disabled my own right hand. I had rather +planned, at first, to do that. But, later, I found that I +loved my pretty little white hand better than I had +supposed. Just as I have discovered that I loved the gay +Gaby better than I had supposed—so well, indeed, that I +have decided that death as Gaby is infinitely preferable +to life as the shiny nosed Danielle. I have seen this +coming. I have not cared.</p> + +<p>“I got rid of that cur, Canneziano, not because I was +afraid of him, but because he tried to double cross me. I +had promised to do much for him, after you and I were +married; and he would have sold me out for a few thousand +dollars. He came here, hoping that Danny might pay +him a pretty sum for his silence about my past. He knew +his muttons. She would have been fool enough to +have done it; poor slain sister stuff; more to be pitied +than blamed—all that, you know. He should have played +with me, instead of against me. I had a few old scores to +settle with him. Most of my rage about the money was +because I had thought it would be such good fun to get +the best of him. And I did—so that is all right. I hid in +his room early that evening. It was frightfully amusing +to watch him locking his door and his windows to make +his sleep a safe one. It was. I did the job so neatly that +he never woke at all.</p> + +<p>“For that matter, it has all been amusing. You have +all been such utter fools. But I am tired of it now. Oh, +very tired. Particularly, I am tired of my cruel plan to +destroy the gay Gaby by burying her alive. I am going +now to do it in a swifter, kinder way.”</p> + +<p>Sam insists that her success, even for so short a time, is +an indictment against all of us; that it shows that none +of us was capable of looking deeper than clothes and face +paint. I do not agree with him. Gabrielle was a professional +actress. She had lived with Danny long enough to +learn all her ways, her mannerisms, her habits in +conversation. She did not dupe Chad, who loved her, and +who was an expert in voices. She did not dupe Canneziano, +who had known both of the girls all their lives.</p> + +<p>The murder itself, by stupefying us all with horror, +with fear, with suspicions, did much to help her. But +without that dulling of our perceptions, I think that the +imposture would have been successful. At the time of the +murder, the two girls had been on the ranch with us less +than two months. Strangers never get much deeper than +surfaces in so short a time. There was nothing remarkable, +it seems to me, about her being able, quite easily, +to deceive all of us, with the single, glaring exception of +John.</p> + +<p>John is one of a large class of people who could all be +filed under the recipe for simple acceptors. It is a necessary +class; a class that acts as an oil to the hinges of the +world, making it move smoothly: the gentle, thoroughly +honest class that by quietly believing what it is told to +believe, keeps us out of revolutions, and rebellions, and +the like. I am not saying that the doubters and the rebels +are not necessary (as Sam would say, “It takes that sort +to make all sorts”), but Heaven help us if they +predominated.</p> + +<p>When John came home from Rattail, on the fourth of +July, he was faced with the apparent fact that Danny, +in the course of a few hours, had changed essentially. +That was what had bothered him so; what had made him +jerk his head, and blink his eyes, and complain of a touch +of sun. John had never recognized, much less admitted to +himself, that there was the slightest similarity between +the two girls. Consequently, in spite of a change, Danny +must be Danny; she looked like Danny, she talked like +Danny, and we all said that she was Danny. John +believed.</p> + +<p>Very shortly after that, John was faced with another +apparent fact. Gaby had been murdered. He could see that, +with his own eyes, as we all could see it.</p> + +<p>He at once set the fact of Danny’s change against the +fact of Gaby’s murder—and there he stuck fast; too +loyal to go further; too dismayed to retreat. He did not +believe that Danny had killed Gabrielle. He had known +Danny too well to harbor such a belief. He was forced to +believe that she knew who had done it. Consequently, her +accusation of Sam could be nothing but a wicked +accusation. Only—Danny could not be wicked.</p> + +<p>The mystery was a torture which Danny’s presence +intensified unbearably; so he avoided her; and, unable to +blame her for anything, blamed himself and hated himself +for his suspicions and for his failing loyalty. I’ll venture, +though it can be only a venture, that the realization +of his interest in Miss MacDonald, and his inability to be +rid of it, was another cause for John’s befuddlement.</p> + +<p>That interest, of course, has all disappeared for the +present. Though he despised himself for it, John might +have been untrue to a changed, living Danny; might, in +the end, have jilted her meanly. John is male. But to a +Danny who is no longer living, John, now, must always +be true. John is young. I reckon he has fine honest plans +for being faithful to her memory for the remainder of his +life. Miss MacDonald is also young, and lovely, and heart +whole. She has promised to come and visit us for a month +next June.</p> + +<p>Just now, with our thermometers at fifty below zero, +and our chilblains burning, and the coyotes piercing the +nights with their lank, long, frozen screeches, and the cold +old owls always grieving forth their mournful “chuck-a-loo, +whoo, whoo, whoo’s” June looks mighty far away.</p> + +<p>But, five fingers and a thumb, and she will be here, +smelling of sunshine and tasting like smiles; painting our +deserts with rainbow colors for as far as the eyes can see; +spreading sunsets that catch you right up into their +midsts; offering dawns that share their youth with you +and that make you believe all over again in things which +you had long ago stopped believing. Now I don’t know +shucks about romance; but I have a notion that June, in +our northeastern Nevada, stirs up whole batches of the +stuff. I am counting on her to serve it, fresh and sweet, +this year.</p> + +<p>It isn’t June, though, and it isn’t romance that I +am trusting for the final chore: it is something more +lasting than either, something sturdier, something for +which I can not find a name. But I know that it is +induced by a mixture of long years of right living, and +clean thinking, and sanity, and courage; so I am expecting +it to clear away the shadows from the Desert Moon +and leave it, riding high as it used to ride, high and +proud, a brave, shining thing in our valley.</p> + +<p class="finis">The End</p> + +</div> + +<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop"> + +<div class="section" id="transcriber"> + +<h2>Transcriber’s Note</h2> + +<p>This transcription follows the text of 1928 edition published by +Grosset & Dunlap. However, the following errors have been corrected +from the original text:</p> + +<ul> + <li>“advertisments” was changed to “advertisements” (Chapter VI).</li> + <li>“the the same” was changed to “the same” (Chapter VII).</li> + <li>“conforting” was changed to “comforting” (Chapter XVII).</li> + <li>“Gay” was changed to “Gaby” (Chapter LI).</li> + <li>Two occurrences of mismatched quotation marks were repaired.</li> + <li>The alphabetical list indices (in Chapter XLIV) was repaired to + not skip over “G”.</li> +</ul> + +<p>Additionally, the printed version of the coded letter excerpts (in +Chapters XXV and XLVIII) contained three typographical errors; these +have been corrected.</p> + +</div> + +<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75436 ***</div> +</body> +</html> + diff --git a/75436-h/images/cover.jpg b/75436-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..09e3b9a --- /dev/null +++ b/75436-h/images/cover.jpg |
